i T
>*•?»
■=&%s2£&
!■■■■■_ .i?aff-. , ji
SB
■■!■
mum
H J
1
1
■ - •
■!*» '■«■■■"" m
«■■■■■ ■
Lebanon Valley College
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2011 with funding from
LYRASIS Members and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/lebanonvalley20032004leba
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Profile of Lebanon Valley College 2
Mission of Lebanon Valley College 3
Undergraduate Information
Admissions 4
Continuing Education 5
Undergraduate Academic Regulations and Procedures 7
Degrees 7
Graduation Requirements 8
Non-Traditional Credit 13
Grading System 14
Undergraduate Academic Programs 19
General Education 19
Cooperative Programs 23
Pre-professional Programs 25
Individualized Major 26
Internships 27
Independent Study 27
Tutorial Study 28
Special Topics Courses 28
Study Abroad 28
Undergraduate Departments 29
Graduate Academic Programs 153
Directory 171
Board of Trustees 171
Administration 175
Faculty 182
Support Staff 196
Awards 197
Accreditation 199
Campus Map 200
Index 202
Phone Numbers 204
2003 - 2004 Academic Calendar inside back cover
Lebanon Valley College Table of Contents 1
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE
Founded: 1 866, as a private coeducational institution on the site of the Annville Academy.
Became a four-year institution by 1883 as the lower grades were phased out.
Curriculum: a four-year program of study in the liberal arts with an academic year
comprised of fall and spring semesters and an optional summer term.
Degrees granted: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Associate of
Arts, Associate of Science, Master of Business Administration, Master of Music Education,
Master of Science Education, Doctor of Physical Therapy.
Major fields of study: accounting, actuarial science, American studies, art and art history,
biochemistry, biology, business, chemistry, computer science, digital communications,
economics, elementary education, English, French, German, health care management,
health science, historical communications, history, mathematics, medical technology, music,
music business, music education, music technology, philosophy, physical therapy, physics,
political science, psychobiology, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish.
Special programs: military science (ROTC), secondary education certification; in
cooperation with Thomas Jefferson University: biotechnology, cytotechnology, diagnostic
imaging, occupational therapy, physical therapy; in cooperation with The Pennsylvania
State University, Case Western Reserve University, University of Pennsylvania, and Widener
University: engineering; in cooperation with Duke University: forestry, environmental
sciences; in cooperation with approved hospitals: medical technology.
Special options: departmental honors, double majors, independent study, individualized
majors, internships, tutorial study, study abroad, Philadelphia and Washington semester
programs.
Number of faculty: 95; of the permanent faculty 87 percent have earned a Ph.D. or
equivalent terminal degree.
Student-faculty ratio: 14:1, with an average class size of 20.
Location: Annville, founded in 1799, is a small town of approximately 5,000 people located
in south central Pennsylvania. Driving times: Hershey, 10 minutes; Harrisburg, 1/2 hour;
Baltimore, 2 hours; Philadelphia, 2 hours; New York, 3 hours; Washington, D.C., 3 hours.
Size of campus: 37 buildings. The library contains over 195,600 catalog items, and the
College provides students with access to more than 200 personal computers. The sports
center is nationally recognized for its water fitness program.
Residence halls: twenty-two residence halls housing 1,151 students in male, female, coed
and apartment-style facilities.
Student enrollment: 1,502 full-time undergraduate students, with 342 part-time under-
graduates and 191 graduate students.
Student financial aid: approximately 92 percent of full-time students receive financial aid
in the form of LVC grants and academic scholarships. In 2002-2003 these awards totaled
$12,537,285, with the average student being $8,835.
2 Facts 2003-2004 Catalog
THE MISSION OF THE COLLEGE
Lebanon Valley is a small, private, liberal arts college. Its mission arises directly from its
historical traditions and a relationship with the United Methodist Church.
The College's aim is to enable our students to become people of broad vision, capable of
making informed decisions, and prepared for a life of service to others. To that end we
seek to provide an education that helps students to acquire the knowledge, skills, attitudes
and values necessary to live and work in a changing, diverse and fragile world.
Through both curricular and co-curricular activities we endeavor to acquaint our students
with humanity's most significant ideas and accomplishments, to develop their abilities to
think logically and communicate clearly, to give them practice in precise analysis and
effective performance, and to enhance their sensitivity to and appreciation of differences
among human beings.
Lebanon Valley College aspires to pursue this mission within a community in which caring
and concern for others is a core value. We value strong and nurturing faculty interacting
closely with students; encourage individual student development; and affirm the inter-
relatedness of liberal learning and the ideal of vocation. We regard the cultivation of
wisdom, that is the capacity of judging rightly in matters of life and conduct, and a life-long
love of learning as the ultimate rewards of the educational experience.
The motto of the College is, "You shall know the truth and the truth shall set you free'
(John 8:32).
Lebanon Valley College
Collese Mission 3
UNDERGRADUATE INFORMATION
Admission for Full-time Students
High School Preparation
All admission candidates should have completed 16 credit units and graduated from an
accredited secondary school, or present an equivalency certificate (G.E.D.). Of the 16
units, 4 should be in English, 2 in foreign language, 2 in mathematics, 1 in science and 1
in social studies.
Application Procedure
A candidate for admission to Lebanon Valley College must submit a completed application
form with the required application fee, Scholastic Aptitude or American College Test
results and an official transcript of high school grades. Students planning to transfer to
Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of completed college or university work.
All candidates are encouraged to visit campus for a personal interview. Applicants for
admission to certain academic programs (elementary education, music and physical therapy
majors) are required to undergo additional steps. For further information contact:
Admission Office
Lebanon Valley College
101 North College Avenue
Annville, PA 17003-0501
Phone: (717) 867-6181 or 1-866-LVC-4ADM
FAX: (717) 867-6026
Internet: http://www.lvc.edu
E-mail: admission@lvc.edu
Student Finances
Payment for tuition, room, board, and other charges is due by a published deadline prior
to the beginning of each semester. Students failing to meet this deadline will be required to
make special arrangements with the Business Office before their course registrations will be
processed. Questions about student finances should be addressed to the Business Office.
Refund Policy
Students who withdraw, are dismissed or take a leave of absence from the College during
the billing period in which he or she is enrolled will receive a refund in accordance with
federal policy A copy of the federal refund policy is available in the Business Office.
Part-time students should consult the refund schedule published by the Continuing
Education Office. However, part-time students receiving federal financial assistance (Title
IV) will receive a refund according to federal policy. A copy of the federal refund policy
is on file in the Business Office.
4 Undergraduate Information 2003-2004 Catalog
Alternative Payment Plan
Lebanon Valley College offers a payment plan for those families who, after exploring
other options, prefer to spread payments over a 10-month period. An agent has been
appointed to process deferred payment applications:
Academic Management Services
OneAMS Place
P.O. Box 100
Swansea, MA 02777
Phone: 1-800-635-0120
Continuing Education
Students may enroll part-time for undergraduate study at Lebanon Valley College
through Continuing Education. Students are considered part-time if they are enrolled for
0-11 credit hours per semester.
Continuing Education offers credit programs on four levels: certificate, associate,
baccalaureate and professional certificates. Certificates are starter programs that
approximate the beginning of a four-year college experience, ideal spring-boards from
which to go on for an associate or bachelor's degree. Professional certificate programs are
intended for persons who have already been awarded a bachelor's degree in one discipline
and desire to study another discipline in some depth.
A second bachelor's degree may be awarded to adult students who already have received
a bachelor of arts Or sciences from Lebanon Valley or another regionally accredited college
or university. In such cases, students must only complete the major requirements for the
second degree or a minimum of 30 credits, whichever is greater.
Courses taught through Continuing Education are offered during the day, evening,
Saturday and summer sessions on the main campus in Annville and in Camp Hill at our
Harrisburg Regional Campus. Continuing Education publishes course schedules for the
fall, spring and summer sessions. To obtain copies of course schedules or get detailed
information on all academic programs for adults call 717-867-6213 in Annville and
717-763-7073 in Camp Hill or write The Office of Graduate Studies and Continuing
Education, Lebanon Valley College, Annville, PA 17003-1400.
A candidate for admission to any of Lebanon Valley College's Continuing Education
certificate or degree programs must submit a completed application form with the
required application fee. An official high school transcript is required if students have less
than 24 semester hours of transferable college credits. Students planning to transfer to
Lebanon Valley must submit official transcripts of any completed college or university
courses. Official transcripts relating to military or business courses also may prove to be
useful. Although candidates may begin taking classes before they have been accepted,
they must speak with an adviser before registering for courses. To arrange an admission
interview with an adviser call 717-867-6213 in Annville or 717-763-7073 in Camp Hill.
Decisions on all adult student applications usually are made within one month after the
last required transcript is received.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Information 5
6 Undergraduate Information
2003-2004 Catalog
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC
REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES
Attendance at Lebanon Valley College is a privilege, not a right. To provide the necessary
atmosphere in which teaching and learning can occur, the College expects that the conduct
of all campus citizens will conform to accepted standards. The College has the right to
require the withdrawal of any student whose actions are inimical to the purposes of the
institution. The following academic regulations are announcements and do not constitute a
contract between the student and the College. The College reserves the right to change these
regulations and procedures as it deems necessary for the accomplishment of its purposes, but
wherever possible, a student will proceed to graduation under the regulations in effect at the
time of his/her entrance at the College.
Degrees
Baccalaureate Degrees
Lebanon Valley College confers five baccalaureate degrees. Bachelor of Arts for students
completing requirements in the following major programs: American studies, economics,
English, French, German, historical communications, history, music, music business,
philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, sociology, Spanish and certain
individualized majors.
Bachelor of Science for students completing requirements in the following major
programs: accounting, actuarial science, biochemistry, biology, business administration,
chemistry, computer science, cooperative engineering, cooperative forestry, digital
communications, elementary education, health care management, health science, math-
ematics, music education, physics, psychobiology and certain individualized majors.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, and
Bachelor of Music: Emphasis in Music Recording Technology for students completing
requirements for the appropriate major program.
Associate Degrees
Through the Continuing Education Office part-time students may earn the Associate of
Science degree in accounting, general studies or business administration, or the Associate of
Arts degree in general studies.
Privacy of Student Records
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 is a federal law which provides
students the right to review their academic records, the right to challenge the contents of
their records, and the right to confidentiality of their records.
The Buckley Amendment allows the disclosure of basic directory data and. in the case of
athletes, extends that information to relevant personal data and accomplishments. The
College Relations Office uses permissible information from students' records to report on
social and academic accomplishments.
Annually, Lebanon Valley College informs students of the Family Educational Rights
and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended. This Act, with which the institution intends to
comply fully, was designated to protect the privacy of education records, to establish the
right of students to inspect and review their education records, and to provide guidelines for
the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 7
Students also have the right to file complaints with the Family Educational Rights and
Privacy Act Office (FERPA) concerning alleged failures by the institution to comply
with the act.
Local policy explains in detail the procedures to be used by the institution for compliance
with the provisions of the Act. Copies of the policy can be found in the following offices:
Office of the Registrar, Office of Student Services and Office of the Dean of the Faculty.
The policy is also printed in the Faculty Advising Handbook. The offices mentioned also
maintain a Directory of Records which lists all education records maintained on students
by this institution.
Questions concerning the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act may be referred
to the Registrar's Office.
Credit Hours
A credit hour is the unit to measure academic progress. Each course has a credit des-
ignation approximately equal to the number of hours to be spent in class each week. A
course requiring three hours of class attendance each week will carry three credit hours.
Credit for laboratories is generally awarded at one-half the regular rate.
Application for Graduation
As you near completion of your degree requirements, you must file an application for
the degree and a graduation plan with the Registrar's Office. Graduation application
deadlines are available in that office and the semester Course List and Registration
Schedule. This application process provides you with a timely opportunity to review
your degree requirements and to plan or change your course schedule to ensure completion
of all requirements.
You must complete an Application for the Degree and a Graduation Plan, meet with
your adviser and obtain all required signatures for graduation, including major and minor
requirements, and deliver the forms to the Registrar's Office in the Humanities Building.
Graduation Requirements
Candidates for a baccalaureate degree shall complete successfully 120 credit hours
including the requirements for the general education program (see page 19), and the
requirements for majors and minors as appropriate. Credit hours are accumulated in three
separate categories: general education requirements, major requirements, and electives.
In addition, candidates shall complete successfully two units of physical education
selected from a list of approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education
requirement by taking the same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one
physical education unit waived for successful completion of any of the following: one season
of a varsity sport, one semester of marching band, or one semester of military science.
Continuing education students are exempt from the physical education requirement.
Candidates for an associate's degree must accumulate at least 60 credit hours including
the course work appropriate to their major program. Fifteen of the last 18 credit hours
toward the degree must be in residence.
Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 and a
major grade point average of 2.00.
The general education program is that part of the curriculum that is shared by all students
in all majors. The required courses reflect 54-56 credit hours.
The major programs each require at least 24 credit hours of course work.
8 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2003-2004 Catalog
Electives are those courses selected by the student that reflect neither major nor general
education requirements.
Candidates for the bachelor's degrees must also take in residence 30 credit hours of the
36 taken immediately prior to graduation. Course work taken in all of the College's programs
qualify as work done in residence.
Students who have eleven (11) or fewer credits remaining to complete the degree may
participate in the graduation ceremony.
Advising Program
Each student has a faculty adviser whose role is to counsel about registration proce-
dures, course selections, academic requirements and regulations. The student is strongly
encouraged to obtain the adviser's counsel and approval before registration, withdrawal,
election of pass/fail option, and/or change in credit/audit status.
Arrangement of Schedules
Each student arranges a semester program of courses in consultation with his or her
faculty adviser. Students already in attendance do this during registration periods. New
students accomplish this on orientation days.
Limit of Hours
To be classified as full time, a student must take at least 12 credit hours in a semester.
Seventeen credit hours is the maximum permitted without approval from the student's
adviser and permission of the registrar. To be permitted to take more than 1 7 credits the
student should have a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher, or be a senior.
Audited courses are counted in determining the course load, but music organizations are
not. Students shall pay the prevailing tuition rate for each credit hour beyond 17 (not
counting music organizations).
Class Standing
Students are classified academically at the beginning of each year. Membership in the
sophomore, junior or senior classes is granted to students who have earned a minimum of
28, 56 or 84 credit hours respectively.
Satisfactory Academic Progress
Satisfactory academic progress toward a degree as a full-time student is defined as
completion of twenty-four (24) or more credits per academic year while maintaining a
cumulative grade point average of 1.6 (1-27 credits), 1.7 (28-55 credits), 1.8 (56-83 credits).
1.9 (84 or more). A 2.0 grade point average is required for completion of the baccalaureate
degree. It is also necessary for full-time students to complete at least twenty-four (24)
credits per academic year in order to maintain eligibility for federal, state and institutional
financial aid.
Transfer Credit
A student applying for advanced standing after having attended another accredited
institution shall send an official transcript to the dean of admission. If requested, the student
must provide copies of the appropriate catalogs for the years of attendance at the other
institution or institutions.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 9
Credits are accepted for transfer provided the grades are C- (1.67) or better and the
work is equivalent or similar to work offered at Lebanon Valley College. Grades thus
transferred count for credit hours only, not for quality points.
A candidate for admission holding an associate degree from a regionally accredited
college can be admitted with full acceptance of course work at the previously attended
institution. Course work in the major field, however, for which the applicant has received
a D shall not be counted toward fulfilling the major requirement.
Because Lebanon Valley College is a liberal arts institution, consideration of full
acceptance of the associate degree will be granted with the understanding that the candidate
has followed a basic course of study compatible with the curriculum and academic programs
of the College and has been enrolled in a transfer program. A total of 60 credits will be
accepted for an associate degree and 57 credits for a diploma program. A maximum of 90
credit hours will be accepted toward a baccalaureate degree.
In most instances the applicant may be expected to complete the baccalaureate
degree within two years. However, when the requirements of a particular major field or
the nature of the previous study demand additional work beyond two years, the applicant
will normally be notified at the time of admission.
Students transferring to Lebanon Valley College in order to complete work on a bac-
calaureate degree will normally be expected to pass at least one 3-hour course in their
intended major for each semester they spend at the college. "Semester" shall normally
be defined as 15 credit hours. Beyond this minimum requirement, departments may
require additional courses if they so desire.
Lebanon Valley College students enrolled for a degree may not carry courses concurrently
at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar. Students
who desire to study away from campus for summer study must obtain prior approval from
his or her adviser and the registrar.
Discontinuance of Courses
The College reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course.
Registration and Preregistration
Students are required to register for courses on designated days of each semester.
Preference is given to upperclass students in the preregistration process to ensure registration
in courses required for their major fields of study. Students who register later than the
designated times shall be charged a fee. Students desiring to register later than one week after
the opening of the semester will be admitted only by special permission of the registrar.
On entering Lebanon Valley College students indicate that they are open or that they
have a particular intended major. Students may make a formal declaration of major during
the second semester of their freshmen year, and must make a formal declaration by the
time they have completed 60 credit hours.
Change of Registration
Change of registration, including pass/fail elections, changes of course hours credit,
changes from credit to audit and vice versa, must be approved by signature of the adviser.
In most instances, registration for a course shall not be permitted after the course has been
in session for one full week. With the permission of the adviser, a student may withdraw
from a course during the first 10 weeks of the semester. However, first semester freshmen
may withdraw from a course at any time through the last day of semester classes with
permission of the adviser. A fee is charged for every change of course made at the student's
request after Add/Drop Day.
10 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2003-2004 Catalog
Auditing Courses
Students may register to audit courses with the approval of their academic adviser.
Audited courses are counted in considering the course load relative to the limit of hours
which may result in an overload charge. No grade or credit is given for an audited course,
but the registrar will record the audit on the transcript if the student attends regularly. A
change of registration from credit to audit or from audit to credit must be accomplished
by the end of the tenth week of semester classes.
Pass/Fail
After attaining sophomore standing (28 credit hours) a student may elect to take up to
two courses per semester and one per summer session on pass/fail basis; however, only
six such courses can be counted toward graduation requirements. No courses elected by
students to be taken pass/fail may be used to meet the requirements of the general educa-
tion program or other programs, the major(s), the minor(s) or secondary education certi-
fication. A student may select or cancel a pass/fail registration any time during the first 10
weeks of a semester. Passing with honors will be designated by the grade PH indicating
that a grade of B+ or higher was earned. If a student does not pass the course, the student
will receive an F on the transcript. See page 14 for grading systems.
Repetition of Courses
A student may repeat as often as desired, for a higher grade, a previously taken course,
subject to the following provisions: the course must have been taken in courses staffed by
the College at the Annville campus or one of the satellite sites, the course has to be retaken
at Lebanon Valley College, and the semester credit hours are given only one time. The
higher grade received each time taken is computed in the semester grade point average.
Each semester grade report will show hours credit each time passed, but the total hours
toward a degree will be equal only to the semester hours credit for the course. For a course
previously passed P/F, the grade received in the subsequent registration for regular grade
is the "higher grade." Each grade received remains on the permanent record and a notation
is made thereon that the course has been repeated.
Concurrent Courses
A student enrolled for a degree at Lebanon Valley College may not carry courses con-
currently at any other institution without prior consent of his or her adviser and the registrar.
External Summer Courses
A student registered at Lebanon Valley College may not obtain credit for the courses
taken during the summer at another college, unless such courses have prior approval of
his or her adviser and the registrar.
Attendance Policy
Each student is responsible for knowing and meeting all requirements for each course,
including regular class attendance. At the opening of each semester the instructors shall
clearly inform students of class attendance regulations. Violations of those regulations
shall make the student liable to receive a grade of F in the course.
Excused absences do not absolve students from the necessity of fulfilling all course
requirements.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 1
In-Absentia
The College treats students in domestic or foreign study programs as students-in-
absentia. Any student who studies for a semester or academic year at another institution
but with the intent of returning to the College is considered a matriculated student. A student
desiring in-absentia status should complete the form in the registrar's office and secure the
approval of the adviser, the registrar and the dean of international programs. Students will
receive information on registration and room sign-up after they notify the registrar of their
address abroad or in the United States.
Leave of Absence
For reasons of health or in other compelling circumstances students may request a
voluntary leave from the College for one or two semesters. A student desiring such a leave
should complete the form available from the registrar and secure the approval of the
associate dean of the faculty. Students on leave are regarded as continuing students and
retain their status for registration and room sign-up, if available. Students on leave will
receive information on those procedures and will be asked to verify their return. The
College reserves the right to require a leave of absence for medical reasons at any time it
is deemed reasonably necessary to protect the student, other students, members of the
College community, or the interests of the College itself. Before a student returns from a
medical leave of absence, a clearance interview with one of the counseling psychologists,
the dean of students or the associate dean of the faculty as well as additional documenta-
tion may be required.
Withdrawal from College and Readmission
To withdraw from College a student must complete an official withdrawal form
obtained from the registrar. Continuing education students must complete an official with-
drawal form obtained from the director of continuing education. Readmission of a student
requires written permission from the associate dean of the faculty.
Second Bachelor's Degrees
A person who has earned a bachelor's degree from Lebanon Valley College or another
accredited college or university may earn a second bachelor's degree by meeting the fol-
lowing requirements:
1 . A minimum of 30 additional undergraduate credits must be completed successfully at
Lebanon Valley.
2. All graduation requirements for the major of the second degree must be met
satisfactorily.
3. Course work completed successfully as part of the first degree program may be used
to satisfy the graduation requirements of the second major.
4. No course already taken in the first degree program may be repeated in the second
degree program.
5. No more than three credits from student teaching (SED 440, ELM 440 and MED 441)
may be counted toward a second degree.
6. Graduates from other accredited colleges or universities shall not be required to meet
any Lebanon Valley general education requirements.
7. No courses in the second degree program may be met satisfactorily through such non-
traditional means as challenge examinations, CLEP, or credit for life experience.
8. No more than three credits from internships may be counted toward a second degree.
9. No courses in the second degree program may be taken Pass/Fail.
12 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2003-2004 Catalog
Undergraduate Non-Traditional Credit
Lebanon Valley College recognizes the ability of highly motivated students to master
specific areas of study on their own initiative and provides programs to allow these students
the opportunity to gain credit. Any matriculated student may earn a maximum of 30 credits
toward a bachelor' s degree or a maximum of 15 credits toward an associate' s degree
through non-traditional means (challenge exams, advanced placement, CLEP, and credit
for life experience). All non-traditional means of examination are graded satisfactory (S)
or unsatisfactory (U). An unsatisfactory grade on any non-traditional examination will not
be recorded on the permanent record.
Challenge Exam Policy
Many LVC courses can be challenged for credit by examination. Full-time students
should request challenge examinations through their academic advisers. Part-time students
and those students enrolled through continuing education should make application for
challenge exams through the continuing education office. All requests must be approved
by the registrar and the chairperson of the department in which the course is listed.
Challenge exams are considered to be comprehensive examinations in the subject area.
The grading criteria for challenge exams will be determined by each department. The
exact nature of the examination will be determined by the faculty member and chairper-
son of the department involved and may include any means of evaluation normally
employed by the department. There is a fee for preparation and grading of each challenge
exam, and it is charged without regard to the test results.
Challenge exams may not be taken by students who have received any grade in a
course equivalent to or more advanced than the course for which the student is requesting
credit by examination. Challenge exams may not be used for the purpose of acquiring
credit for a course previously failed. Practicums, internships, seminars, research courses,
independent study, writing intensive courses, and courses with laboratory components are
normally not subject to credit by examination. Individual departments may have additional
criteria regarding challenge exams. Consult the chairperson of the department in which
the course is listed for specific information.
Advanced Placement Policy
Advanced placement with credit in appropriate courses will be granted to entering
students who make scores of 4 or 5 on College Board Advanced Placement examinations.
The official Advanced Placement College Grade Report must be submitted by the student
for evaluation by the registrar.
Advanced Placement without credit may be granted on the basis of the Achievement Tests
of the College Board examinations or such other proficiency tests as may be determined
appropriate by the registrar and by the chairperson of the department.
CLEP (College Level Examination Program) Policy
Credit shall be granted to those students who score well on CLEP examinations that are
approved by the College. To receive credit, a student must score above the 50th percentile on
the objective section and above a C, as determined by the appropriate academic department
for general and subject examinations. The English composition essay is required with a
minimum score of 480 and at the 80th percentile for this CLEP examination.
A maximum of six credits shall be awarded for each examination: of these credits, only
three may be applied to the general education requirements in the appropriate area. Credit
shall be granted only to students who have matriculated at Lebanon Valley College.
Normally, requests for CLEP credit must be approved by the registrar before the student
has completed 30 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 13
Credit for Life Experience Policy
Lebanon Valley College provides for the awarding of undergraduate academic credit
for knowledge acquired through non-academic experience in subjects in the College cur-
riculum. The experience should have a direct relation to the material taught in a course in
the College curriculum and should extend over a sufficient period to provide substantive
knowledge in the relevant area. Matriculated students who believe they qualify for such
credit may petition the appropriate department through their academic advisers. Students
enrolled in the continuing education program must petition through the continuing educa-
tion office. This petition must:
( 1 ) detail the relevant experience in question
(2) provide appropriate supporting evidence
(3) note the equivalent College course by department and number
(4) state the number of credit hours sought.
The appropriate department will consult with the academic adviser or the continuing
education office to determine the best means (interview, examination, portfolio, etc.) for
evaluating the experience.
Approval of experiential credit for full-time students must be made in writing over the
signatures of the academic adviser, the appropriate department chairperson, and the
associate dean of the faculty. Approval of experiential credit for students enrolled through
the continuing education program must be made in writing over the signatures of the
director of continuing education, the appropriate department chairperson, and the associate
dean of the faculty.
Experiential credit cannot exceed six credit hours in one academic year and cannot
exceed a maximum of twelve credit hours in the degree program.
International Baccalaureate Program
Credit for appropriate courses will be granted to entering students who achieve scores
of 5, 6 or 7 on International Baccalaureate individual subject examinations. The official
International Baccalaureate transcript must be presented by the student for evaluation by
the registrar.
Grading Systems and Grade Point Averages
Student work is graded A (excellent), B (good), C (satisfactory), D (requirements and
standards met a minimum level), F (course requirements not met). For each credit hour in
a course, students receive the following quality points:
A
4.00
A-
3.67
B+
3.33
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C+
2.33
C
2.00
C-
1.67
D+
1.33
D
1.00
D-
.67
F
.00
F carries no credit or quality points, but grades of F are used in calculating the grade
point averages. The cumulative grade point average is calculated by dividing the quality
points by the credit hours completed.
Candidates for a degree must obtain a cumulative grade point average of 2.00, and a
major grade point average of 2.00.
Continuing education degree candidates admitted before July 1, 1989 must meet
graduation requirements by earning a cumulative grade point average of 1.75. All students
and continuing education candidates admitted after July 1, 1989 must meet graduation
14 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2003-2004 Catalog
requirements by earning a grade point average of 2.00. All students must have a 2.00
grade point average in their major, any second major, and any minor.
A student may not take a course that has a prerequisite course he/she has failed.
In addition to the above grades, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates that the work
is incomplete (certain required work postponed by the student for substantial reason with the
prior consent of the instructor), but otherwise satisfactory. This work must be completed
within the first eight weeks of the next semester, or the I will be changed to an F. Appeals
for an extension of time must be presented to the registrar by the first week of the next
semester. W indicates withdrawal from a course through the tenth week of semester classes,
except for first-semester freshmen who may withdraw through the last day of the semester.
For physical education a grade of either S (satisfactory) or U (unsatisfactory) is recorded.
Once a grade has been recorded it may not be changed without the approval of the
instructor and the registrar. Students who feel the grade may be inaccurate should contact
the instructor at once, but in no case later than the end of the semester following the course
in question.
Academic and Graduation Honors
The Dean 's List
Students achieving a 3.40 or higher grade point average while carrying at least 12 credit
hours for grade shall be named to the Dean's List at the end of each semester.
Continuing education students shall be named to the Continuing Education Dean's List
by meeting the following terms:
( 1 ) must be matriculated in certificate, degree or teacher certification programs
(2) must be enrolled for at least six credit hours
(3) must achieve a minimum semester grade point average of 3.40.
Graduation Honors
After completing a minimum of 60 calculated credit hours of residence work a student
may qualify for graduation honors. The honors to be conferred are Summa Cum Laude for
grade point averages of 3.75 - 4.0, Magna Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.60 - 3.74,
and Cum Laude for grade point averages of 3.40 - 3.59.
Departmental Honors
All major programs provide the opportunity for departmental honors work during the
junior and senior years. For specific information, interested students should contact the
appropriate department chairperson. The minimal requirements for departmental honors are
a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, both at the time of application and the time of graduation:
a written thesis; an oral presentation; and approval by a majority vote of the full-time mem-
bers of the department. This project is undertaken on a subject of the student's own choosing
under the supervision of a faculty adviser. Opportunity also exists to do creative work. A max-
imum of nine hours credit may be earned in departmental honors.
Phi Alpha Epsilon
Students graduating with grade point averages of 3.50 or higher are eligible for induction
into Phi Alpha Epsilon, provided they have earned a minimum of 60 credit hours of residence
work.
Academic Dishonesty
Lebanon Valley College expects its students to uphold the principles of academic hon-
esty. Academic dishonesty shall not be tolerated. A student should neither hinder nor
unfairly assist the efforts of other students to complete their work. All work that a student
uses in a course assigment must be the student's original work. Cheating and plagiarism
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 1 5
are acts of academic dishonesty. Cheating is an act that deceives or defrauds. It includes,
but is not limited to, looking at another's exam, using unauthorized materials during an
exam, colluding on assignments without the permission or knowledge of the instructor, or
furnishing false information for the purpose of receiving special consideration, such as
postponement of an exam or paper deadline. Plagiarism is the act of submitting as one's
own, the work (for instance, words, ideas, images, compositions) of another person or per-
sons without attribution. Plagiarism can manifest itself in various ways: it can arise from
sloppy note-taking; it can emerge as the incomplete or incompetent citation of resources;
it can take the form of the wholesale submission of other people's work as one's own. The
seriousness of an instance of plagiarism - its moral character as an act of academic dis-
honesty - normally depends upon the extent to which a student intends to deceive and mis-
lead the reader as to the authorship of the work in question. The instructor will make this
determination initially.
Once action has been taken on a matter of academic dishonesty by the professor, the
student forfeits the right to withdraw from or change registration of the course. The College's
expectation and the consequences to meet those expectations are outlined below.
For the first academic dishonesty offense, no action shall be taken beyond failure from
the course, at the option of the faculty member. A letter of warning shall be sent to the
student by the coordinator of academic advising, explaining the policy regarding further
offenses and the right of appeal.
For a second offense, failure in the course is mandatory, and the coordinator of academic
advising shall so inform the faculty member(s) involved. Additionally, the associate dean of
the faculty has the authority to take further action, up to and including expulsion from the
College.
For a third offense, failure in the course and expulsion from the College are mandatory.
The coordinator of academic advising has the authority to make a determination of
whether actions or reasonable suspicions of actions by a student constitute academic
dishonesty "offenses" as above.
Information related to academic dishonesty offenses must be passed by the faculty
member to the coordinator of academic advising. The associate dean shall retain the
information for at least as long as the student involved is enrolled at the College.
Information and evidence concerning academic dishonesty are the property of the College.
All actions against a student for academic dishonesty offenses can be appealed to the
associate dean of the faculty. The vice-president for academic affairs and dean of the
faculty will serve as final arbiter.
Academic Probation and Suspension
At the conclusion of each semester the Dean's Advisory Council meets to review the
academic performance of all undergraduate students. The members of the council are the
vice president for academic affairs and dean of the faculty, the vice president for enroll-
ment and student services, the dean of student services, and the registrar.
To maintain themselves in good academic standing at the College, students must
achieve minimum cumulative grade point averages appropriate to their progress toward
their degree, and they must complete coursework at a regular and sustained pace.
Minimum cumulative GPAs are as follows:
16 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2003-2004 Catalog
Semester Hours Completed Required Cumulative GPA
1-27 1.60
28-55 1.70
56-83 1.80
84 or more 1 .90
At the conclusion of each semester, the College examines students' academic records.
Students who have not achieved the above minimum grade point averages will be given an
Academic Warning, placed on Probation or Academically Suspended from the College.
Academic Warning. The first time students fall below the required cumulative GPA
as listed above, they will be given Academic Warning. Academic Warning constitutes a
formal notification that a student's academic performance is weak and that he/she needs
to devote increased attention to academic work. Students receiving Academic Warning are
cautioned that unless they achieve an acceptable cumulative grade point average, they will
be placed on Probation and thereby lose the privilege of participating in extracurricular
activities (including such activities as intercollegiate sports, student government, campus
media, student clubs, and Greek and service organizations).
Probation. Students who fall a second time below the required cumulative GPA
(whether in consecutive or non-consecutive semesters) will be placed on Probation. A student
on Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities.
Final Probation. Students who fall a third time below the required cumulative GPA
(whether in consecutive or non-consecutive semesters) will be placed on Final Probation. A
student on Final Probation will not be permitted to take part in extracurricular activities, and
the student will be informed that unless the student restores himself/herself to good
academic standing and maintains that status, the student will be suspended from the College.
Academic Suspension. Students will be suspended academically from the College
when ( 1 ) they fall a fourth time below the required cumulative GPA (whether in consec-
utive or nonconsecutive semesters); (2) they fail to achieve a cumulative GPA of at least
0.75 at the conclusion of any semester; (3) they have not earned by the conclusion of the
second and subsequent semesters of full-time enrollment a total of at least 6 credit hours
of coursework for each semester completed. Students suspended will not be permitted to
return for at least the full subsequent semester (fall or spring). To request reinstatement,
students must submit a written petition to the Associate Dean of the Faculty. A suspended
student who returns to the College and who is suspended again for academic reasons will
be regarded as permanently separated from the College.
Upon reinstatement to the college, a student will have two semesters to bring up his/her
cumulative GPA to the minimum required for good academic standing at the College.
Reinstated students may participate in extra-curricular activities. The student's grades will
be monitored at mid-semester and again at the end of the semester to ensure academic
progress. If a student's mid-term or final grades fall below a semester average of 2.0. the
student will be removed from all extra-curricular activities immediately. The student will
not be allowed to rejoin extra-curricular activities until the student has reached the mini-
mum cumulative GPA required for good academic standing.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Regulations 17
Veterans' Services
Veterans who are eligible to receive educational benefits must report their enrollment
to the financial aid office after they register for each semester or summer session. The
financial aid office will then submit certification to the Veterans Administration.
Veterans who are attending Lebanon Valley College for the first time must complete
the appropriate forms in the financial aid office before certification will be sent to the
Veterans Administration.
Students eligible for veterans benefits who remain on academic probation for two
consecutive semesters must be reported to the Department of Veterans Affairs. Veterans
with questions about the College or their status with the College should contact the
financial aid office.
Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges
Lebanon Valley College has been designated as an institutional member of
Servicemember's Opportunity Colleges (SOC), a group of over 400 colleges providing
post secondary education to members throughout the world. As an SOC member, Lebanon
Valley College recognizes the unique nature of the military life-style and has committed
itself to easing the transfer of relevant course credits, providing flexible residency require-
ments, and crediting learning from appropriate military training and experiences.
Teacher Certification for Non-Matriculated Students
Lebanon Valley College offers teacher certification to a variety of special students: stu-
dents with degrees from other colleges, or teachers seeking certification in other fields, or
Lebanon Valley College alumni seeking certification for the first time. All students must
present official transcripts of college work or their previous teacher certification to the
registrar. The education department, the registrar and the appropriate academic depart-
ment shall evaluate the record and recommend the appropriate course of action. A fee shall
be charged for this service.
All candidates must complete the criteria for Admission to Teacher Certifcation as
detailed under the Department of Education, page 66.
18 Undergraduate Academic Regulations 2003-2004 Catalog
UNDERGRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
General Education Program
Through the General Education Program the College most directly expresses its
commitment to the ideal of liberal education that underlies its statement of purpose. The
program has four components: communications, liberal studies, foreign studies and dis-
ciplinary perspectives. This program seeks to prepare graduates who are broadly competent,
skilled in communication, capable of analysis and interpretation, tolerant, and able to
continue to learn in a rapidly changing world.
The General Education Program aims to help students:
• strengthen their capacities for critical thinking and rational analysis;
• practice clear and effective communication;
• learn methods essential for study and research;
• develop breadth through fundamental studies in basic liberal arts disciplines;
• improve their ability to make informed aesthetic and moral assessments;
• understand and appreciate cultures and traditions different from their own;
• integrate different ways of learning and understanding.
The program consists of coursework in the following four areas:
Communications. 15 credit hours.
English Communications (2 courses)
Writing Requirement (3 courses)
Electronic Information Proficiency
This component recognizes the central role communication plays in learning and in life.
Courses teach the principles of clear and effective communication and provide opportunities
to practice and refine them throughout a student's college career.
English Communications. Courses teach the elements of English composition and the
related skills of speaking, reading, listening, word processing and bibliographic access
through database searching.
Requirement: ENG 111 or FYS 100; ENG 112.
First-year students must fulfill the communications component of the General Education
program by enrolling in either First- Year Seminar (FYS 100) or English Communications I
(ENG 111). The primary goal of each course is to help first-year students to become college-
level writers. Students will be assigned the same amount of writing in both FYS 100 and
ENG 111. An important difference between the two courses is that each FYS class is
organized around a particular topic, and students will write in response to various aspects
of that topic, whereas ENG 1 1 1 is not organized around a particular topic, so its students
can expect to write essays about a variety of different topics. Students in FYS should expect
to do more reading than students in ENG 111.
Writing Requirement. In addition to English Communications, students must complete three
courses designated Writing Process, preferably one each during the sophomore, junior and
senior years. Along with course content, faculty will also teach writing in these courses and
will make evaluation of writing quality an important factor in the course grade.
Requirement: Three courses from an approved list.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 19
Approved: ART 212, 312, 314, 326, 350, 353; BIO 304, 307, 312, 322, 324; BUS 285,
485; CHM 222, 321, 322; DSP 340; ECN 321, 332, 410; EDU 311;
ELM 361; ENG 213, 221, 222, 225, 226, 310, 315, 330, 341, 342, 350, 360;
FPvN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 410, 460; HIS 205, 206, 207, 208, 217,
226, 250, 312, 315; MRT 371, 372; MSC 201, 334; PHL215, 300, 301, 336,
337, 349; PHT 202; PHY 328; PSC 211, 312, 498, 499; PSY 120, 245, 443;
REL 311, 312, 313, 322, 333, 337, 353; SOC 322, 324, 331, 333, 382; SPA
310, 410, 420, 430, 440, 450, 460.
Electronic Information Proficiency. There is no specific computer course requirement.
Courses in the General Education Program will build on the base established in English
Communications to include other computer applications and modes of information access
and retrieval as appropriate.
Liberal Studies. 27-29 credit hours.
Three courses in each group with at least one course from each area.
Group I Group II Group III
History Natural Science Literature and Fine Art
Social Science Mathematics Religion and Philosophy
Courses in this component introduce fundamental concepts, methods, and content in
disciplines essential to a liberal education.
Requirement: Three courses from each group with at least one from each area.
Group I
Area 1: History. Courses acquaint students with historical methodology and with some of
the principal developments in European and American history.
Approved: AMS 111; HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 200, 212.
Area 2: Social Science. Courses establish and explore patterns of human culture and social
organization including international aspects of the world by examining the relationships
among individuals and the structures and processes of societies. They draw on the theo-
ries and methodological approaches used in the social sciences and prepare students to
evaluate, integrate, and communicate information and issues related to human behavior.
Approved: ECN 100, 101; PSC 100, 111, 112, 130, 160; SOC 110, 120.
Group II
Area 3: Natural Science. Courses present findings, concepts, and theories of science,
develop an understanding of scientific methods of inquiry, engage students directly in the
practice of science, and prepare them to understand the relationship between science and
technology.
Approved: BIO 101, 102, 103, 111/113, 112/114; CHM 100, 111/113, 112/114; ESS
110, 120; PHY 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 111, 112, 120; PSY 120; SCI 100.
Area 4: Mathematics. Courses introduce pivotal mathematical ideas, abstract mathemati-
cal constructs and mathematical applications. They make students aware of the powers
and limitations of mathematics and emphasize the role of mathematics in our society.
Approved: MAS 100, 111, 112, 150, 161, 162, 170, 270.
20 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2003-2004 Catalog
Group in
Area 5: Literature and Fine Art. Courses acquaint students with significant works of artis-
tic expression and with their historical and cultural contexts. They help them analyze and
appreciate works of art, music, and literature and seek both to extend their aesthetic expe-
rience and enhance the quality of their critical judgment.
Approved: ART 100, 112, 207, 212, 330; ENG 120, 221, 222, 225, 226, 227, 228, 229;
FRN 410, 420, 430, 440, 450; GMN 330, 410, 460; MSC 100, 101, 200,
201, 242; SPA 410, 420, 430, 440, 450
Area 6: Religion and Philosophy. Courses introduce major religious or philosophical per-
spectives, the critical study of value judgments, and the understanding that all judgments
and value systems are grounded in particular world views. Students are encouraged to
examine their own moral commitments as they develop an awareness of and tolerance for
other value systems.
Approved: PHL 110, 130, 140, 160; REL 110, 120, 130, 160.
Foreign Studies. Nine credit hours.
Two courses in a foreign language.
One course from a list approved for this component.
This component responds to a contemporary world in which communication, travel
and trade increasingly juxtapose cultures, values and ideas. Courses help students under-
stand, interpret, and appreciate cultural, social, moral, economic and political systems dif-
ferent from their own.
Foreign Language. By learning another language students see the world from a perspec-
tive essentially apart from their native tongue and culture. These courses help students
understand that all languages solve similar problems of expressing thought, but that each
language provides special access to a particular human society.
Requirement: Two courses.
Options: 1. Continue a previously studied language (two or more years) at the intermediate
level. FRN, GMN, SPA 201/202.
2. Begin a new language. FRN, GMN, SPA 101/102.
3. Repeat the elementary level (no language study for five full years), (FRN, GMN.
SPA 101/102).
4. Complete one advanced course (requires permission from FLG department).
International students who are fluent in a native language other than English are exempt from
this requirement.
Foreign Studies. Courses introduce important aspects of societies in Asia, Africa, the Middle
East and the Americas to foster an understanding of cultural, social, political, religious or
economic systems outside the European tradition. Courses may compare European societies
with other societies or address factors that influence culture as long as these other con-
siderations do not obscure the primary goal of studying essentially different cultures.
Requirement: Choose one course from an approved list.
Approved: ART 334; FSC 190; HIS 27 1 , 273, 274, 275. 277, 279, 303, 304; PHL 252. 254:
PSC 211, 240; REL 140, 253, 255, 260, 265; SPA 460.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 2 1
Disciplinary Perspectives. Three credit hours.
One course from a list approved for this component.
Certain problems are addressed best from the perspective of more than one discipline. This
component offers students an opportunity to bring the insights from different disciplines to
the analysis of a complex issue. Courses incorporate content and approaches from at least
two disciplines, ask students to draw on their own disciplinary perspectives and challenge
them to view issues from various points of view. Junior or senior standing is required.
Requirement: one course from an approved list.
Approved: AMS 311; ART 350, 351, 353; DSP 310, 320, 322, 324, 330, 340, 342, 350,
370, 390; PHL 337, 342, 349; REL 313, 332, 333, 335, 337, 342, 353;
SOC 326.
Interdisciplinary Courses (DSP):
The faculty has approved the following multi disciplinary courses. All satisfy the
General Education Program requirement for a disciplinary perspectives course. Junior or
senior standing is required.
DSP 310. AIDS. An examination of the origins and history of HIV/ AIDS, including its
economic, political, social, psychological and legal repercussions as well as the basics of
virology, serology, epidemiology and diagnostic testing. 3 credits.
DSP 320. The Native American Experience. A review of the development of Native
American society, culture, politics and economy from prehistory to the present with special
emphasis on the relationships between Native Americans and other immigrants to North
America. 3 credits.
DSP 322. The Twentieth-Century World. An exploration of those forces that profoundly
changed the institutions and structures of society in the Twentieth Century including
migrations within and across national borders, responses to environmental opportunities
and threats, and uses and misuses of technology. Examines the rate, direction, and
implication of societal and cultural change at national and global levels. 3 credits.
DSP 324. The American Presidency: Power and Character. An exploration of the rela-
tionship between a president's character and leadership using several administrations as
case studies. Provides exposure to the historiographic literature on historical biography,
presidential memoirs, the use of primary sources and the interpretation of public opinion.
3 credits.
DSP 330. Diversity in the Workforce. An investigation of reasons why questions of diver-
sity affect organizations including demographic changes, types of diversity and relevant
federal legislation. Considers differences in race, sex, gender, religion, sexual orientation,
ethnic background, age, physical ability/disability and geography. 3 credits.
DSP 340. Myths and Their Meaning. Looks at the significance Greek and Roman myths
hold for us today from the perspectives of literature, psychology, religion, sociology and
anthropology. 3 credits.
22 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2003-2004 Catalog
DSP 342. Plants and People. Dependence on certain plants has shaped historical events
and cultures, and continues to influence human lives today. This course explores the
extent of the impact of plant life on the history, culture, and daily life of human beings.
Through lectures, student class presentations, hands-on exercises and field trips, and a
one-day field trip to Longwood Gardens, the effect of plants in past and present human
lives will be investigated. 3 credits.
DSP 350. Drugs and Behavior. This survey course is designed to familiarize students
with the physiological, psychological, social and legal aspects of various drugs including
alcohol, marijuana, caffeine, over-the-counter drugs, cocaine, heroin and the opiates,
LSD hallucinogens, barbiturates, and amphetamines. 3 credits.
DSP 370. Paranormal Phenomena: A Critical Examination. By combining ideas from
the social and natural sciences, as well as religion and philosophy, this course focuses on
the importance of skepticism, scientific analysis, and valid logic when evaluating fringe-
science topics such as ghosts, near-death experiences, psychics, astrology, UFOs and alien
abductions, creationism, faith healing, alternative medicine, and other paranormal claims.
3 credits.
DSP 390. Special Topics. This number designates a special topics course in the disciplinary
perspectives component of the General Education Program. Faculty may make use of this
opportunity to design a course outside normal departmental offerings. The course selection
booklet which appears before registration each semester will describe individual courses
in this category. 3 credits.
A student may petition the vice president of academic affairs and dean of the faculty to
substitute another course in the curriculum for an approved course in any component of the
program
Cooperative Programs
Allied Health Professions
Lebanon Valley College has established a cooperative program with Thomas Jefferson
University in Philadelphia, PA, for students interested in the allied health professions. The
College of Health Professions of Thomas Jefferson University offers baccalaureate
programs in biotechnology, cytotechnology, medical technology, diagnostic imaging
(radiography/ultrasound/etc.) and nursing, and also offers an entry-level master's program
in occupational therapy. Nutrition, one of the requirements for the nursing program is not
offered at Lebanon Valley College and must be taken during the summer at another
institution or on-line.
Students spend two years at Lebanon Valley College taking required courses in the basic
sciences and other disciplines. During the second year, application is made to Thomas
Jefferson University. Admission to Thomas Jefferson University is not automatic, and
depends upon the academic record, recommendations, knowledge of the profession and
often an interview. If accepted, the student spends two years (three years for occupational
therapy) at Thomas Jefferson University taking professional and clinical courses. Upon
successful completion of the program, the student is awarded a baccalaureate (or master's,
for occupational therapy) by Thomas Jefferson University. Post-baccalaureate master's
programs in various other disciplines are also offered, as well as a post-baccalaureate DPT.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Programs 23
Engineering
In the cooperative 3+2 engineering program a student earns a B.S. degree from Lebanon
Valley College and a B.S. degree in one of the fields of engineering from another institution.
Students do three years of work at Lebanon Valley College and then usually do two
additional years of work in engineering. Students may study engineering at any accredited
engineering school. To assist the student, Lebanon Valley College has cooperative (con-
tractual) agreements with The Pennsylvania State University at both University Park and
Harrisburg; Case Western Reserve University in Cleveland; and Widener University in
Chester, Pa. There are three tracks for 3+2 engineering. For most fields of engineering
(e.g., civil, mechanical, electrical), the student completes the B.S. physics track. For
chemical engineering, the student completes the B.S. chemistry track. For computer
engineering, the student completes the B.S. computer science track. For more information,
contact Professor Michael Day (Director 3+2 Engineering).
Forestry and Environmental Studies
Students completing a three-year program at Lebanon Valley College studying the liberal
arts and the sciences basic to forestry and environmental sciences may apply for admission
to the cooperative forestry and environmental studies program with Duke University, School
of the Environment, Durham, N.C. Upon completion of the first year of the two-year (plus
one summer) program at Duke University, the student will receive the Bachelor of Science
degree from Lebanon Valley College. After completion of the program at Duke, the student
will receive the professional degree of Master of Forestry (M.F.) or Master of Environmental
Management (M.E.M.) from Duke University. Students may major in biology, economics,
political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley College.
Program Requirements:
Students interested in pursuing career preparation in forestry or in environmental studies
through the cooperative program (3+2) with Duke University may major in biology,
economics, political science or mathematics at Lebanon Valley. All such students shall
take BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 302; ECN 101,102; MAS 161 or 111; MAS 170, regardless
of major, and shall meet the general requirements of the College.
Medical Technology (Clinical Laboratory Science)
The student spends three years at Lebanon Valley College taking courses to fulfill the
requirements of the College and of the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory
Sciences. Before or during the third year of the program, the student applies to a hospital
with a C AHEA approved school of medical technology where he/she spends the fourth year
in training. Admission is not automatic and depends upon the academic record, recom-
mendations and an interview. Upon satisfactorily completing the clinical year, the student
is awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology by Lebanon Valley
College. The College is affiliated with the following hospitals: Jersey Shore Medical Center
and Lancaster General Hospital. However, the student is not limited to these affiliations and
may seek acceptance at other approved hospitals.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
24 Undergraduate Academic Programs 2003-2004 Catalog
Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 306, 322, eight additional credits in biology; Immunology,
BIO 323, is required by most programs; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216;
PHY 103, 104; MAS 170 (51 credits). The senior year is spent off-campus at an accredited
hospital school of medical technology. It is the student's responsibility to apply and
become accepted into a hospital program. Thirty (30) semester hours of credit are awarded
for the successful completion of this year.
Pre-Professional Programs
Pre-Law Program
Lebanon Valley students have done very well at a variety of law schools. In recent years,
our graduates have gone on to Penn State Dickinson, Temple, Villanova and Widener law
schools. Over the years, LVC students who have excelled academically have graduated from
Harvard, Chicago, Columbia, Stanford, Washington and Lee, and William and Mary.
After law school, Lebanon Valley graduates have gone on to careers in private practices,
corporations, government, and politics.
Lawyers perform in a wide variety of services to American society. As a result, the legal
profession has become increasingly specialized. In addition to traditional areas such as tax,
administrative, corporate, criminal, and property law, lawyers now specialize in entertain-
ment, environmental, family and sports law. Because we work closely with our pre-law
students, we try to tailor their undergraduate programs to meet individual interests.
The pre-law program is designed to provide important course preparation, practical
experience, and advising for a pre-law student. In addition to the courses that are a part of
the pre-law program, students are advised to take other courses relevant to the area of law
they wish to pursue. The internship in law, taken in the junior or senior year, is an especially
important part of preparation for law school.
Lebanon Valley College
Undergraduate Academic Programs 25
The Law School Aptitude Test (LSAT) is required for acceptance at American Bar
Association approved law schools. Students who are going to apply to law school should
take the LSAT during their junior year. It is given four times during the year, and it may be
taken at Lebanon Valley. For many, it will be beneficial to take an LSAT preparation course.
Two are available within a short driving distance of LVC.
Students interested in law school should contact the pre-law advisor in their freshman
year. Contact Dr. John Norton, Department of History and Political Science, 201 A
Humanities Building, extension 6326, or by email at norton@lvc.edu.
Pre-law program courses: PSC 111/112, American National Government; PSC
315/316, American Constitutional Law; PSC 415, Foundations of American Law; ECN
101/102, Principles of Micro and Macro Economics; BUS 371/372, Business Law; ACT
161/162, Financial and Managerial Accounting; and PSC 400, Internship.
Pre -Medical, Pre-Dentistry, P re-Veterinary
Lebanon Valley College offers pre-professional preparation in the medical (medicine,
osteopathy, optometry, podiatry, pharmacy, chiropractic and dentistry) and veterinary fields.
Students interested in one of these careers usually follow a science curriculum with a major
in biochemistry and molecular biology, biology, chemistry, or psychobiology.
In addition to the basic natural sciences suited to advanced professional study, the student
may participate in an internship program between the College and local physicians or vet-
erinarians. Students not only receive credit for the work, but also gain valuable experience
in the field.
A health professions committee coordinates the various plans of study in addition to
offering advice and assistance to those persons interested in health professions careers.
Lebanon Valley College graduates have been admitted to some of the nation's finest
schools including Johns Hopkins University Medical School, University of Virginia, Cornell
University, The University of Pennsylvania, The University of Pittsburgh, Jefferson Medical
School, Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine, The Pennsylvania State University
Medical School at Hershey, Temple University School of Pediatric Medicine, The
University of Maryland, The Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, The
Pennsylvania College of Pediatric Medicine and the Pennsylvania College of Optometry.
Individualized Major
The option of an individualized major is available to students who desire a field of
concentration which is not substantially addressed by any one department. The faculty
represents a diverse set of interests and perspectives that provides a considerable resource
for those students who would like to develop a major around concerns that do not fall into
traditional disciplinary areas. As a liberal arts institution, the College and its faculty are
willing to help a student develop a program of study using interdisciplinary courses.
A student planning an individualized major should prepare an application which includes
courses relevant to the topic and secure the written endorsement of at least two faculty
advisers for the proposed major which shall consist of at least 24 credits above the 100 level.
The student should submit the application to the vice president and dean of the faculty
for final approval. The student will work closely with the advisers. Any changes in the
program must be submitted to the dean for approval.
26 Undergraduate Academic Program 2003-2004 Catalog
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree (depending upon concentration)
with an individualized major.
Requirements: Those courses specified within the approved individualized major plus
those courses to meet the general requirements of the College.
Internships
An internship is a practical and professional work experience that allows students to
participate in the operations of business, industry, education, government or not-for-profit
organizations. Internships provide students with opportunities to integrate their classroom
learning with on-the-job experiences and to test practical applications of their liberal arts
education in a variety of settings.
To be eligible for an internship sponsored by an academic department or program, a
student generally will have junior or senior standing. Students must request and receive
permission from departmental chairpersons or program directors to enroll in internships.
The student must also enlist a faculty internship supervisor from the department sponsoring
the internship and an on-site internship supervisor from the internship location.
Application forms for internships are available in the office of the registrar. The application
form shall be completed by the student and approved by the student's academic adviser,
faculty internship supervisor, on-site internship supervisor and the department chairperson
prior to registration.
For each semester hour of credit, the intern should invest at least 45 hours of time at
the internship location. Academic departments and programs establish other specific criteria
and procedures for internships. In addition to the practical on-site experience, internships
have an academic component which may include readings, reports, journals, seminars
and/or faculty conferences. A student may enroll for 1-12 credit hours of internship during
any one semester. A student may use a maximum of 12 credit hours of internship to meet
graduation requirements. All internships have a course number of 400.
Independent Study
Independent study provides an opportunity to undertake a program of supervised reading,
research, or creative work not incorporated in existing formal courses. The independent
study should result in a formal document. Independent study shall not be used to approximate
an existing course or to cover projects more properly described as internships. Junior or
senior standing and a minimum GPA of 2.00 or higher are required.
For one semester hour of credit, the independent study student should invest at least 45
clock hours of time in reading, research or report writing. The independent study involves
a contract between the student and the faculty member (contract instructor) who will oversee
the study. Written application forms regarding the independent study are available in the
office of the registrar. The forms must be completed by the student and approved by the
student's faculty adviser, the contract instructor and the department chairperson.
Students may enroll in a maximum of three credit hours per independent study in any
one semester. A maximum of six credit hours in independent study may be used toward
the graduation requirements. All independent studies have a course number of 500.
Lebanon Valley College Undergraduate Academic Program 27
Tutorial Study
Tutorial study provides students with a special opportunity to take an existing formal
course in the curricula that is not scheduled that semester or summer session. Students
desiring a tutorial study must have an appropriate member of the faculty agree to supervise
the study on a one-on-one basis.
For one semester hour of credit, the student should invest at least 45 clock hours of
time in the tutorial study. The tutorial study essentially involves a contract between the
student and the faculty adviser. The typical tutorial study involves readings, research,
report writing, faculty conferences and examinations. All tutorial study courses have the
same course number as the existing formal catalog course.
Special Topics Courses
From time to time, departments may offer Special Topics courses using the following
course numbers: 290-298, 390-398, 490-498 and 590. Special Topics courses are formal
courses that are not listed permanently in the curricula and that are offered infrequently.
These courses examine comparatively narrow subjects that may be topical or special
interest. Several different topics may be taught in one semester or academic year. A specific
course title shall be used in each instance and shall be so noted on the student record.
Study Abroad
Lebanon Valley College has established its own study abroad programs for students
majoring in all subjects. All programs insure a cultural immersion experience for students,
with several programs, open to language majors and non-language majors, also offering a
language-enhancement opportunity. These programs are located in Australia, England,
France, Germany, Greece, Italy, New Zealand, the Netherlands, Spain, and Sweden.
Lebanon Valley College also offers off-campus academic internship programs in
Philadelphia and Washington, D.C. Students in any major field can gain work experience
in a large U.S. city while earning academic credits for the semester. Further information
on all off-campus programs may be obtained at the Study Abroad Office, HUM 206, Ext.
6076. See In- Absentia on page 12.
28 Undergraduate Academic Program 2003-2004 Catalog
UNDERGRADUATE DEPARTMENTS AND PROGRAMS
AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM
By examining American culture in its historical context from an interdisciplinary point
of view, American Studies heightens critical awareness and appreciation of what is dis-
tinctive about American civilization.
An undergraduate degree in American Studies can lead to a career in teaching, pub-
lishing, law, journalism, government, consulting and research, historic preservation,
museums, archiving, tourism, or a number of other professions.
Degree requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in American Studies.
Major Core: AMS 111, 211, 223, 229, 311, 450 (18 credits)
In addition to the core, each major must select courses from among the following:
Social Sciences: one required course to be elected from among anthropology (SOC 120),
history (HIS 125, 126, or 200 level or above), sociology (200 level or above), political
science (PSC 111, 1 12, or 200 level or above), or DSP 320. The course must be related to
American culture. 3 credits.
Humanities and Fine Arts: two required courses, one of them at the 200 level or above, to
be elected from among English, art, music, religion (or REL 120), or philosophy (or PHL
140). The courses must be from different disciplines, and must be related to American
culture. 6 credits.
Each major must also select a concentration; two courses to be elected in consultation with
the academic adviser. These courses could include AMS 400 (internship) and/or AMS 500
(independent study), or they could be upper division courses in another discipline. 6 credits.
Minor: AMS 111, 211, 223, 229, 311, 450 (18 credits)
Courses in American Studies (AMS):
101. Introduction to American Cultures. An interdisciplinary, cultural study of fundamental
American institutions, social patterns, cultural myths and cultural icons in historical
perspective. Field trips to national and regional sites included. 3 credits.
///. Introduction to American Studies. An interdisciplinary approach to the study of
America's heritage and the distinguishing features of the American mind and character. 3
credits.
211. American Folklore. A study of the historical growth of American folklore; such gen-
res as folk art, folk music and folk speech; contemporary expressions, including regional and
ethnic variations; and the dynamics of folk performance in socio-cultural context. 3 credits.
223. American Thought and Culture. A study of American intellectual history focusing
on cultural criticism as represented in such schools of thought as Puritanism.
Enlightenment, Rationalism, Transcendentalism, Utopianism, the Southern Agrarians.
The Progressives, the New York Intellectuals. Marxism, feminism and the New
Journalism. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College American Studies Program 29
229. Culture and Conflict in Modern America. An examination of the social, political,
economic and cultural upheaval of the 1960s and 1970s in the historical context. 3 credits.
230. American Folk Religion. A study of the folk traditions of selected American
denominations and sects and of the theological implications of secular folklore. Emphasis
will be placed on field work as well as on analysis. 3 credits.
311. American Science and Technology. A study of American science and technology and
their interrelations with economic, cultural, political and intellectual developments.
Prerequisite: Any laboratory science course. 3 credits.
450. Schwinns, Barbies, and Bicycles. An integrative study by each student of a single item
of American material culture, seen from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. 3 credits.
Faculty
Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English, director of American Studies Program.
Ph.D., Boston University.
He teaches courses in American literature, American Studies, Greek myth, and grammar.
He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on American cul-
tural criticism and twentieth-century poetry.
30 American Studies Program
2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF ART AND ART HISTORY
The visual arts play a crucial role in a liberal arts education. In the Art and Art History
program, we challenge students to explore the creative process and recognize the essential
contribution of the visual arts to human society. Central to the program is a direct
engagement with works of art, whether in the studio, in the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery
or in major museums. Our program is one of the few, regionally, to offer Museum
Studies, with instruction in gallery maintenance and exhibition research, programming,
and installation.
A student majoring in Art and Art History may choose a Studio Art or Art History
concentration. All students take the following foundation courses: Concepts in the Visual
Arts, Art Survey, Drawing, and Sculpture. For Studio majors, further requirements include
Two-Dimensional Design, Intermediate Drawing, Fundamentals of Painting and five more
courses from a wide selection. Art History majors take Renaissance and Nineteenth-Century
Art, a methodology course, and five more courses from a broad selection. Most cours-
es feature a class trip to an artist's studio, design workshop, or regional art center.
There are no prerequisites for entry into the Art and Art History program. No portfolio is
required.
Art and Art History Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in art and art history; studio art or art history
concentration.
Major: Core requirements: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212.
Studio Concentration: Requirements: ART 207, 215, 219. Five additional courses chosen
from ART 209, 211, 217, 221, 307, 309, 315, 319, 350, 351, 353, 405, 511. One of the
additional courses can be an art history course (39 credits, including core requirements).
Art History Concentration: Requirements: ART 312, 314, 316. Five additional courses
chosen from ART 318, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 336, 338, 340, 350, 351, 353,
510 (39 credits, including core requirements).
Minor: ART 100, 105, 112, 209, 212, and one additional course from those offered to art
and art history majors (18 credits).
Courses in Art and Art History (ART):
100. Concepts in the Visual Arts. Addressing the basic question "What is art?" this course
explores the physical, perceptual and philosophical elements of visual art and architecture.
Materials and methods, the role of artists, cultural ideals and changing ideas of beauty are
studied as the basis for looking at, and discussing, art throughout the ages. 3 credits.
105. Fundamentals of Drawing. Using traditional methods in a variety of media, this
essential studio course explores drawing as a way of seeing and recording visual information
from the world around us. Principles of composition and explorations of personal expression
are also introduced. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 3 1
112. Art Survey: Ancient-Gothic. An introduction to art and architecture in its historical
and cultural context from the ziggurats of Mesopotamia and the pyramids of dynastic
Egypt to the temples of ancient Greece and Rome, the mosaics of Byzantium and the
illuminated manuscripts and soaring cathedrals of medieval Europe. Attention is paid to
skills in critical description and visual analysis. 3 credits.
120. Introduction to Art Therapy. A practical introduction to art therapy. This course
explores the history of the art therapy profession and the development of creative expression
in young people up to the age of fourteen. Emphasis is placed on the use of different art
media, approaches, and techniques. 3 credits.
207 German Art. An exploration, on site, of German art and architecture across the
centuries. Students enjoy the city of Cologne as classroom, with visits to galleries,
museums, monuments, and workshops. Offered in the Cologne program. 3 credits.
209. Fundamentals of Sculpture. Through the use of time-honored materials — plaster,
clay and wood — this studio course investigates three-dimensional form as a basis for art
and design. Modeling, carving, mold-making, and assemblage are introduced as essential
sculptural processes in a variety of projects. 3 credits.
210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills, and present the creative possibilities
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Digital
Communications 210.1
32 Art and Art History
2003-2004 Catalog
211. Photography. This course explores the technical and conceptual elements of fine-art,
film-based photography. Students are introduced to the operation of the camera, processes
of film development and black-and-white printing, compositional and aesthetic principles,
and thematic explorations. Single lens reflex camera with manual mode required. 3 credits.
212. Art Survey: Renaissance-Postmodern. From Giotto to Giacometti, Fragonard to
Frank Lloyd Wright, an examination of the visual and material culture of Europe, North
America, and other regions from the fourteenth century to the present day. Special attention
is paid to aesthetics, economics, gender, and nationalism. Writing process. 3 credits.
213. Two-Dimensional Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles of
composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. {Cross-listed
as Digital Communications 255.}
215. Intermediate Drawing. Students move beyond Fundamentals of Drawing to explore
the expressive and thematic potential of a variety of media and subjects. Attention is paid
to the history of drawing and to the development of individual concepts and professional
studio practices. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits.
217. Figure Drawing. This course calls on traditional methods of anatomical study for an
intensive exploration of human form as a central component of drawing and expressive
mark-making. Students explore historical and contemporary figurative art as a basis for
the development of individual concepts. Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits.
219. Fundamentals of Painting. Using art-historical examples, this course introduces the
physical and visual properties of paint. Through a variety of projects, students explore the
expressive potential of this medium and learn basic techniques of professional studio
practice, such as constructing a painting support and working safely with paint.
Prerequisite: ART 105 or by permission. 3 credits.
221. Watercolor. This course introduces the unique physical and visual properties of water-
color paint. Individual pictorial development is emphasized through a variety of subjects,
with a focus on historical and contemporary uses of the medium. Prerequisite: ART 105 or
by permission. 3 credits.
223. Ceramics. Students explore a number of essential ceramic techniques, such as pinch-,
coil- and slab-construction, wheel-throwing, and a range of low-temperature surface
treatments. The course focuses on fundamental principles of design, with reference to
ceramic history and contemporary uses of the medium. 3 credits.
307. Printmaking. In this studio course students explore a variety of techniques and
approaches central to the history of printmaking, including relief printing, intaglio,
collographs, and monotypes. Students also learn how prints are handled and exhibited.
Prerequisites: ART 215 or ART 217 or ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 33
309. Pastel. This course introduces students to the visual and tactile properties of pastel
and explores the expressive potential of the medium through a variety of techniques, from
non-directional mark-making to edge-building. Attention is paid to the history of pastel
and to basic rules of conservation and framing. Prerequisites: ART 105 or by permission.
3 credits.
312. Renaissance Art. Focusing on the late thirteenth to the end of the sixteenth century, this
course offers a comprehensive survey of the major monuments, themes, and developments
of Renaissance art in Europe. Works by Giotto, Van Eyck, Brunelleschi, Botticelli, Dttrer,
Michelangelo, Raphael, and Titian, among others, are examined. Particular attention is
paid to the antique tradition in the arts, development of the professional artist, church patron-
age, and the development of modern political and economic systems. Prerequisites: ART
100 or ART 112 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits.
314. Art in Nineteenth-Century Europe. This course uncovers the roots of modernism by
tracing patterns of change in the art of France, Spain, England, and the German states from
the 1780s to the 1860s. Painting and sculpture are examined in the context of political
unrest, urban and industrial expansion, colonialism, the lure of the Orient, new criticism,
and the burgeoning art market. Artists include David, Goya, Friedrich, Constable, and
Courbet. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 112 or ART 212. Writing process. 3 credits.
315. Intermediate Sculpture. This course offers an intensive exploration of the making of
sculpture, extending beyond fundamental processes to more advanced areas of thematic
study. Historical and contemporary viewpoints are examined. Prerequisites: ART 209 or
by permission. 3 credits.
316. Approaches to Art History. This course introduces students to major viewpoints and
principal areas of art-historical research, including sociological and biographical methods,
connoisseurship, iconography, semiology, psychoanalytic perspectives, gender studies,
and deconstruction. The history of the discipline and some of the challenges that confront
it will be described and analyzed. Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits.
318. Greek and Roman Art and Architecture. A survey of ancient Greek and Roman art
and architecture, highlighting major stylistic phases, monuments, and objects of art from
the Greek Archaic period to the fall of Rome. The cultural, philosophical, political, and
economic contexts from which Greek and Roman art emerged, and classical revivals in
post-medieval Europe and in America, are also explored. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART
112. 3 credits.
319. Intermediate Painting. This course takes a thematic approach to painting, focusing
on such areas of study as figuration and abstraction. Emphasis is on process, technique,
and individual conceptual investigations within historical and contemporary models.
Prerequisites: ART 219 or by permission. 3 credits.
322. Italian Baroque Art and Architecture. This course surveys painting, sculpture, and
architecture in a social, political, and cultural context in seventeenth- and eighteenth-
century Italy. The work of the Carracci, Caravaggio, Bernini and Borromini will be
examined. Students explore such issues as patronage by private citizens, nobles, and
34 Art and Art History 2003-2004 Catalog
popes; art and religion; the classical tradition; and art and architectural theory.
Prerequisites: ART 112 or ART 212. 3 credits.
324. Northern European Art, 17th & 18th Centuries. An introduction to the art of the
Low Countries and France, including the work of Rubens, Rembrandt, and Vermeer;
the French Caravaggisti, Poussin, Claude, Watteau and Boucher. Particular attention
is paid to questions of stylistic, geographical, and political difference and to the social
circumstances in which works were produced, viewed, and sold. Prerequisites: ART
112 or ART 212. 3 credits.
326. Impressionism and Post-Impressionism. An examination of the origins, making
and meaning of Impressionist and Post-Impressionist paintings in the context of
momentous social, and economic change in nineteenth-century France. Artists include
Manet, Degas, Monet, Cezanne, Gauguin and Van Gogh. Particular attention is paid to
artist training; the exhibition, sale, and collecting of art; and new choices of subject matter.
Reading assignments take account of different critical approaches to this field of study.
Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits.
328. Modern Art. An overview of modern and postmodern art from the 1 890s to the
present, including important stylistic movements such as Cubism, Dada and Surrealism,
Abstract Expressionism, Pop Art, and a number of postmodern approaches since 1960.
The focus will be on the ideas, works and critical reception of specific artists, widened to
include issues of race and gender, and related developments in politics and literature.
Prerequisites: ART 212. 3 credits.
330. American Art. An introduction to American art from 1650 to the present day. The
course offers a critical grounding in selected themes, with an emphasis on cultural history
and stylistic change. Includes painting, architecture, film, photography and sculpture.
Writing process. 3 credits.
332. British Art. This survey of British art from 1700 to the present unfolds by way of
major themes and art movements, including portraiture and patronage in the eighteenth
century, classicism and the Grand Tour, Ruskin and the Pre-Raphaelites, late Victorian art
and design, and "shocking! art in Britain now." Students encounter the work of artists for
whom issues of class, empire, school, and country have rarely gone unheeded. The role of
the British Academy and the heritage of the English country house will also be examined.
Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits.
334. East Asian Art. A survey of the art and architecture of China and Japan from the
Neolithic age to the twentieth century, examined in a social, cultural and political context.
Among the topics covered: Jomon pottery in Japan; Buddhist caves in China; imperial
palaces in Chang' an and Beijing; Japanese castles; landscape, figure, scroll, and screen
painting; and Eastern gardens. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
336. East West: Art and Cultural Interchange from Hellenism to the Modern Era.
An examination of the impact of Eastern culture, aesthetics, and formal design on Western
art and architecture, from the Hellenistic Greek embrace of Persian and Indian motifs to
the intersection of Iberian art and the oeuvre of Picasso. The impact of Western motifs
Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 35
on Japanese art in the nineteenth century is also explored. Attention is given to Western
historical conceptions of "otherness" and to the limitations of Western critical approaches to
art history. Prerequisites: ART 100 or ART 212. 3 credits.
338. Rome. This course investigates the art, culture, and architecture of Rome from the pre-
Republican era to the twentieth century. Organized thematically and chronologically, the
course considers such topics as: images of authority (Republican & Empire); subterranean
Rome: the catacombs; the path of the medieval pilgrim; antiquity and its reinterpretations in
the Renaissance; the papacy and urban planning in Counter-Reformation Rome; the Grand
Tour; and Mussolini and fascist architecture. Prerequisites: ART 112 or ART 212. 3 credits.
340. Museum Studies. This course examines the history, principles, and practices of art
museums. Students investigate issues related to the development, care, and use of museum
collections; the function, management, and operation of museums of art; museum education;
curatorial methods and exhibition development; and research and catalogue writing.
Participants plan, organize and mount a temporary exhibition at the Suzanne H. Arnold Art
Gallery. Prerequisites: ART 112 and ART 212. 3 credits.
350. Paris: Art, Culture and Urban Development. An exploration of the art, architecture,
culture, and urban planning of Paris from Roman settlement to modern capital city.
Students assess the ways in which the demands of patrons, the vision of urban admin-
istrators and the increasing power of the middle class tempered the aims of artists in
the city over the centuries. "Visits" include Notre Dame, the Louvre palace,
Montmartre, and even the Paris sewers, with excursions to Versailles and other royal
chateaux. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
357. Color: Art, Perception and Cultural Context. This course immerses students in a
thematic investigation of color as a dynamic force in human perception, the natural world,
and popular contemporary culture. Perceptual experiments, readings, and film screenings
help to uncover the vital role color plays in our understanding of the world around us.
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visual
arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist and
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective.
3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 353}
405. Advanced Studio: Directed Study. This course is designed for students intending
to pursue a graduate degree in studio art or independent work as a professional artist.
The emphasis is on the creation and exhibition of a unique body of work, facilitated by
individual tutorials and group discussions. Prerequisites: by permission. 3 credits
36 Art and Art History 2003-2004 Catalog
Faculty
Barbara Anderman, assistant professor of art history.
Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey.
Her research has focused on French genre painting and art theory in the late Baroque and
early modern period. She teaches courses in eighteenth- and nineteenth-century art and
architecture, methodology, and the art and culture of Paris.
Melanie DeMartyn, adjunct instructor in art.
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
DeMartyn is board certified and a licensed professional counselor. She has nineteen years
experience conducting family, group, and individual psychotherapy. Her areas of expertise
include psychiatric problems, childhood sexual abuse, drug and alcohol abuse, and
women's and children's issues. She teaches Introduction to Art Therapy.
Richard Johnson, adjunct instructor in art.
B.S., Millersville University.
Johnson has seven years experience in the graphic arts field, working in advertising and
as an instructor. He teaches Digital Graphic Design.
G. Daniel Massad, artist-in-residence.
M.F.A., University of Kansas.
Pastel on paper is his primary medium. His work is in many public collections, including
The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Philadelphia Museum of Art, Smithsonian American
Art Museum, and Art Institute of Chicago. He is represented by Forum, with galleries in
New York City, and Los Angeles. He teaches advanced studio courses and Greek and
Roman Art and Architecture.
Michael Pittari, assistant professor of art.
M.F.A., The University of Tennessee.
His research has focused on the history and theory of two-dimensional media in relation
to contemporary art practice. Represented by Marcia Wood Gallery in Atlanta, he has
exhibited drawings, paintings, and installations throughout the U.S. He teaches courses in
studio art, design, and color theory.
Marie Riegle, adjunct assistant professor of art.
M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Riegle teaches Drawing, Concepts in the Visual Arts, and Visual Art and Religious
Experience. A writer as well as a practicing artist, she has received an award for her fiction
for children.
Scott Schweigert, director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and assistant professor
of art history.
M.A., The George Washington University.
Schweigert is a specialist in Renaissance and Southern Baroque art, whose research
interests include issues of art patronage in Baroque Rome and architecture of the fifteenth
to eighteenth century. He teaches courses in Renaissance and Baroque art and the art
and culture of Rome.
Lebanon Valley College Art and Art History 37
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
Biology Program
The Biology Department attempts to share with all LVC students the role of living
organisms within the universe. We encourage the students to understand how these organ-
isms interact with each other and their environments and are the result of the complex
interplay of ordinary chemicals, arranged according to the fundamental laws of physics,
and assembled in mathematically predictable ways.
The goal of the Biology Department is to produce graduates who are well- versed in the
principles and techniques of biology, have the intellectual training to investigate novel
concepts, have the ability to learn independently, interpret and articulate clearly their
findings, possess the highest scholarly standards of the discipline and maintain honest
academic conduct.
The Biology Department curriculum (1) employs the underlying principles of biology
and requires a background in the supporting disciplines, (2) requires the application of the
scientific method in the laboratory or field, (3) integrates informational retrieval, the
synthesis of ideas into a coherent whole, and the communication of research findings, and
(4) prepares students for advanced study in medical, dental and veterinary professional
schools, graduate schools, and employment in technical fields.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biology.
Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 201, 499; one course each in the general areas of phys-
iology, cellular and subcellular biology, botany, morphology and population biology (33
credits). CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216 (16 credits); PHY 103, 104 or 111,
112; MAS 161 or 111 (60-62 total credits).
Minor: BIO 101, 102, or BIO 111, 112, 113, 114; plus four additional courses in biology
(24 total credits).
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in biology
must take BIO 312, 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 110 and SED
430,431 and 440.
Courses in Biology (BIO):
BIO 111, 112, 113, and 114 are prerequisite for all upper-level courses in biology unless
otherwise noted.
101. Human Biology. The human organism is utilized as the primary focus to elucidate
physiological principles for non-science majors. Topics include nutrition, homeostasis,
major organ systems, immunity and exercise physiology. Laboratory exercises include
sensory physiology, respiration, blood pressure, exercise physiology and ECG. 4 credits.
102. Human Heredity. This course is intended for the non-science major. Although the
major emphasis of this course is on the inheritance of traits in humans, topics ranging
from basic cell reproduction through gamete production and early developmental stages
are also covered. Classical genetics, in both humans and other organisms, including both
chromosomal and gene genetics, as well as population genetics, molecular genetics and
38 Biology 2003-2004 Catalog
application of genetics to biotechnology and genetic engineering are discussed. The labo-
ratory is intended to give the student "hands-on" experience in making observations, per-
forming experiments and working with scientific equipment. Topics to be covered in the
laboratory include studying prepared slides, performing genetic crosses, activating genes
in bacteria, isolating DNA and learning about DNA fingerprinting. 4 credits.
103. Environmental Science. Designed for non-science majors, the course serves as an
introduction to ecological principles and their applications to understanding the causes
and current status of environmental problems. Options for dealing with these problems are
evaluated. Possible topics for discussion are overpopulation, food and water resources,
ozone depletion, global warming, deforestation, acid rain, biodiversity, erosion, loss of
wetlands, energy sources, pollution, eutrophication and waste disposal. Laboratory exercises
are designed to illustrate ecological concepts presented in lecture. 4 credits.
111. General Biology I. A rigorous study of basic biological principles, which is designed
for science majors. Topics emphasized include cell biology, genetics, taxonomy, histology,
and evolution. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 113. 3 credits.
112. General Biology II. This course, also rigorous and designed for science majors, covers
concepts in physiology, botany, embryology, and ecology. Must be taken concurrently with
Biology 114. 3 credits.
113. General Biology I Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include enzyme kinetics, carbohy-
drate analysis, isolation and identification of plant pigments, microscopy, and histological
techniques. Must be taken concurrently with Biology 111.1 credit.
114. General Biology II Laboratory. Laboratory exercises include shark anatomy,
invertebrate dissection, animal development, plant development in angiosperms, Stomate
response to environmental changes, animal taxonomy, and an ecological field study. Must
be taken concurrently with Biology 112. 1 credit.
201. Genetics. A study of the principles, mechanisms and concepts of classical and
molecular genetics. The laboratory stresses key concepts of genetics utilizing both classical
and molecular approaches. Laboratory exercises include analysis of nucleic acids, genetic
crosses, and studies of bacteria, bacteriophages and plasmids. Prerequisites: one year of
chemistry or permission. 4 credits.
212. Animal Behavior. A study of the basic concepts of invertebrate and vertebrate
behavior with emphasis on the development, genetics, physiology and evolution of
behavior. Laboratory exercises include ethogram construction, avian foraging, aggressive
display analysis and estrous cycle regulation. Prerequisite: BIO 112 or permission. 4 credits.
221. Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy. The comparative anatomy of vertebrates with
emphasis on the evolutionary relationships among the various lines of vertebrates. Intensive
laboratory work involves dissections and demonstrations of representative vertebrates.
4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Biology 39
222. Human Physiology. The design of this course is intended to impart an understanding
of the basic concepts of human physiology with emphasis on neuromuscular, cardiovascular,
and endocrine physiology. Laboratory exercises place emphasis on effective experimental
designs and data analysis in the study of physiological mechanisms. Lab exercises cover
such topics as muscle contraction measurements, spirometry, and EKG analysis. 4 credits.
Does not fulfill a biology major requirement.
302. Plant Diversity. The development and diversity of fungi, algae and land plants and the
relationships between them. Field and laboratory work familiarizes the student with the
structure and reproduction of algae and plants and with the identification and pollination of
flowering plants in the local flora. Prerequisite: BIO 112 or permission. 4 credits.
304. Developmental Biology. An organismal and molecular approach to the study of animal
development using typical invertebrate and vertebrate organisms. The laboratory includes
the study of slides as well as experiments on fertilization, regeneration and metamorphosis.
Writing process. 4 credits.
305. Cell and Tissue Biology. A study of cell ultrastructure and the microscopic anatomy
of vertebrate tissues, including the structure and function of membranes and organelles,
cell motility and excitability, and vertebrate tissue similarities and specialization in relation
to function. Laboratory includes the preparation and staining of sections using selected
histochemical and histological procedures as well as a variety of microscopic techniques.
4 credits.
40 Biology
2003-2004 Catalog
306. Microbiology. A study of the morphology, physiology and biochemistry of repre-
sentative microorganisms. The laboratory emphasizes basic bacteriological techniques
and procedures. Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. 4 credits.
307. Plant Physiology. A study of the functioning of plants, with emphasis on vascular plants.
Prerequisite: three semesters of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits.
312. Ecology I . An examination of the basic concepts of ecology with extensive laboratory
work and field experiences in freshwater, marine and terrestrial ecosystems. Prerequisites:
BIO 112 or permission. Writing process. 4 credits.
322. Animal Physiology. A study of the principles of vertebrate body function, with
emphasis on the mechanisms by which cells and organs perform their functions and the
interactions of the various organs in maintaining total body function. Prerequisites: BIO 101
or 112 and one semester of chemistry or permission. Writing process. 4 credits.
323. Introduction to Immunology. An introduction to the anatomical, physiological and
biochemical factors underlying the immune response. The course begins with a discussion
of non-specific immunity, cellular immunity and antibody-mediated immune responses. The
course then moves into a study of contemporary immunological topics which are discussed
with respect to major research papers in each area. Topics include autoimmunity, histocom-
patibility, immunogenetics and acquired immune deficiencies. Prerequisites: BIO 111,112
and CHM 111,113 or equivalent or permission. 4 credits.
324. Invertebrate Physiology. A study of many of the invertebrate phyla, concentrating on
the physiological mechanisms controlling movement, metabolism, information and con-
trol, and reproduction. Writing process. 4 credits.
360. The Teaching of Biology in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students seek-
ing certification to teach biology in secondary education. Responsibilities include assisting
in the preparation of materials and equipment for lab; supervision of lab work; and
preparation, administration, and evaluation of quizzes and lab tests. Prerequisite: permission
of the instructor. 1 credit.
404. Electron Microscopy. An introduction to the use of techniques for scanning and
transmission electron microscopic studies. Through laboratory experience the students
will learn the proper use, application and limitations of the appropriate instruments.
Prerequisite: BIO 305 or permission of instructor. 4 credits.
409. Ecology II. An intensive study of ecological processes emphasizing the quantitative
aspects of ecology at the population and community levels. Prerequisite: permission of the
instructor. 4 credits.
499. Seminar. Each senior student is required to do independent library research on an
assigned topic and to make an oral presentation to the biology faculty and students. This
course may be repeated. 1 or 2 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Biology 41
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Program
The Biology Department offers a biochemistry and molecular biology program in
conjunction with the Chemistry Department, described on page 56. The major in biochem-
istry and molecular biology is an interdisciplinary program that provides an opportunity for
interested students to engage in a comprehensive study of the chemical basis of biological
processes. It is designed to prepare students for advanced study in medical, dental and other
professional schools, for graduate programs in a variety of subjects including biochemistry,
clinical chemistry, pharmacology, molecular biology, genetics, microbiology, and physiology
and for research positions in industrial, academic and government laboratories.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in biochemistry and molecular biology.
Major: BIO 111,112, 113, 114, 201; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216; BCMB
401, 421, 422, 430, 499; MAS 161; PHY 103, 104 or 111, 112 (51 credits); nine credits
from BIO 305, 306, 307, 322, 323, 404 and CHM 305, 306, 307, 308, 311.
Courses in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (BCMB):
401. Molecular Biology. Gene structure, function and regulation at the molecular level in
prokaryotic and eukaryotic organisms. Recombinant DNA techniques (genetic engineering)
and gene sequencing are covered in detail. Prerequisite: Three semesters of chemistry and
BIO 201 or permission of the instructor. 4 credits.
421,422. Biochemistry I, II. The study of the chemistry of proteins, lipids and carbo-
hydrates. Topics covered include amino acid chemistry, protein structure, molecular
weight determination, ligand binding, enzyme kinetics, enzyme and coenzyme mechanisms,
membrane systems, membrane transport, intermediary metabolism, metabolic control,
electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216 and 312
or permission. 3 credits per semester.
430. Biochemistry Laboratory. Investigations of the properties of proteins, nucleic acids,
carbohydrates and lipids. Prerequisites: CHM 214, 216. 1 credit.
499. Biochemistry Seminar. Readings, discussions, and reports on special topics in bio-
chemistry. 1 credit.
Psychobiology Program
The major in psychobiology is offered jointly by the Departments of Biology and
Psychology, described on pages 38 and 133. This interdisciplinary major emphasizes the
physiological substrates and consequences of behavior. Consisting of a combination of
psychology and biology course work, the program prepares students for graduate study in
medicine, veterinary medicine, graduate programs in psychology, animal behavior, phys-
iological psychology, psychopharmacology, behavior genetics and neuroscience, as well
as research positions in industry, universities, hospitals and government laboratories.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychobiology.
42 Biology 2003-2004 Catalog
Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 212, 322 (16 credits); PSY 111, 120, 130, 378 plus one
course from the following: DSP 350; PSY 250, 265 (16 credits); BIO 499 or PBI 499;
CHM 111, 112, 113, 114 (8 credits); MAS 161; plus 8 additional credits in the sciences in
consultation with adviser. Recommended CHM 213, 214, 215, 216, PHY 103, 104 or 111,
112. 52 total credits.
Courses in Psychobiology (PBI):
378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological mechanisms underlying behavior
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception,
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors and motivation and emotion.
Prerequisite: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130 or permission; completion of a biology course is rec-
ommended. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 378.}
499. Psychobiology Seminar. Readings, discussions and reports on selected topics in
psychobiology. Prerequisite: permission. This course may be repeated. 1 credit.
Faculty
Dale J. Erskine, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Oklahoma.
He teaches animal physiology, introduction to immunology, human biology, AIDS and
participates in general biology. His students are introduced to a wide range of laboratory
experiences including modern instrumentation and computer-assisted data collection. His
research interests are in temperature regulation and thermal tolerance, heat energy budgets,
and computer analysis and simulation of animal-environment interactions. He is also
director of the Daniel Fox Youth Scholars Institute.
Stacy A. Goodman, associate professor of biology.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
She teaches general biology, animal behavior, coordinates the general biology laboratories
and supervises the senior seminar. Her research interests include the functioning of carbon-
ic anhydrase isozymes and the role of PDH kinase in sepsis.
Luke G. Huggins, assistant professor of biology.
Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook.
He teaches developmental biology and general biology. His research interests focus on
induction and specification of mesoderm in invertebrate model systems.
Sidney Pollack, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
He teaches courses in genetics, microbiology, human biology and general biology. He is
the academic adviser for students preparing for the allied health professions. His research
interests include Paramecium genetics.
Susan Verhoek, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
She teaches plant form and function at the general biology level, and form, interrelationships
and systematics of non-vascular and vascular plants at the advanced level. Her research is
on the pollination biology and systematics of members of the Agave family. A past president
Lebanon Valley College Biology 43
of the Society for Economic Botany, she has a long-standing interest in the interactions of
plants and humans, and, as author of a field identification book, a continuing interest in
plants that flower in the spring.
Stephen E. Williams, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis.
He teaches molecular biology, plant physiology and the biochemical portions of general
biology. He is a plant and cell physiologist who, working together with Lebanon Valley
College students and scientists at other institutions, has made most of the major contributions
to the understanding of the physiology of carnivorous plants during the past 20 years,
including the discovery of the mechanism of Venus flytrap closure. He has over six years
of experience automating laboratory instruments with microcomputers. He is regularly a
faculty member at Cornell University during the summer session.
Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
He teaches courses in general biology, comparative vertebrate anatomy and ecology. His
research interests focus on the ecology of wetlands with particular emphasis on salt-
marshes of Eastern United States. He also holds the position of adjunct professor of
marine biology in the Graduate College of Marine Studies, University of Delaware.
Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Vermont.
He teaches cell and tissue biology, invertebrate physiology, electron microscopy, and
general biology, and directs independent study in cell biology using electron microscopic
and histological techniques. His current research utilizes the brine shrimp, Artemia, to study
the cell and tissue levels of organization of the digestive, reproductive and neurosensory
systems. He is also chairman of the Health Professions Committee.
Anna F. Tilberg, adjunct instructor in biology.
B.A., University of Pennsylvania.
She is on the staff of the Milton Hershey Medical Center and teaches human biology.
44 Biology 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS
The Department of Business and Economics offers programs leading to the bachelor of
science degree in accounting, business administration, and health care management, and the
bachelor of arts degree in economics. A major in music business is also offered by the music
department. All programs are enhanced by the liberal arts core required of all Lebanon
Valley College students. This interdisciplinary knowledge base is essential for assuming
leadership positions in the changing environment.
Accounting and business administration students complete a common body of
knowledge in close conformity with the national standards for the study of business as
recommended by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB
International). This comprehensive background in business fundamentals helps graduates
become prepared for business careers and graduate school.
Economics students pursue the science of the choices forced upon us by a world of
resources that have competing uses. The major in economics includes preparation in
accounting, mathematics, political science, and economics. Economists have a wide variety
of employment opportunities.
Students have the opportunity to enhance their understanding of global concepts by
studying at the University of Maastricht in the Netherlands. This English speaking program
designed for junior-level majors allows students to take courses in European business and
economics in the medieval city of Maastricht. Students can travel throughout Europe with
emphasis on Belgium, France, and Germany. Other students with French or Spanish back-
grounds are encouraged to study at the Lebanon Valley programs in France or Spain.
The department is a member of The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of
Business (AACSB International), the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and
Programs (ACBSP), and the Middle Atlantic Association of Colleges of Business
Administration (MAACBA).
Accounting Program
The program in accounting offers the bachelor of science degree in accounting. Majors
receive an excellent foundation for seeking professional certification as a C.P.A. or
CM. A. The accounting curriculum prepares the student for careers in public accounting,
governmental, industry or finance.
The curriculum includes an array of introductory, intermediate and advanced account-
ing topics integrated with courses in business and other supporting fields.
The 21 credit hours for the minor in accounting supply the minimum accounting back-
ground to sit for the C.P.A. exam.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in accounting.
Major: Business core which includes ACT 161, 162; ECN 101, 102: MAS 111. 150 or
161; 170, 270 or 372; BUS 160, 185, 285; 340 or 350; 361, 371, 383, 485; ACT 251. 252.
353; two electives in accounting; BUS 322 (57 credits).
Minor: ACT 161, 162, 251, 252, 353, six credit hours of accounting electives (21 credits).
Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 45
Courses in Accounting (ACT):
161. Financial Accounting. Basic concepts of accounting including accounting for
business transactions, preparation and use of financial statements, and measurement of
owners' equity. 3 credits.
162. Managerial Accounting. Cost- volume-profit relationships, cost analysis, business
segment contribution, profit planning and budgeting as a basis for managerial decision
making. Prerequisite: ACT 161 with a minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
251. Intermediate Accounting I. Study of the theory and development of generally accepted
accounting principles as they relate to financial reporting; the application of these principles
to the preparation of financial statements; special emphasis on revenue recognition as well
as valuation, classification and disclosure of current assets. 3 credits.
252. Intermediate Accounting II. An analysis of financial statements, effects of errors and
changes on statements, preparation of funds flow statement, and valuation problems, in
accounting for leases and pensions and stockholder's equity. Prerequisite: ACT 25 1 with a
minimum grade of "C-" or better. 3 credits.
253. Intermediate Accounting III. This course is a continuation of ACT 252 with an
emphasis on the measurement and reporting of income taxes, pensions, leases, accounting
changes, disclosure issues, and cash flow. The course also addresses international
accounting standards as they compare to U.S. GAAP and international reporting issues for
U.S. companies. Case study component. Strongly recommended for students planning to
take the CPA exam. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
351. Advanced Accounting. Study of theory and standards with application to income
presentation, interim reporting and per-share disclosures. Emphasis on business combinations
and consolidated financial presentations. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
352. Governmental and Non-Profit Accounting. Basic concepts of fund and budgetary
accounting used for financial activities of governmental units and other not-for-profit
organizations. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits.
353. Cost Accounting. Analysis and use of techniques for cost management and control; the
accumulation and recording of the costs including job-order, process and standard cost
systems, the joint and by-product costing; contemporary topics such as activity based
costing and just-in- time manufacturing. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits.
451. Individual Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to
individuals; case problems, preparation of returns. Prerequisite: ACT 162. 3 credits.
452. Corporate Income Tax. Analysis of the federal income tax laws as applied to
corporations, partnerships and fiduciaries; case preparation of returns. Prerequisite:
ACT 451. 3 credits.
455. Auditing. A study of the process of evaluation of internal controls and interpretation of
financial information to permit an auditor to express a professional opinion on financial
reports. Prerequisite: ACT 252. 3 credits.
46 Business and Economics 2003-2004 Catalog
Business Administration Program
This popular program offers the bachelor of science degree in business administration.
This major is designed to prepare the student for a variety of entry-level and middle-man-
agement positions in industry, government and service organizations.
The business curriculum conforms closely to the national common body of knowledge
recommended by The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB
International) and provides a solid background in the fundamentals of business. Majors
complete a general business curriculum that prepares them for a variety of positions.
Students desiring more in-depth study in a specific area of business may select a focus area
comprised of optional courses. Such focus areas include Human Resource/Labor Relations,
International Relations, Marketing & Public Relations, and Organizational Psychology.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in business.
Major: ECN 101, 102; ACT 161, 162; MAS 111, 150 or 161; 170, 270 or 372; BUS 160.
185, 285, 340, 350, 361, 371, 376, 383, 460, 485 ( 51 credits).
Minor: ECN 101; ACT 161; BUS 185, 340, 350, 371; one 300/400 business elective
(21 credits).
Courses in Business (BUS):
160. Computer Applications. An introduction to PC software applications and their use in
business. Through hands-on classroom instruction students learn software applications that
are commonly used in business including word processing, presentation, spreadsheet,
database, and Internet applications. The class teaches basic principles of using business
software to solve problems, enhance critical thinking skills, and facilitate creativity. 3
credits.
185. Business Management. An examination of the functional areas of business admin-
istration with an emphasis on management. The course focuses on understanding the
composition of business organizations with respect to management, structure, leadership,
and interpersonal relationships. Prerequisite: freshman or sophomore standing only or
permission. 3 credits.
215. Health Care Finance. An examination of the financial issues of health and medical
care to determine how to provide the best health care to the most people in a cost-effective
manner. Examination of the principal elements of health care, including the physician, the
hospital and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as the influence of government and the
insurance industry. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102. 3 credits.
285. Organizational Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112. Writing process. 3 credits.
340. Principles of Marketing. An overview of marketing from the management perspective.
Topics include marketing strategies, marketing research, consumer behavior, selecting target
markets, developing, pricing, distributing and promoting products and services and non-
profit marketing. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 47
350. Organizational Behavior. A detailed study of theories and models of organizational
behavior and development, with emphasis on the practical application of these models in
the workplace to improve individual, group and organizational performance. Prerequisite:
junior standing and BUS 185, or permission. 3 credits.
354. Advertising & Consumer Behavior. A study of the interrelationships between
advertising and consumer behavior. Topics include the multimediation model of consumer
behavior, the contributions of the social sciences to the understanding of consumer
behavior, the development and effective use of advertising strategies, and the creation
of advertising campaigns. Class projects will be a major component of the course.
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits.
361. Principles of Finance. A study of financial management covering analysis of asset,
liability and capital relationships and operations; management of current assets and working
capital; capital planning and budgeting; capital structure and dividend policy; short and
intermediate term financing; internal and external long term financing; and other financial
topics. Prerequisite: ACT 162; ECN 101, 102. 3 credits.
362. Investments. An analysis of investment and its relation to other economic, legal and
social institutions. The course includes discussion of investment principles, machinery,
policy, management investment types and the development of portfolios for individuals
and institutions. Prerequisite: BUS 361. 3 credits.
371. Business Law I. Elementary principles of law relating to the field of business. The
course covers contracts, government regulation of business, consumer protection, bank-
ruptcy, personal property, real estate, bailments, insurance and estates. 3 credits.
372. Business Law II. Elementary principles of law relating to business. Includes agency,
employment, commercial paper, security devices, insurance, partnerships, corporation,
estates and bankruptcy. 3 credits.
374. Personal Selling and Sales Management. The study of personal selling as a com-
munication process and the management of the personal selling force. Emphasis is
placed upon the development, implementation and evaluation of the sales presentation;
and upon the role of the sales manager in staffing, compensating, motivating, controlling
and evaluating the sales force. Effective oral and written communication is stressed.
Prerequisite: BUS 340. 3 credits.
376. International Business Management. Studies management techniques and procedures
in international and multinational organizations. Prerequisite: BUS 185, 340. 3 credits.
380. Small Business Management. A study of small business, including organization,
staffing, production, marketing and profit planning. Cases are used extensively in presenting
the course material. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185. 3 credits.
48 Business and Economics 2003-2004 Catalog
383. Management Science. An introduction to the techniques and models used in man-
agement science. Topics include forecasting, inventory control models, linear programming,
product scheduling, and simulation. Prerequisites: MAS 150 and MAS 170 with a minimum
grade of C- or better, BUS 185, ACT 161, 162. 3 credits.
420. Human Resource Management. This course examines the problems in effectively
recruiting, selecting, training, developing, compensating and disciplining human
resources. It includes discussions on both equal employment opportunity and labor-
management relations. Prerequisite: BUS 185. 3 credits.
460. Management Information Systems. Examines data sources and the role of information
in management planning, operations and control in various types of business environments.
Treats information as a key organization resource parallel to people, money, materials and
technology. Prerequisite: ACT 162, BUS 185 or permission. 3 credits.
485. Strategic Management. A capstone course to study administrative processes under con-
ditions of uncertainty, integrating prior studies in management, accounting and economics.
Uses case method and computer simulation. Prerequisites: BUS 185, 340, 361 and senior
standing or permission. Writing process. Prerequisite: Last semester seniors only. 3 credits.
487. Health Care Management. A capstone course to study the administrative processes
of America's health care industry including institutional infra-structure, governance
systems, financial systems, personnel systems, quality controls, nursing and clinical
services, and marketing. The course integrates prior study in health care, management,
accounting, and economics. Students will develop problem solving skills and an appropriate
management style. Prerequisite: senior standing or permission. 3 credits.
Economics Program
Economists study how we work and play to satisfy our needs and desires. The traditional
major in economics deals with decisions and choices made by individuals and firms and
with the macroeconomic consequences of those choices. Economists have a wide variety
of employment opportunities in government and the private sector. The major includes
courses in accounting, mathematics, political science, and economics.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in economics.
Major: ACT 161; ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312, and four additional elective courses in
economics; MAS 111, 150, or 161; 170, 270 or 372; PSC 112 (39 credits).
Minor: ECN 101, 102, 201, 202, 312; and one additional course in economics (18 credits).
Courses in Economics (ECN):
100. Public Issue Economics. This course, for the non-major, covers public policy issues
from the viewpoint of the economist. It looks at how individuals and also groups like
corporations and governments make decisions about how resources are used. Issues
Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 49
covered remain current but may include welfare, poverty, crime, the environment, race
and gender in microeconomics and unemployment, the debt and deficit, inflation and
growth at the macroeconomic level. 3 credits. (Students having completed ECN 101
and/or 102 may not receive credit for ECN 100.)
101. Principles of Microeconomics. The course examines how individuals and firms
make choices within the institution of free-market capitalism. Individuals decide how
much of their time to spend working and what to buy with the earnings of their labor.
Firms decide how much to produce and in some cases what price to charge for their goods.
Together these choices determine what is produced, how it is produced and for whom it
is produced in our economic system. 3 credits.
102. Principles of Macroeconomics. This course extends the study of consumer and
producer choices to discover how they affect the nation's economy. Macroeconomics deals
with the economy as a whole as measured by the key variables of inflation, unemployment,
and economic growth. Emphasis is on both Keynesian and classical theories and how they
predict what monetary and fiscal policies can be used to affect these variables and reach
national economic goals. Prerequisite: ECN 101. 3 credits.
201. Intermediate Microeconomic Analysis. This course covers the major theories of
mainstream neoclassical economics. There is intensive study of the models of consumer
and firm behavior that permit understanding of how the prices and quantities of goods and
services are determined in a free market capitalistic system. The implications for social
welfare, and equity and efficiency issues that are inherent in the free-market system are
emphasized. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
202. Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis. In this course, students develop a model of the
macroeconomy which permits them to analyze the nature of the business cycle. The
assumptions built into the model can be altered, rendering it capable of examining the
macroeconomy from various theoretical viewpoints. In addition to unemployment, inflation
and economic growth, the course covers real business cycles, the macroeconomic
implications of free trade and emphasizes the microeconomic foundations of macro-
economics. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
250. Public Choice Economics. This course concerns itself with how individuals and
groups make decisions in the context of the family, interest groups, bureaucracies and the
government. It goes beyond individual choice and private markets to group interests and
activities. It emphasizes the ethical and political nature of all economic choices.
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
312. Money and Banking. The study of the nature and functions of money and credit,
including the development and role of commercial and central banking, structures of the
Federal Reserve System, and monetary and banking theory, policy and practice. The
course considers the political nature of money and the tension between fiscal and monetary
policy making. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
50 Business and Economics 2003-2004 Catalog
315. Health Economics. This course uses the concepts of micro and macro economic theory
to examine how health care is produced, delivered and financed. The tension between
efficiency and equity that pervades the free market system will be a focal point. Topics such
as the pricing of medical care, insurance and moral hazard, ethical problems of quality
versus quantity control, and the political nature of policy decisions are examined.
Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
316. Ecological Economics. Ecological economics stresses the co-evolution of human
preferences, understanding, technology and cultural organization. This approach differs
from that of conventional economics and conventional ecology in the importance it
attaches to environment-economy interactions. The role that our economic system plays
in decisions affecting the sustainability of our ecosystems is emphasized. Prerequisites:
ECN 101 and 102. 3 credits.
321. Public Finance. This course extends the study of public economics to its application
in the principles of taxation and public expenditures. Topics include the structure of the
Federal Budget, the national debt and fiscal deficits, but also state and local financing and
the division of responsibilities between the federal and local governments. Prerequisites:
ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits.
332. International Economics. This course introduces the theory and practice of inter-
national economic relations. It includes, not only the history and purpose of trade and the
traditional theory of the gains from trade, but also the more modern theory of trade with
imperfect competition. The history and nature of the institutional structures of trade
(World Trade Organization) and international finance (International Monetary Fund) are
covered. Prerequisites: ECN 101 and 102. Writing process. 3 credits.
410. Senior Seminar. This course begins with an introduction to econometrics; each student
will complete a research project that includes data analysis using a statistical computer
program and retrieving data from the Internet. Students will also read and critique articles
from refereed economic journals and from the popular press. Prerequisites: ECN 101, 102,
201, 202 and either 250 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits.
Health Care Management Program
The major in health care management is designed for people in health care fields who
possess an associate degree or diploma and professional certification. These qualifications
are required for admission to the program. The program combines studies in the liberal
arts and management, plus business practices common to the health care industry.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health care management.
Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 51
Major: Health Care Management/Business core: ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 215, 285, 340,
350, 371, 420, 487; ECN 101, 102; ENG 111; MAS 170, 270 or 372; PHL 160; SOC 324;
12-15 credits in sociology, psychology, or other disciplines approved by the director of con-
tinuing education (at least six credits in courses at the 200 level or higher). (60-63 total).
Admission to this degree program is open only to adults who have completed success-
fully an accredited diploma or associate degree program also with certification by a state
governmental agency or a national professional accrediting organization in the following
fields: Clinical Medical Assistant, Cytotechnologist, Dental Hygienist, Emergency Medical
Technician, Medical Laboratory Technician, Nuclear Medicine Technologist, Occupational
Therapy Assistant, Physical Therapy Assistant, Radiologic Technologist, Registered Nurse,
Respiratory Therapist, Clinical Perfusionist, Surgical Technician.
Courses in Hotel Management (HTM):
211. Hotel Law. Fundamentals of hotel law including innkeeper laws and dramshop laws.
The case study method develops an awareness and understanding of the legal problems
confronting hotel managers. 3 credits.
221. The Psychology and Sociology of Leisure. An analysis of the fundamental psycho-
logical and sociological concepts and theories related to the motivation for travel. Review
of consumer behavior and exploration of customer needs and services. Prerequisite: HTM
111 or permission. 3 credits.
222. Food and Beverage Management I. Introduction to the food and beverage functions
with emphasis on menu planning and purchasing. Includes fundamentals and language,
systems, equipment, operational responsibilities, management organizational patterns,
nutrition, storage and sanitation. Prerequisite: HTM 111.3 credits.
231. Supervised Field Experience: Front Office Management. Emphasizes selected aspects
of front office management. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals and faculty
conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry.
Prerequisite: HTM 112 and permission. 3 credits.
311. Advanced Hotel Management. An analysis of the following aspects of hotel organ-
izations: health, safety and security; building and grounds; equipment purchase, repair
and maintenance; facilities design; renovation and maintenance; internal controls; and
energy management. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits.
322. Food and Beverage Management II. Analysis of the food and beverage functions
with emphasis on production and services. Prerequisite: HTM 112. 3 credits.
331. Supervised Field Experience: Marketing. Emphasizes selected aspects of marketing
techniques and research. Accompanied by readings, reports, journals and faculty confer-
ences. One hundred thirty-five (135) hours of field work in the hotel industry. Prerequisite:
HTM 112, MGT 340 and permission. 3 credits.
52 Business and Economics 2003-2004 Catalog
431. Supervised Field Experience: Accounting and Finance. Emphasizes selected
aspects of accounting and financial management concepts and techniques. Accompanied
by readings, reports, journals and faculty conferences. One hundred thirty-five (135)
hours of field work in the hotel industry. 3 credits.
Faculty
Gayle L. Bolinger, assistant professor of accounting.
M.S., Purdue University.
Bolinger is a Certified Public Accountant, a Certified Valuation Analyst, and is working
toward the Certified Fraud Examiner designation. She has experience in the public
accounting, non-profit and corporate sectors. She most recently worked as a consultant to
small businesses interested in enhancing their value and improving operations. She teach-
es accounting courses.
Donald C. Boone, associate professor of business administration.
M.B.A., Michigan State University.
Boone has 18 years of hotel industry experience and has taught several years in hotel
management programs. He serves as coordinator of internships and study abroad and
teaches courses in hotel management, financial and managerial accounting, and business
management. Boone has received the designation of Certified Hotel Administrator from
the Educational Institute of the AH&MA and he is a non-practicing C.P.A.
Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration.
J.D., University of Richmond.
Clark has experience in private law practice and several years as a supervisory tax attorney
with the Internal Revenue Service. She serves as a management consultant to various
state-wide organizations. Clark teaches courses in business law, human resource manage-
ment and diversity in the work force. She is a faculty member for the M.B.A. program.
Paul A. Heise, professor of economics.
Ph.D., New School for Social Research.
His chief areas of interest are public policy, international economics and the economics of
the European Community. He has served with the United States International Trade
Commission, the U.S. Department of State, and the Executive Office of the President with
overseas assignment in Geneva, Switzerland. He has published in the United States and
abroad on labor and multinational corporations and on the philosophy of Adam Smith.
Jeanne C. Hey, professor of economics.
Ph.D., Lehigh University.
She specializes in economic theory and environmental and health economics. Her chief
interests are in the application of economic principles to the study of social issues. Her
professional focus is on the economic analyses of state and local public policy issues.
Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 53
Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration and acting director of the
digital communications program.
M.J., Temple University.
Kline co-owns a marketing and technology firm. He teaches business management and
digital communications courses.
Robert W. Leonard, professor of business administration. Chairperson.
M.B.A., The Ohio State University.
Leonard has been a management consultant for 18 years, working with over 300 organ-
izations. He has received numerous state and federal grants for his work with nonprofit
organizations and has owned his own nonprofit training corporation since 1986. He
teaches courses in organizational behavior and strategic management, is a faculty member
for the M.B.A. program, and has been chairperson for eight years. He has completed
Ph.D. coursework at The Ohio State University in organizational behavior.
Leon E. Markowicz, professor of business administration.
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania.
Markowicz is a communications consultant and a writer for The Daily News of Lebanon.
His research includes investigating the relationships among communications, the effective-
ness of an organization and leadership. He teaches courses in communications.
R. Anthony Maynard, assistant professor of economics.
Ph. D., University of Tennessee.
His interests include international economics, developmental, environmental and natural
resource economics, international finance, and international trade. Maynard has published
in the Journal of Economic Issues where he also serves as a referee. He teaches courses
in economics.
Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration.
Ph.D., Union Graduate School.
Dr. Raffield has been named a Fulbright Scholar to Ukraine at the State Academy of
Management in Donetsk. He is also a faculty member for the M.B.A. program, consults with
area businesses, and serves as the coordinator of advising for the department.
Gail Sanderson, associate professor of accounting.
M.B.A., Boston University.
A C.R A., Sanderson has professional experience in accounting, income tax, computer sys-
tems analysis and design. She teaches courses in financial and managerial accounting.
Edward J. Sullivan, associate professor of business administration.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Sullivan has published articles in business and economic journals and specializes in
monetary, macro and financial economics. He teaches courses in principles of finance,
management science, money and banking, and economics.
54 Business and Economics 2003-2004 Catalog
Linda B. Beck, adjunct instructor in business administration.
M.Ed. Temple University.
Beck has worked in the private sector in training and development, and as a consultant. She
teaches organizational communication.
Douglas C. Gautsch, adjunct instructor in business administration.
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College.
Gautsch works in logistical/transportation business development. He teaches courses in
business and management.
Michael P. Lavery, adjunct instructor in business administration.
M.A., St. Francis University.
Lavery has extensive experience in all areas of human resource management. He teaches
courses in human resource management and diversity in the workforce.
Ronald E. McKinley, adjunct instructor in accounting and business administration.
M.B.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
McKinley has extensive experience in all areas of accounting and business. He teaches
accounting courses and business management.
Gene G. Veno, adjunct instructor in business administration.
M.P.A., Marywood College.
Veno has extensive experience in both public and private sector health care administration.
He teaches courses in business and marketing.
Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, adjunct professor of accounting and associate dean of faculty.
J.D., Widener University.
Vlaisavljevic has worked in the public sector as a C.P.A. for nine years. She teaches courses
in auditing, governmental and non-profit accounting, and managerial accounting.
Mary A. Winnerling, adjunct instructor in health care management.
M.M., The Pennsylvania State University.
Winnerling has extensive experience in the health care field as a project coordinator and
nurse manager. She teaches health care management, organization communications, and
business management.
Michael C. Zeigler, adjunct instructor in business administration.
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University.
Zeigler works for the college in the computer services department as director of client
services. He teaches courses in management information systems and computer applications.
Lebanon Valley College Business and Economics 55
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Chemistry Program
Chemistry is the "central science" that provides the fundamental understanding needed
for protecting our environment, maximizing the yield from limited natural resources,
improving our health and creating new materials for tomorrow's products. Indeed, chemistry
is essential to understanding life itself.
Career opportunities in chemistry are numerous and diverse. Many students enter
industrial or governmental laboratories where they find positions in environmental analysis,
quality control, or research and development. Possibilities outside of the laboratory
include teaching, sales, marketing, technical writing, business and law. Many chemistry
students continue their education in graduate school in chemistry or biochemistry, or in
professional schools in the areas of medicine, dentistry or veterinary medicine.
The Department of Chemistry is located on the upper two floors of the Garber Science
Center. Major scientific equipment available to students includes a superconducting nuclear
magnetic resonance spectrometer, a liquid scintillation counter, a fourier transform infrared
spectrometer, a high performance liquid chromatographic system, a diode-array UV- visible
spectrophotometer, a Raman spectrophotometer, a gas chromatograph-mass spectrometer
and an atomic absorption spectrophotometer. Computing facilities available to students in
the department include 12 computers in the Molecular Modeling Laboratory.
The department encourages students to discover the excitement and challenge of lab-
oratory research. Research programs are conducted during both the academic year and the
summer. Students are paid for summer research either from college funds or from grants
that professors receive to support their projects.
Two degrees are available to those interested in chemistry and one for those interested
in biochemistry. The Bachelor of Science in Chemistry is the more demanding of the two
degrees in chemistry and is recognized by the American Chemical Society. This degree
has a required research component and is recommended for students who wish to become
practicing chemists or enroll in graduate school. Other students opt for the standard
Bachelor of Science, majoring in chemistry.
The major in biochemistry is offered jointly with the Biology Department. For the
major program and course descriptions in biochemistry, see page 38.
The chemistry department participates in the "3+2" Engineering program and directs
the chemical engineering track. For details see Cooperative Programs page 22.
Degree Requirements:
Degrees: Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, Bachelor of Science with a major in chemistry.
Majors: (B.S. in Chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306,
307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322, 411; BCMB 421; three credits from CHM 414-498 or 590
or BCMB 422; four credits of CHM 510; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112 (63-64 credits).
(B.S., major in chemistry) CHM 111, 112, 113, 114, 213, 214, 215, 216, 222, 305, 306,
307, 308, 311, 312, 321, 322; MAS 161, 162; PHY 111, 112; (50-51 credits).
Minor: CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; 12 credits from CHM 213, 214, 222, 305, 306, 311, 312,411
or BCMB 421, 422; three credits from CHM 215, 216, 307, 308, 321, 322 or BCMB 430.
56 Chemistry 2003-2004 Catalog
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in chemistry
must take BIO 111, 112; BCMB 421; CHM 360 and 21 credits education courses including
EDU 110 and SED 430, 431 and 440.
Courses in Chemistry (CHM):
100. Introduction to Chemistry. An introduction to the principles of chemistry including
mathematical tools, atomic structure, stoichiometry, elementary concepts of equilibrium,
bonding and organic chemistry. Intended for non-science majors. Laboratory experience
included. 4 credits. Students who have received credit for CHM 1 1 1 may not take CHM 100.
109. Chemical Skills. A step-by-step approach to solving chemical problems. Topics
include the application of mathematical tools in introductory chemistry and techniques for
finding the proper approach to solve problems. The course is designed to be taken con-
currently with CHM 111.1 credit.
Ill, 112. Principles of Chemistry I, II. An introduction to chemistry for the science
major. First semester topics include atomic and molecular structure, chemical reactions,
calculations involving chemical concentrations, gas laws and bonding. Second semester
covers kinetics, acids and bases, equilibrium, oxidation-reduction chemistry, thermody-
namics, electrochemistry and nuclear chemistry. Prerequisite: one year of high school
chemistry or permission. 3 credits per semester.
113, 114. Introductory Laboratory I, II. Laboratory courses to accompany 111 and 112.
Experiments cover stoichiometry, gas laws, quantitative analysis, equilibrium, electro-
chemistry, chemical synthesis and the use of computers for collecting data. Students are
introduced to instrumentation including infrared, UV-visible, NMR and atomic absorption
spectrometers. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 111 for CHM 113 and CHM 112 for
CHM 114. 1 credit per semester.
213, 214. Organic Chemistry I, II. An introduction to the principles of organic chemistry.
The focus of the course is on the structure of organic molecules and how the structure
of various functional groups affects their reactivity. The concepts of reactivity, structure and
mechanism are applied to organic synthesis. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits per semester.
275, 216. Organic Laboratory I, II. An introduction to the practice of classical organic
chemistry and modern instrumental organic chemistry. The techniques of organic synthesis
are taught along with instrumental methods including infrared, nuclear magnetic resonance
and mass spectrometry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 114 and CHM 213 for CHM 215
and CHM 214 for CHM 216. 1 credit per semester.
222. Introductory Inorganic Chemistry. The application of elementary principles of
chemistry to provide a basis for understanding the physical and chemical properties of the
elements. Topics include periodicity, acidity or basicity of metal cations and oxoanions.
precipitation reactions, oxidation-reduction chemistry and the structures of solids.
Prerequisite: CHM 112. Writing process. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 57
305. Analytical Chemistry. Gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-chemical methods of
chemical analysis covered. Includes statistical methods of data treatment and rigorous
considerations of complex chemical equilibria. Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3
credits.
306. Instrumental Analysis. Basic types of chemical instrumentation and their applications
in analytical chemistry are examined. These include gas and liquid chromatography;
infrared, UV-VIS, fluorescence, atomic absorption, and plasma emission spectrophotometry;
nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectrometry; and radiochemical methods.
Prerequisites: CHM 112 and MAS 161. 3 credits.
307. Quantitative Analysis Laboratory. Techniques of gravimetric, volumetric, and electro-
chemical analysis are applied to the analysis of unknowns. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM
305. 1 credit.
308. Instrumental Analysis Laboratory. Chemical instrumentation is utilized in analytical
method development and analysis. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 306. 1 credit.
311. Physical Chemistry I. The study of thermodynamic laws and functions, including
phase and reaction equilibria. Systems under study include ideal and real gases, ideal and
non-ideal solutions, and multi-component phase transitions. Prerequisites: CHM 112,
MAS 161, and PHY 104 or 112. 3 credits.
58 Chemistry
2003-2004 Catalog
312. Physical Chemistry II. The study of chemical systems from a molecular perspective.
Basic concepts of quantum chemistry and statistical theory applied to atomic and molecular
structure. Also included are electrochemistry, kinetics and transport processes. Prerequisite:
CHM 311. 3 credits.
321, 322. Physical Laboratory I, II. Application of chemical instrumentation to a study of
the principles of physical chemistry. Experimental work involves calorimetry, refractometry,
conductivity, viscometry and atomic absorption, FTIR, UV-VIS, and NMR spectroscopy
applied to the study of phase and reaction equilibria, kinetics, and atomic and molecular
structure. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHM 31 1 for CHM 321 and CHM 312 for CHM 322.
Writing process. 1 credit per semester.
360. The Teaching of Chemistry in Secondary Schools. A course designed for students
seeking certification to teach chemistry in secondary education. Topics include evaluation of
laboratory experiments, demonstrations, textbooks and computer software. Prerequisites:
CHM 112, 114. 3 credits.
411. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. A study of bonding theories, molecular structure,
spectroscopy and reaction mechanisms with special emphasis on transition metal com-
plexes. Prerequisite: CHM 312. 3 credits.
414. Advanced Organic Chemistry. A study of advanced topics in the field of organic
chemistry. The course covers mechanistic and synthetic chemistry with an emphasis on
current and classical organic chemical literature. Prerequisites: CHM 213 and 214. 3 credits
421. Chemometrics. The application of multivariate statistics to experimental design
and data analysis. Topics include experimental design, pattern recognition, calibration,
optimization, signal processing and peak resolution. Some familiarity with computers and
chemical instrumentation is recommended. Prerequisite: CHM 112. 3 credits
510. Chemical Research. Chemical research conducted under the supervision of a faculty
member. This course introduces the students to the methods and analysis involved in
research. A major written report and an oral presentation are required. Prerequisites or
corequisites: CHM 305 and 311 and senior standing. 1 to 4 credits per semester.
810. Computers in Chemistry. A hands-on study of the application of Macintosh computers
to problems in the high school chemistry curriculum. Topics include word-processing,
graphics, spreadsheets, applications of computer interfacing, molecular modeling and the
Internet. 3 credits.
Course in Science (SCI):
100. Introduction to Science. The study of scientific principles and experiments applicable
to a person's everyday experiences. Student projects are selected from the areas of biology,
chemistry, and physics. The course is open to all students and is appropriate for those
intending to teach elementary school. Laboratory experience included. 4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Chemistry 59
Faculty
Marc A. Harris, assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Nevada, Reno.
Research interests include the synthesis of macrocyclic azacrown and crown ether
bipyridine analogues and ther coordination complexes with Pt(II), Pd(II), and Rh(I). These
complexes are investigated for their host-guest interactions with both small alkali metal
cations and organic substrates.
Kathleen Kolbet, assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., University of Illinois.
Research interests include statistical mechanics of condensed phase systems; equilibrium
structure and thermodynamics of molecular and polymer liquids; and local and global
structures of self-assembling systems.
Owen A. Moe Jr., professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Purdue University; postdoctoral study, Cornell University.
Biochemistry. Moe directs his research toward an understanding of enzyme active sites.
He uses a technique called affinity labeling to covalently label amino acid residues at
enzyme active sites. His research group carries out kinetic analyses of modified enzymes,
identifies labeled amino acids by chromatographic and protein sequencing methods, and
studies active site topography using computer-based molecular modeling.
Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Lehigh Univeristy.
Research interests include the elucidation of intracellular biochemical signal transduction
pathways, determination of protein functional domains and active sites using proteins
designed at the DNA level, and the development of novel methods and techniques for the
detection and analysis of biochemical molecules.
Carl T. Wigal, associate professor of chemistry. Chairperson.
Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio.
Organic chemistry. Wigal' s research is aimed at developing new strategies for synthesizing
natural products. Of particular interest to Wigal are the synthetic and mechanistic aspects
of addition reactions to 1, 4-quinones. He also is actively developing microscale experiments
for organic chemistry.
H. Anthony Neidig, professor and chairperson emeritus.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
Recipient of the Chemical Manufacturers' Association College Chemistry Teacher Award
in 1970 and the E. Emmet Reid Award for excellence in teaching in a small college in
1978. Neidig's pursuits include the development and publication of laboratory experiments
for introductory chemistry.
Cynthia R. Johnston, lecturer in chemistry.
B.S., Lebanon Valley College.
Johnston is focusing her efforts on the development of science curricula for the elementary
school classroom and on instructing those studying to teach in the elementary school.
60 Chemistry 2003-2004 Catalog
CITIZENSHIP EDUCATION PROGRAM
The College offers a program for students seeking certification to teach Citizenship
Education in the secondary schools. The program includes three required components: the
Citizenship Education core, the secondary education core, and a major in one of the fol-
lowing disciplines: history, political science, or economics. Graduation requirements for
any of these majors are noted in this catalog under the appropriate department. There is
no major in citizenship education. (NOTE: The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has
replaced part of the old Social Studies Certification Program with Citizenship Education
Certification.) Dr. James H. Broussard is the coordinator of the Citizenship Education
Certification Program.
Program Requirements:
Citizenship Education core courses: ECN 101, 102; HIS 103, 104, 125, 126. 202: PSC
111, 112, 130, 210, and either HIS 360 or PSC 360. (36 credits).
Secondary Education core courses: EDU 110, SED 280, 430, 431, 440. 22-24 credits.
Students who enter LVC in the fall of 2003 must conform to new state guidelines that
require another math and an English or American literature course in addition to the gen-
eral education requirements. Students must apply to the certification program after com-
pleting at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) with a 3.0 grade point
average and must maintain that average in order to be certified. Due to the changeover
from Social Studies to Citizenship Education, students entering the program will need to
consult with the social studies coordinator.
Major courses: history, political science, or economics. (32-40 credits).
Lebanon Valley College
Citizenship Education Program 61
DIGITAL COMMUNICATIONS PROGRAM
The new Digital Communications Program explores the fundamental elements of
communication, business, design, and technology. The program fosters critical reasoning
and learning so graduates have the ability to evolve as quickly as current technology.
The program is interdisciplinary and combines classes from the art, business, English,
and computer science departments into one degree. After graduating with a B.S. in Digital
Communications the student is prepared to enter a wide range of technology-related
positions in marketing, public relations, information technology, journalism, graphic
design, internet development, multimedia, and programming.
The creation of content, both written and visual, remains at the heart of this subject.
Students will study art, writing, and marketing in the context of content creation for the New
Media. Students will learn the theory behind the design of effective presentations, and will
employ existing multimedia technologies to create them. The techniques with which content
is created, processed, and delivered are found in the study of programming and computer
science. Students in the program will choose a discipline related to the program and
complete advanced coursework to form a cognate in that area. Students will investigate and
carefully consider the social, ethical, psychological, aesthetic, commercial, educational, and
legal ramifications of the information technology revolution.
The program, designed to be interdisciplinary and integrative, emphasizes critical
thinking, creativity, and analysis, rather than specific applications and technologies. The
general education program at the college, together with the courses in the students' cognate
areas, will expose the students to the fundamental questions of how information is created,
processed, understood, and communicated in those disciplines.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in Digital Communications.
Major Core: DCOM 130, 230, 330, 410, 431; DCOM 210, 355; DCOM 265, 365; DCOM
275, 375; DCOM 285,385.
In addition to the core, each major must select a cognate area from art, business, English,
or computer science and take three additional courses from the cognate department. (48
credits.)
Courses in Digital Communications (DCOM):
130. Introduction to Digital Communications. A broad survey of the curriculum making
up the Digital Communications major. This includes the authoring of content (text, visu-
al, aural); designing presentations for that content; understanding the processes, compo-
nents; and distribution of information technology; introducing the legal and ethical envi-
ronments, and comprehending the integrative nature of design, business, communication,
and technology in society's culture. 3 credits.
62 Digital Communications 2003-2004 Catalog
210. Digital Graphic Design. An introductory studio/lecture course designed to increase
visual literacy and vocabulary, develop design skills and present the creative possibilities
of the computer as an art-making and editing tool. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Art 210.}
255. Two-Dimensional Design. An introduction to the fundamental elements of art and
design. Students work with graphic symbols, theories of visual perception, principles of
composition, and color interaction in a variety of studio projects. 3 credits. (Cross-listed
as Art 213.)
265. Business of Information I. An exploration of the important technologies related to
doing business on the Internet. Topics will include e-commerce, advertising, customer
support, and business-to-business applications. Emphasis on how businesses implement
these technologies, resource requirements, cost-to-benefit analysis. 3 credits.
285. Writing for Digital Media I. This course will provide students with the skills, theories
of design, and experience to design viable digital media projects that meet specific goals and
target specific audiences. Prerequisite: DCOM 210, or permission of the instructor. Usually
offered fall semester. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College
Digital Communications 63
355. Design II. The course will focus on blending the creative and technical aspects of
developing electronic images. Students will apply traditional art methods and techniques to
the electronic canvas. Additionally, the course will serve to provide a historical perspective
of electronic imaging and examine the limitations and possibilities of working in the
electronic medium. 3 credits.
365. Business of Information II. An exploration of the way businesses utilize technolo-
gy to operate effectively. The course will focus on how businesses generate, manage,
store, and distribute information that is key to performance of business objectives. Topics
will include Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP), Customer Relationship Management
(CRM), Supply Chain Management (SCM), e-Marketing, and Business Intelligence.
Prerequisite: DCOM 265, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
385. Writing for Digital Media II. This course will reinforce and build upon the design
skills, theories, and experience from Writing for Digital Media I, and focus on the produc-
tion and postproduction/development process. Prerequisite: DCOM 285, or permission
of the instructor. 3 credits.
485. Technology and Cultural Production. This course explores the influence of technology
on literary (written) culture, establishing a historical perspective on the way we produce,
communicate, and receive cultural works and how different technologies influence the
production, dissemination, and reception of cultural artifacts. Prerequisite: junior standing
or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
495. Literature and Hypertext. This course focuses on the literary, aesthetic, and theoretical
implications of Western theories of "traditional" textuality and hypertexts. Course includes
close literary analysis, theory, and hypertext projects. Prerequisite: junior standing and
DCOM 285, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Faculty
Joel A.Kline, assistant professor of business administration. Acting director of the digital
communications program.
M.J., Temple University.
Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English.
Ph.D., Arizona State University.
64 Digital Communications 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
The Department of Education prepares students for elementary, special education and
secondary school teaching.
Post-baccalaureate certification is also available for those who wish to become teachers
or for those already certified who want to add elementary, special education or secondary
education to an existing certificate.
Certification in two or more areas of teacher preparation is possible; however, such
certification requires meticulous attention to scheduling and may require additional
semesters. Elementary education majors who, as freshmen, begin to pursue both elementary
and special education certifications will be able to complete them within their four years
of study, unless they add other elements to their studies, such as pursuing an additional
minor, double majoring, going abroad, etc. Careful and early scheduling can avoid
misconceptions about such issues.
The Education Department is intent on preparing well-rounded and qualified graduates
who will exercise genuinely professional and personal leadership roles in the schools and
communities where they will live and work.
In accord with the regulations set forth in Chapter 354, General Standards for the
Institutional Preparation of Professional Educators, the following criteria must be met by
all candidates who seek teacher certification at Lebanon Valley College:
I. Admission to teacher certification is not automatic and synonymous with admission
to the college or to the major.
II. All teacher candidates must be admitted to teacher certification by a formal and
clearly delineated process that is distinct from admission to the college and/or to the
major.
III. Admission to teacher certification is contingent upon the completion of these criteria:
(1) completion of a minimum of 48 college credits;
(2) an overall GPA, after having completed 48 or more college credits, of at least 3.0;
(3) completion of at least one English composition course;
(4) completion of one English or American literature course;
(5) completion of two college level mathematics courses;
(6) passing scores on these PRAXIS Tests: PPST Reading; PPST: Writing; PPST:
Mathematics.
(7) completion of the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification form,
available from the major adviser.
IV. Those students who do not meet the above criteria may continue to pursue teacher
certification, even though they are not and cannot be considered candidates for teacher
certification until all of the above requirements have been met.
V Once all of the above requirements have been met, the student must see his or her
adviser to complete the Application for Admission to Teacher Certification form.
VI. Students who are not formally admitted to teacher certification cannot student
teach nor will they be able to be recommended for teacher certification upon graduation.
VII. Students who have been formally admitted to teacher certification, but who after-
ward fall below the required overall GPA of 3.0, may continue in the program: however,
they may not student teach unless and until they have achieved the required overall GPA
of 3.0.
Lebanon Valley College Education 65
VHL Students must have the required overall GPA of 3.0 at the time of graduation in
order to be eligible for recommendation by the college for teacher certification.
Title II
In accordance with state and federal regulations, Lebanon Valley College, regularly
reports the aggregate student data to the Pennsylvania Department of Education. The
HEA-Title II 2000-2001 Academic Year Quartile Ranking (the last year of complete data),
ranked the college's teacher preparation program in the 2nd Quartile. Many factors such
as number of students in the program, number of tests required for licensure, and the num-
ber of teacher certification candidates who actually take the licensure exams affect the col-
lege's overall ranking. The college's quartile ranking, along with its Academic Content
Areas pass rate of 96% for the PRAXIS licensure exams, point to the high quality of the
college's teacher preparation program.
Education Program
Degree Requirements:
There is no major or minor in general education.
Courses in Education (EDU):
110. Foundations of Education. A study of the legal, social, historical and philosophical
foundations of American education correlated with a survey of the principles and theories of
influential educators. Includes required weekly field practicum (two hours per week
minimum). Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to current
research and practices concerning the range of exceptionalities in children. The course
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource
personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required weekly field
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children.
Prerequisites: limited to education majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
346. Educational Technology and Instructional Media. An introduction to the educational
technologies used in the classroom based on the Pennsylvania Science and Technology
Standards. Among the topics covered are computer hardware, peripherals, and operating
systems; multimedia production; software evaluation and use; web page evaluation and
construction; and ethical and societal issues related to the use of technology. Prerequisites:
freshman or sophomore education majors or other certification candidates with permission
of the instructor. 3 credits.
Elementary Education (Teacher Certification) Program
The Education Department is committed to preparing elementary education majors
who have a thorough grounding in the disciplines they will teach within the context of a
strong liberal arts foundation. The program includes intensive training in the content and
methodologies of all elementary school subjects.
66 Education 2003-2004 Catalog
The field-centered component in the program requires extensive and carefully sequenced
opportunities to work with teachers and children in a variety of school settings during all
four years of preparation for teaching. The Education Department has established strong
relationships with local public, parochial and private schools. Majors spend an average of
two hours per week each semester in various public school classrooms, observing teachers
and children, aiding, tutoring, providing small-group and whole-class instruction, and
completing tasks on increasingly challenging levels of involvement. Student teacher
candidates spend the semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester with
their assigned cooperating teachers. Seniors spend the fall semester in full-time student
teaching with cooperating teachers who have been carefully chosen for that role. Additional
opportunities are provided for our students to work in nursery schools, child care centers,
middle schools and in classes for exceptional children.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in elementary education.
Major: Elementary education majors must take: EDU 1 10, 310; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280,
332, 341, 342, 344, 346, 361, 362, 401, 499; GPY 111; HIS 125; two college-level
mathematics courses to fulfill the college's general education requirements, an English
Compostion course, and an American or British literature course; PSY 180 (52-56 credits).
Note: Students who are pursuing teacher certification must also complete 12 credit hours
of ELM 440 Student Teaching in addition to completing all requirements for the major in
Elementary Education.
Courses in Elementary Education (ELM):
220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments,
singing, using notation, listening, movement and creative applications. Limited to education
majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Music 220.}
250. Mathematics in the Elementary School. A study of basic preschool to sixth grade
mathematical concepts with major emphasis on the NCTM and Pennsylvania
Mathematics Standards, the integration of media and technology, writing across the cur-
riculum, student assessments and exceptional children. Attention is given to the develop-
ment of hands-on teaching activities, simulations and experiences which can be utilized
effectively with any classroom population. Limited to education majors or permission of
instructor. 3 credits.
270. Children 's Literature. A study of the entire range of literature for children, from
infants through grade 8 based on the Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standard. All
categories of children's literature are experienced and studied, including poetry, picture
books, traditional literature, modern fantasy, realistic fiction, historical fiction, nonfic-
tion (biography, informational books, etc.), multicultural and international literature.
Attention is given to the essential values and crucial benefits of using children's literature
in the classroom and in the home. Controversies involving children's literature are dis-
cussed openly, with care given to a balanced examination of all such issues. Limited to
education majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Education 67
280. Field Practicum in the Elementary School. Supervised weekly field experiences
(two hours per week minimum) in appropriate school settings. Prerequisite: permission.
1-3 credits.
332. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School. A study of basic concepts in general
science, earth and space science, physical and biological science, and environmental studies
based on the Pennsylvania Science and Technology Standrds. The course emphasizes the
experiential nature of science in the elementary classroom with special attention to
materials, media and technology, writing across the curriculum, authentic assessment,
exceptional children, and methodologies appropriate for kindergarten through sixth grade
students. The course integrates a multidisciplined, whole language approach to teaching
physical and environmental science. Limited to education majors or permission of instructor.
3 credits.
341. Teaching of Reading I. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle
schools, based on the Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standards. Effective read-
ing programs, methods and materials are examined first hand. Prerequisite: ELM 270.
Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
68 Education
2003-2004 Catalog
342. Teaching of Reading II. The fundamentals of teaching children to read from the
readiness programs of early childhood education to the more comprehensive techniques
required to teach reading in all subject areas of the curricula in elementary and middle
schools, based on the Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standards. Effective reading
programs, methods and materials are examined first hand. Prerequisite: ELM 270, 341.
Limited to teacher certification candidates or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
344. Health Education in the Schools. Provides the background information and skills
teachers need to implement comprehensive school health education. The course includes
information on the six categories of risk behavior identified by the Center for Disease
Control and Prevention, the Pennsylvania Science and Technology Standards. The course
examines the objectives of Healthy People 2000, the eight components in comprehensive
school health, the Safe Schools Act, the National Health Education Standards, comprehensive
school health programs, the 10 content areas of health education, and instructional strategies
and materials appropriate to the teaching of health in today's schools. Attention is given
to the ethical, moral and religious issues often associated with this area of the school
curriculum. Limited to education majors or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
361. Language Arts in the Elementary School. The content, methods and materials for
teaching oral and written language beginning with early childhood: listening, speaking,
creative and practical writing, creative dramatics, handwriting, grammar and usage,
spelling, reading, thinking, visualizing and visually representing based on the
Pennsylvania Reading and Language Arts Standards. The course emphasizes media and
technology, authentic assessment and exceptional children's language development. The
course is designed to assist preservice teachers in helping children to communicate effec-
tively and responsibly through a process writing, whole language, literature based, multi-
disciplined approach to teaching. Writing process. Limited to education majors or per-
mission of the instructor. 3 credits.
362. Social Studies in the Elementary School. An examination of the content, methods
and role of social studies in the elementary school, beginning with early childhood, based
on the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS and the applicable Pennsylvania Academic
Standards. The curriculum is examined from two vantage points: the daily lives of chil-
dren as they relate to developing values and attitudes, and the planned study of people as
they live and have lived in our world. The development of a teaching unit and the exam-
ination of learning resources are required. Limited to education majors or permission of
instructor. 3 credits.
401. Art in the Elementary School. Introduction to creative art activity for children in ele-
mentary school. Topics covered include philosophical concepts, curriculum, evaluation,
and studio activity involving a variety of art media, techniques, and processes and are
based on the Pennsylvania Art Standards. Limited to education majors or permission of
instructor. 3 credits.
440. Student Teaching. Each student spends an entire semester in an area school under
the supervision of a carefully selected cooperating teacher. Open to seniors or students
who are seeking certification only. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for those
Lebanon Valley College Education 69
entering the college in 2003 is required. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310; GPY 1 1 1 ; HIS 125;
PSY 180; ELM 220, 250, 270, 280, 332, 341, 342, 344, 361, 362 and permission of the
Education Department faculty. 12 credits.
499. Senior Seminar. Special topics related to current concerns in education are
researched and presented by the students in the course. Issues related to teaching and to
further professional growth are explored. Teams of students are required to do extensive
research in an approved topic and to make a computer-based, multimedia presentation of
that research to the class. Limited to senior elementary education majors or permission of
instructor. 3 credits.
Geography Program
A course in geography is offered to acquaint students with the physical and cultural
aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to geography as a discipline.
The course is recommended for all students who wish to broaden their understanding of
the world.
Course in Geography (GPY):
111. Physical Geography and Its Impact. A survey of the physical aspects of the earth and
its impact on life through the Six Themes of Geography developed by the National
Geography Standards and the 10 Social Studies Strands of NCSS. Attention is given to
the solar system, the earth' s movements, climate, weather, landforms, ecology, environ-
mental awareness, and the processes that form and change the earth's surface. Students
explore, through different modes of media and technology and a variety of hands-on activ-
ities, the impact that physical geography has on their everyday lives. A Whole Language,
multidisciplined approach to teaching geography is presented. Prerequisite: Elementary
education major or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
Secondary Teacher Certification Program
Students pursuing secondary teacher certification are prepared for teaching by com-
pleting an intensive program in the departmental major(s) of their choice in conjunction
with a carefully sequenced professional education component within the Education
Department. Both the major program and the professional education component are com-
pleted within the context of a strong foundation in the liberal arts.
Departmental majors may seek certification in biology, chemistry, English, French,
German, Spanish, mathematics, physics and Citizenship Eudcation (with PDE approval
2002-2003).
Candidates are provided with opportunities to observe and to teach in junior high, mid-
dle school, and high school settings prior to the full-time student teaching semester.
Cooperating teachers are selected through a process involving college faculty, public school
personnel and the student teachers, thus assuring the most beneficial placements possible.
Degree Requirements:
There is no major in education for those interested in secondary teaching. Students complete
the requirements in their chosen major and the designated professional education courses.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology,
chemistry, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, physics and social studies.)
70 Education 2003-2004 Catalog
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification must complete
the approved program in the chosen major and 21 credits in education courses, consisting
of EDU 110 and SED 430, 431 and 440. SED 280 or SED 431 must 'be taken in the fall
or spring semester immediately preceding the student teaching semester. SED 280 should
be taken at least twice prior to SED 440.
Courses in Secondary Education (SED):
280. Field Practicum in the Secondary School. Supervised field experiences in appropriate
school settings. Designed to offer practical experiences for prospective secondary teachers.
Prerequisites: permission. 1-3 credits.
430. Practicum and Methods I. A study of the basic principles and procedures for middle
school and secondary school classroom management and instruction. Prerequisites: EDU
110; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior status; approval of the instructor;
must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits.
431. Practicum and Methods II. A continuation of the basic principles and procedures for
middle school and secondary school classroom management and instruction.
Prerequisites: EDU 110; SED 280, 430; secondary teacher certification candidate; junior
or senior status; approval of the instructor; must be taken prior to SED 440. 3 credits.
440. Student Teaching. Students spend the entire semester in an area school under the
supervision of a cooperating teacher. A cumulative grade point average of 3.0 for those
entering in 2003. Prerequisites: EDU 110; SED 430, 431; open to seniors or students seek-
ing certification only; fulfillment of all ACT 354 requirements as outlined by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education; passing scores on the PPST Reading, Writing,
and Mathematics PRAXIS exams; approval of the major subject area adviser and the
Education Department faculty. 12 credits.
Note: No other courses should be taken during the student teaching semester except for
SED 431, if it has not been taken in the semester immediately preceding the student teach-
ing semester. SED 431 or SED 280 (one credit for four hours per week in an assigned
classroom with a cooperating teacher) should be taken in the semester immediately pre-
ceding the student teaching semester.
Lebanon Valley College Education 71
Special Education Certification Program
Cognitive, Behavior, Physical/Health
Disabilities (CBP/HD)
The special education program operates in conjunction with the elementary, music
education or secondary education programs. Students complete a full sequence of course
work in their majors in addition to their specialized course work in special education.
Student teaching experiences are provided in two settings: one in a regular school setting
and the second in a special education setting. Program graduates are certified to teach in
regular elementary, music education, or secondary school programs and in special education
programs for students with mental retardation, learning disabilities, behavior disorders,
autism, orthopedic impairments, or multiple disabilities, grades K through 12.
Students pursuing special education certification must at the same time be seeking
either elementary, music education or secondary teacher certification. Special education
certification cannot be taken apart from one of these other areas.
Post-baccalaureate candidates who already have a currently valid teaching certificate
may apply for admission to the special education program. Each candidate's credentials
will be reviewed on an individual basis to ensure adequate preparation for admission to
the special education program.
Each course in the program includes mandatory weekly field experiences in a special
education setting over the course of the entire semester. One-half of the student teaching
semester will be completed in a special education setting.
Degree Requirements:
There is no major in special education. Students complete the requirements in their majors
and in the chosen area of certification relative to that major and then the required courses
in special education.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the chosen major. (Majors: biology,
chemistry, elementary, English, French, German, Spanish, mathematics, music education,
physics and the social sciences.)
Courses in Special Education (EDU):
310. An Introduction to Exceptionalities in Children and Youth. An introduction to current
research and practices concerning the range of exeptionalities in children. The course
includes attention to policies, legislation, programs, methods and materials. Various resource
personnel are invited to address pertinent issues. The course includes a required weekly field
experience in local programs designed to meet the needs of exceptional children.
Prerequisites: limited to education majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
311. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Settings.
Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs of
exceptional students, preschool through grade twelve. The development and application
of curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and needs
of students with various needs will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of
the various kindergarten through grade twelve curricula, as well as life skills instruction,
will be addressed. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education
setting. EDU 311 is writing process. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310. 3 credits.
72 Education 2003-2004 Catalog
312. Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching in Special Education and Included Settings.
Addresses the diagnosis of and the necessary adaptations to the learning needs of
exceptional students, preschool through grade twelve. The development and application of
curricula, methodologies and classroom practices to respond to the strengths and needs of
students will be developed and applied in real settings. All areas of the various kindergarten
through grade twelve curricula will be addressed. Includes a required weekly field
experience In a special education setting. Prerequisite: EDU 110, 310, 311. 3 credits.
313. Managing Instructional and Behavioral Components in Special Education and
Included Classrooms. The absolute necessity of knowing how, when, why and the what
of dealing effectively with students who have special learning needs will be addressed in
this course. Ways of observing, of recording and of responding to student behaviors will
be developed. Intervention strategies will be studied and evaluated. Classroom management
will be analyzed and reflectively applied. Includes a required weekly field experience in
a special education setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312. 3 credits.
314. Assessment, Evaluation, and Response Strategies for Students with Exceptionalities.
Special education professionals need to use caution in the assessment process and in
making educational decisions. There continues to be a need to understand the consequences
of labeling and segregating individual students. This course will address the assessment
process in light of current research and legislation concerning special education, with
attention to recent state and federal legislation and revised mandates. This course also
focuses on curriculum based assessments and performance based assessments used to
evaluate the rate and quality of student learning and the effectiveness of teacher instruction
on an ongoing basis. Includes a required weekly field experience in a special education
setting. Prerequisites: EDU 110, 310, 311, 312, 313. 3 credits.
Faculty
Susan L. Atkinson, professor of education.
Ed.D., Temple University.
She teaches method courses in mathematics, science, and language arts, plus courses in chil-
dren's literature and physical geography. Supervises student teachers. Her research interests
are in the area of matching student/teacher learning styles to increase academic achieve-
ment. Her interests include multidisciplined curricula, classroom management and early
childhood education. She is the adviser for the college's professional teaching organization,
which includes secondary, elementary and music education majors.
Cheryl L. George, assistant professor of special education.
Ph.D., University of North Texas.
She serves as the director of special education and is responsible for the operation,
coordination and continued development of the program. She teaches courses in special
education and is the department liaison with special education administrators and teachers
in the intermediate units and in the school districts of the surrounding areas. She oversees
course required field experiences and supervises student teachers in special education
settings. She serves as a resource in special education matters for faculty and students
involved in teacher certification, especially within the education department.
Lebanon Valley College Education 73
Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education. Acting chairperson.
Ed.D., Lehigh University.
He teaches courses in educational technology, secondary methodology and supervises stu-
dent teachers. He serves as the director of instructional design and technology in the
department to develop and promote the integration of the computer and other instruction-
al media in all phases of teacher preparation.
Dale E. Summers, professor of education.
Ed.D., Ball State University.
He teaches courses in educational foundations, elementary social studies, and senior semi-
nar. He serves as supervisor of student teachers and helps to monitor pre-student teaching
field experiences. He maintains a particular interest in special education for the emotionally
disturbed at both the elementary and secondary level.
Linda L. Summers, instructor in education.
M.A., Ball State University.
She serves as the director of elementary and secondary field experiences for the Education
Department. She teaches courses in language arts, social studies and health. She super-
vises elementary and secondary student teachers. Areas of interest in education include
early childhood education, thematic approaches to learning, the use of integrated curricu-
lum and cooperative learning.
M. Jane Yingling, assistant professor of education.
M.Ed., Shippensburg Univeristy.
She serves as assistant to the director of special education. She teaches courses in both
special education and elementary education, oversees required field experiences and
supervises student teachers. Her areas of interest include working with children with mild
to moderate learning disabilites, inclusion and brain-based learning and resiliency.
74 Education 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
English Program
The major in English introduces students to the humanistic study of language. While
English majors may choose to concentrate in literature, communications, theater or sec-
ondary education, the basis for all concentrations is the study of literature. All majors learn
the skills of clear, concise and correct expression as well as of effective collection, organ-
ization, and presentation of material. Such study prepares the student for graduate work in
literature or communications, or for professional study in such fields as law or theology.
Graduates of the Department of English are also prepared to work in journalism, teaching,
editing, public relations, publishing, advertising, theater, and business.
Departmental Honors: English majors with a major GPA of 3.5 at the end of the junior
year are eligible to apply for departmental honors. Details are available from the depart-
ment chairperson.
The English Department offers minors in literature, communications and theater.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in English.
Major: Core requirements: ENG 120 ; three from 221-229 (at least two of the three must
be from 221-226); 321; 341 or 342 (18 credits). Students must choose one of the concen-
trations below in addition to the core.
Literature concentration: Three additional survey courses (ENG 221-229); 370; three
from among 330, 350, 390-literature (21 credits).
Communications concentration: ENG 099, 140; five additional communications courses,
at least two of which must be at the 300 level (201 or 202, 210-218, 310-315, 390-com-
munications); three credits of 400 (21 credits).
Theater concentration: ENG 201-204; three credits of 301; two additional drama-related
courses from among the following: 330, 341 or 342, 350, 390, 391, 400 (21 credits).
Secondary Education concentration: One additional survey course from ENG 221-229
(the total of four surveys must include at least three from 221-226); two from among 201.
213, and 218; three from among 330, 350, 370, 390-literature or communications: and 360
(21 credits).
To be certified by the state, secondary education concentrators must also complete EDU
1 10; SED 280, 430, 431, and 440 (Minimum cumulative GPA 3.0, as required by PDE).
Minor (Literature): ENG 120; 221 or 222; two from 225, 226, 227, 228, 229; two addi-
tional 300-level literature courses (18 credits).
Lebanon Valley College English 75
Minor (Communications): ENG 120, 140, 221 or 222; three additional communications
courses (202-218, 310-315, 390-communications) (18 credits).
Minor (Theater): ENG 120, 201, 202, or three credits of 301; 203 or 204; 341 or 342; six
additional credits to be selected in consultation with the student's adviser (18 credits).
Courses in English (ENG):
099. Internship Portfolio. A formal collection of the student's completed communications-ori-
ented work, to be submitted to the department as part of the student's formal request to take
ENG 400 (Internship). Offered every semester. 0 credits.
Ill, 112. English Communications I, II. Both semesters help the student find her or his
own voice within the demands and expectations of public expression. Both courses
emphasize the development of clear, organized and rhetorically effective written prose.
112 also emphasizes speaking, reading and research skills. Prerequisite for 112: 111 or
permission of chairperson. 3 credits.
120. Introduction to Literature. An introduction to literary genres and to the basic
methodology, terminology and concepts of the study of literature. Usually offered every
semester. 3 credits.
140. Introduction to Mass Communications. An introduction to career-oriented uses of lan-
guage and to the skills used universally by reporters, editors, advertising copywriters, pub-
lic relations personnel and technical writers. Usually offered every semester. 3 credits.
201. Introduction to Acting. The development of skills in speech and movement through
the use of theater games and improvisations. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
202. Advanced Acting. An exploration of the relationship between the actor and the text
through script analysis and the performance of scenes and mononlogues. Usually offered
spring semester. 3 credits.
203. Stagecraft: Technical Skills. Instruction in the mechanics of backstage theater
operations, including lighting as well as set and property construction. Usually offered
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
204. Theater Production and Performance. Instruction in all aspects of producing and
performing a full-length play. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
210. Management Communications. The development of writing, speaking and listening
skills for business management. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission of the
instructor. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
213. Journalism. The development of the basic skills of journalistic writing such as
interviewing, covering meetings, gathering and reporting news and writing features
according to standard formats and styles. The course also covers legal and ethical
aspects of journalism. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112, or permission
of the instructor. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
214. Creative Writing: Poetry. A workshop in writing poetry. Usually offered alternate fall
semesters. 3 credits.
76 English 2003-2004 Catalog
275. Creative Writing: Fiction. A workshop in writing short fiction. Usually offered alternate
fall semesters. 3 credits.
216. Technical Applications in Writing. The development of writing, speaking and
illustrating skills to convey specialized, often technical information to a non-technical
audience. Prerequisite: ENG 111 and 112 or permission of the instructor. Usually offered
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
218. Oral Communication. Introduction to informative, persuasive and other types of oral
communication, with emphasis on the student's own performance as well as the judgment
of others' performance. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
221. Survey of American Literature I. A survey of selected major American authors from the
colonial period to about 1900. Writing process. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
222. Survey of American Literature II. A survey of selected major American authors from
about 1900 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits.
225. Survey of English Literature I. A survey of selected major English authors from the
Middle Ages to about 1800. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3
credits.
226. Survey of English Literature II. A survey of selected major English authors from about
1 800 to the present. Writing process. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
227. World Literature I. A survey of selected major writers from earliest literate history
to about A. D. 1000. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
228. World Literature II. A survey of selected major writers from about A.D. 1000 to about
1800. This course includes literature from western Europe and non-western cultures.
Usually offered spring semester. 3 credits.
229. World Literature III. A survey of selected major writers from about 1 800 to the
present. The course includes literature from Europe and Russia, as well as non-western
cultures. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
291. Journal Writing. Exploration of overseas experience by engaging students in a
dialogue between themselves and the new society and culture. 1 credit.
301. Acting Lab. A workshop that meets once a week to explore specific issues in acting;
course content changes every semester. Usually offered every semester. 1 credit.
310. Advanced Journalism. Enhancement of basic journalistic skills by reading and writ-
ing longer investigative and feature articles. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213.
Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
312. Writing for Radio and TV. Theory and technique of writing news and features for
broadcast media. Editing and rewriting press association dispatches, gathering local news,
recording interviews, and preparing newscasts and feature programs. Usually offered
alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College English 77
313. Advertising Copy and Layout. Principles and techniques of copywriting; selection
and presentation of sales points; creative strategy in production of layouts. Usually offered
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
314. Public Relations. Purposes and methods of modern public relations as practiced by
business and industry, organizations and institutions, trades and professions. Public opinion
evaluation. Planning of public relations programs. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission
of the instructor. Usually offered alternate fall semesters. 3 credits.
315. Editing. Editing theory and exercises in copyreading, rewriting and headlining.
Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 213, or permission of the instructor. Usually offered
alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
321. History and Grammar of the English Language. An examination of the evolution
of English phonology, morphology, syntax and vocabulary, including current conventions
and usage. Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
330. Literary Genres. A study of one of the various forms of literature, such as the nar-
rative poem, the lyric poem, the novel, the short story, drama, film, the essay, biography,
and autobiography. The genre will vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for
credit when it involves a genre the student has not previously studied. Writing process.
Prerequisite: Eng 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229). Usually offered every semester. 3
credits.
341. Shakespeare I. A concentrated study of early Shakespearean drama, especially the
comedies and the histories. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
78 English
2003-2004 Catalog
342. Shakespeare II. A concentrated study of late Shakespearean drama, especially the
tragedies and the romances. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey
(221-229). Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
350. Major Authors. Intensive study of one or two major American or British authors.
Recent subjects have included Faulkner, Joyce, Woolf, O'Connor, Morrison, Chaucer,
Milton, Pound, and Williams. The authors will vary from semester to semester. May be
repeated for credit. Writing process. Prerequisite: ENG 120 or a 200-level survey (221-229).
Usually offered fall semester. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of English in Secondary Schools. The teaching of writing and literature
in the junior high and high school classroom, exploring literary, pedagogical, and composi-
tion theory as they apply to actual teaching practice. Writing process. Prerequisites: ENG 120
and EDU 110. Usually offered alternate spring semesters. 3 credits.
370. Literary Theory and Its Applications. Consideration of fundamental questions such
as the definition of literature, the value of literature, and the validity of the literary canon.
Provides an introduction to a variety of critical approaches to literary interpretation, on
both a theoretical and practical level. Prerequisite: ENG 120. Usually offered alternate
spring semesters. 3 credits.
400. Internship. Practical and professional work experience, on or off campus, related to the
student's career interests, involving both on-site and faculty supervision. Generally lim-
ited to juniors and seniors. All internships are graded pass/fail. Prerequisites: ENG 099; per-
mission of the chairperson; application form from Registrar's office must be completed prior
to registration. 1-12 credit hours.
Faculty
Philip A. Billings, professor of English.
Ph.D., Michigan State University.
He teaches courses in world and American literature as well as poetry and fiction writing.
His publications include poems and articles in various magazines and two books of poems.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, associate professor of English. Chairperson.
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania.
She teaches courses in travel writing, environmental literature, and communications.
Experienced in journalism, public relations, and freelance writing, she has published one
book and numerous articles and essays in national magazines.
Phylis C. Dryden, associate professor of English.
D.A., State University of New York at Albany.
She teaches courses in communications and American literature. She has published
numerous poems, stories, and journalistic articles, and she has won two NEH Summer
Seminar grants for the study of British literature. A current book-length project will
explore town-gown issues in selected "college towns."
Lebanon Valley College English 79
Gary Grieve-Carlson, professor of English. Director of American Studies Program.
Ph.D., Boston University.
He teaches courses in American literature, American studies, Greek myth, and grammar.
He has been a Fulbright Junior Lecturer in Germany and has published on American cul-
tural criticism and twentieth-century poetry.
John P. Kearney, professor of English.
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin.
He teaches courses in Shakespeare, English literature, and technical writing as well as an
interdisciplinary course in revolutions. He is a Victorian literature scholar who is working
on Charles Dickens and George Eliot.
Walter E. Labonte, instructor in English.
M.A., Northeastern University.
He serves the department as supervisor of interns and director of the College Writing
Center. He teaches courses in writing, literature, management communications, and the
teaching of English in the secondary schools. He is a published writer.
Jane Mikoni, lecturer in English.
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Experienced in journalism and public relations, she teaches courses in fiction writing,
narrative journalism, and writing for radio and TV. She also advises students involved
with the college radio station.
Mary K. Pettice, associate professor of English.
Ph.D., University of Houston.
She teaches courses in journalism, creative writing, and English and American literature.
She also advises the student newspaper. Experienced in the newspaper and publishing
worlds, she has also published poetry and short stories.
Kevin B. Pry, assistant professor of English.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
Dramaturge for local theater companies, he teaches courses in acting, world literature,
dramatic literature, and theater production. He also advises Wig and Buckle, the student
drama club.
Jeffrey J. Ritchie, assistant professor of English.
Ph.D., Arizona State University.
He teaches courses in technical writing, digital communications, and British literature. He
has published on British literature and currently serves on the executive committee of the
MLA Scottish literature discussion group.
80 English 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES
The study of a foreign language has three aims: to develop fluency in the basic com-
munication skills, to provide an understanding of the cultural heritage of the people who
use the language, and to understand language as the fundamental medium by which
humankind thinks and interacts.
The Department of Foreign Languages prepares the language major for a career in a
variety of fields: teaching, diplomatic and government service, foreign trade, business and
social service. For many of these careers the study of a foreign language is often combined
with majors in other disciplines.
The department encourages students to avail themselves of the College's opportunities
for foreign travel and study, particularly Lebanon Valley College programs in Cologne,
Germany; Montpellier, France; and Salamanca, Spain.
The Department of Foreign Languages offers majors in French, German and Spanish,
secondary teacher certification in foreign language, as well as minors in the three languages.
Foreign Languages Program
Degree Requirements:
Majors are offered in French, German and Spanish.
Elementary or Secondary Teacher Certification: In addition to majoring in a language,
students seeking elementary or secondary certification in a foreign language must take
FLG 360 and 21 credits in education courses including EDU 1 10 and SED 430, 431 and
ELM or SED 440.
Courses in Foreign Language (FLG):
350. Linguistics. A study of the field of linguistics. Investigates language as a system of
signs and as a culturally conditioned behavior. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Foreign Language in Schools. A comprehensive study of modern
teaching methods, with emphasis on practicing basic classroom skills for elementary through
secondary school level instruction. Prerequisite: FRN 202, GMN 202, or SPA 202. 3 credits.
French Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in French.
Major: 24 credits in French above the intermediate level at least six of which must be in
400 level writing process courses, FLG 350 (27 credits) For teaching certification. FLG
360 is required.
Minor: 18 credits in French above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversa-
tion and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Lebanon Valley College • Foreign Languages 81
Our program in Montpellier, France, is designed for students with varying abilities in
French. This program is located at the University of Montpellier in southern France near
the Mediterranean Sea. Students are placed in courses at their level of language expertise.
All courses will be in French.
Courses in French (FRN):
101, 102. Elementary French I, II. Introductory courses in French. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in French. Also offers insights into French-speaking
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate French 1,11. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
French course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills - listening,
speaking, reading and writing - and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures of French-
speaking people. Prerequisite: FRN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken French. Discussions on a wide
range of topics related to French life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written French.
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on
contemporary French writing and issues. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business French. A study of the language of business and business practices of
France and French-speaking countries. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
340. The Sounds of French: Intensive Listening Comprehension Skills. An intensive
listening comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many regis-
ters of spoken French: stories, lectures, movies, advertising, radio, television, conversation,
announcements, instructions, etc. The objective is to provide students with a listening
immersion in the Francophone world. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
350. Issues in French Culture. Discussion of important issues in France from different
points of view. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
410. French Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of medieval French
literature to 1600. Works from the medieval epic and courtly romance through Renaissance
philosophical essays. Development of advanced communicative skills through literature will
be promoted. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or 310 or permission. 3 credits.
420. French Literature of the 17th Century. A study of the spirit and principal authors of
French Classicism with a special emphasis on the theater of Corneille, Racine and
Moliere. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits.
430. French Literature of the 18th and 19th Centuries. A study of the main ideological
currents of the 18th and 19th centuries: the faith in reason, the emergence of pre-romanticism,
romanticism and realism. Emphasis on the works of Voltaire, Montesquieu, Diderot,
Rousseau, 1' Abbe Prevost, Marivaux, Hugo, Flaubert, Balzac, Zola and Baudelaire. Writing
process. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits.
82 Foreign Languages 2003-2004 Catalog
440. French Literature of the 20th Century. A study of contemporary society as reflected
in the literary evolution from Proust to the Nouveau Roman and le theatre de I'Absurde.
Such writers as Giraudoux, Anouilh, Malraux, Sartre, Camus, Ionesco and Becket will be
studied. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission. 3 credits.
450. Modern Theatre and Poetry of France. A study of theater and poetry of the 19th and
20th centuries. Writing process. Prerequisite: FRN 300 or FRN 310 or permission.
3 credits.
German Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in German.
Major: 24 credits in German above the intermediate level at least six of which must be in
400 level writing process courses, FLG 350. (27 credits). For teaching certification, FLG
360 is required.
Minor: 1 8 credits in German above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Our program in Cologne, Germany, allows students to complete a full year of intermediate
German in one semester. Students also enroll in a German reading course or courses in
German civilization taught in English.
Courses in German (GMN):
101, 102. Elementary German I, II. Introductory courses in German. Aimed at developing
basic communicative proficiency in German. Also offers insights into German-speaking
cultures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate German I, II. Review of material typically covered in a first-year
German course. Aimed at building students' proficiency in all four language skills —
listening, speaking, reading and writing — and at enhancing their knowledge of the cultures
of German-speaking people. Prerequisite: GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
203, 204; 303, 304; 403,404. Language & Culture I, II. An immersion course on three
levels offered in Cologne, Germany. German in context with a grammar review, practical
exercises and discussion of cultural issues. Placement determined in Cologne. Prerequisite:
GMN 102 or equivalent. 3 credits.
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken German. Discussions on a
wide range of topics related to German life and contemporary society. Prerequisite: GMN
202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
301. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Intensive practice in written German.
Development of advanced writing skills through composition assignments based on con-
temporary German writing and issues. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 83
310. Germany Past and Present. Studies the major epochs of German cultural history and
describes the chief characteristics of present-day German society. Prerequisite: GMN 202
or equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business German. A study of the language of business and business practices of
Germany and German- speaking countries. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
330. German Short Fiction. A reading course in the Cologne program for the intermediate
student. Study of short texts to develop more advanced skills and introduce the techniques
of literary analysis. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
350. Issues in German Culture. Study of a major issue from various points of view.
Readings in German and English; discussion and writing in German and English.
Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Emphasizes the skills needed for
accurate and idiomatic translation of German texts into English. Discussion of more
complex grammatical structures. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
410. Readings in German. Works of fiction and nonfiction selected to explore a partic-
ular topic or theme. Writing process. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
460. Lyric Poetry. A study of German song from minnesang to contemporary rock.
Involves both texts and music as appropriate. Writing process. Prerequisite: GMN 202 or
equivalent. 3 credits.
Spanish Program
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in Spanish.
Major: 24 credits in Spanish above the intermediate level at least six of which must be in
400 level writing process courses, FLG 350 (27 credits). For teaching certification, FLG
360 is required.
Minor: 18 credits in Spanish above the elementary level. Courses in advanced conversation
and composition as well as in culture are strongly recommended.
Our program in Spain is located in the university city of Salamanca. Students take courses in
Spanish language, history, civilization, economics, music and art at the Colegio de Espana.
Courses in Spanish (SPA):
101, 102. Elementary Spanish I, II. Introductory courses in Spanish. Aimed at develop-
ing basic communicative proficiency in Spanish. Also offers insights into Hispanic cul-
tures. 3 credits.
201, 202. Intermediate Spanish I, II. Begins with a review of material typically cov-
ered in a first-year Spanish course followed by further development of proficiency in all
four language skills listening, speaking, reading and writing. Also aims to enhance stu-
dents' knowledge of the cultures of Hispanic peoples. Prerequisite: SPA 102 or equiva-
lent. 3 credits.
84 Foreign Languages 2003-2004 Catalog
211, 212. Spanish for Physical Therapy and Rehabilitation I, II. Introduction to the
technical vocabulary of physical therapy needed to communicate with Spanish-speaking
patients. One hour of conversation and mock patient-therapist sessions per week.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 1 credit each.
300. Advanced Conversation. Intensive practice in spoken Spanish. Discussions on a
wide range of topics related to Spanish and Latin American life and contemporary society.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
310. Advanced Grammar & Composition. Discussion of more complex grammatical
structures. Intensive practice in written Spanish. Development of advanced writing skills
through composition assignments based on contemporary issues. Writing process.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
320. Business Spanish. A study of the language of business and business practices.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
340. The Sounds of Spanish: Intensive Listening Comprehension. An intensive listening
comprehension class in which students are exposed to, and tested in, many registers of
spoken Spanish. The objective is to provide students with a listening immersion in the
Hispanic world and a foundation in Spanish linguistics. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent.
3 credits.
350. Spanish Culture and Civilization. An overview of Spanish culture, history and
geography, with special focus on current issues. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3
credits.
360. Latin-American Cultures and Civilizations. An overview of Latin American cultures,
history and geography, with special focus on current issues. Foreign studies. Prerequisite:
SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
370. Techniques of Translation & Interpretation. Studies methods of translation and
interpretation. Oral and written texts will be used to work both from Spanish to English
and English to Spanish. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
410. Spanish Literature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance. A study of the outstanding
works of the period. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
420. Spanish Literature of the Golden Age. A study of the major works of the period.
Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
430. Spanish Literature and the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries. Readings from
the Enlightenment in Spain and an examination of the major works of romanticism and
realism. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
440. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. A study of the literary movement of
the century, starting with the Generation '98 and modernism. Writing process.
Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 85
450. Latin-American Literature of the 20th Century. A study of the important writers of the
century, with emphasis on recent developments. Writing process. Prerequisite: SPA 202
or equivalent. 3 credits.
S460. The Age of Discovery. An examination of native cultures before 1492, the arrival
of Spanish explorers and their effect on these native populations. Foreign Studies. Writing
process. Prerequisite: SPA 202 or equivalent. 3 credits.
Faculty
Jean-Marc Braem, assistant professor of French.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Braem teaches courses on all levels of Francophone language, culture, and civilization. He
has written on censorship in French literature and the instructional use of films in French.
Dolores Buttry, assistant professor of German and French.
Ph.D. Univeristy of Illinois. Ph.D. Univesity of Pittsburgh.
Buttry teaches courses at all levels in both French and German. She has published
extensively on the Norwegian writer Knut Hamsun and the twelfth-century Anglo-
Norman poet Wace.
86 Foreign Languages
2003-2004 Catalog
Marta Guevara-Geer, assistant professor of Spanish.
M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison.
She teaches basic language classes as well as literature and culture of the Hispanic world.
Her research interests include Cervantes, the Golden Age comedia and Spanish American
Colonial texts. She is interested in comparative literature and film
Diane M. Iglesias, professor of Spanish.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
Iglesias teaches courses in Spanish language, and in Spanish and Latin American culture,
civilization and literature. She has presented research papers in medieval balladry and the
Spanish Golden Age theater at scholarly conferences. She is currently researching the
plays of Velez de Guevara and Quinones de Benavente.
James W. Scott, professor of German. Acting chairperson.
Ph.D., Princeton University.
Scott teaches German and courses in the culture, civilization and literature of German-
speaking countries. His most recent scholarly presentations have ranged from Kafka's
short fiction to cabaret in the GDR and communicative testing. At present he is preparing
a new translation of Iwein, an Arthurian epic by Hartmann von Aue. He chairs a state
selection committee for the Congress-Bundestag Youth Exchange Program.
Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, assistant professor of Spanish.
Ph.D., University of Miami.
Tezanos-Pinto teaches courses in Spanish language, Hispanic culture and literature. She
researches the poetic and narrative works of the Twentieth century Caribbean and
Hispanic American female writers. She has published essays on critical theory and literary
language ans has presented papers at conferences in the United States, Europe. Asia and
Latin America.
Angel T. Tuninetti, associate professor of Spanish.
Ph.D., Washington University.
Tuninetti teaches Spanish language classes and Latin American culture, history, and
literature. His special interests are South American travel literature of the colonial and
nineteeth century periods, and Pre-Columbian civilizations.
Theresa Bowley, adjunct instructor in French.
M.A., Middlebury College.
Bowley teaches French language at the elementary and intermediate level.
Ming Gao, adjunct instructor in linguistics.
Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Gao's work is in psychology and applied linguistics.
Lebanon Valley College Foreign Languages 87
Rita M. Gargotta, adjunct instructor in Spanish.
M.A., West Chester University.
Gargotta teaches courses in Spanish language, culture and contemporary society.
Barbara Nissman-Cohen, adjunct instructor in French.
M.A., Montclair State College.
Nissman-Cohen teaches French language at the elementary level.
Doris J. Russ, adjunct instructor in German.
M.A., University of Maryland.
Russ teaches the German language and courses relating to the culture of German speaking
countries.
Jose Vargas- Vila, adjunct instructor in Spanish.
M.A., University of Miami.
Vargas- Vila teaches Spanish language at the elementary level.
Foreign Languages 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
As disciplines, history and political science are closely related. Many students choose
a double major or a major/minor combination. Others combine a history or political sci-
ence major with a major or minor in fields such as economics, foreign languages, philos-
ophy or religion, English, or business. Students in these majors also may choose to work
towards certification in Citizenship Education (formerly social studies).
History Program
By examining human behavior in the past, the study of history can help people better
understand themselves and others. Students of history also learn how to gather and analyze
information and present their conclusions in clear, concise language.
An undergraduate degree in history can lead to a career in teaching at the college or high
school level, law, government, politics, the ministry, museums and libraries, journalism or
editing, historical societies and archives, historical communications or a number of other
professions.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in history.
Major: History 103, 104, 125, 126, 250, 251; six upper division courses (above the 100
level), including one each in American, European, and Latin American or non-western his-
tory, and three electives; and 499. Two of the six upper division courses must be at the 300
level (39 credits).
Secondary Education Concentration: Students shall successfully complete the history
major plus HIS 360, The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools.
Students shall also complete the Citizenship Education core, a second math course, an
English or American literature course, and 21 credits of secondary education courses
including EDU 110, SED 280, 430, 431, and 440. Students apply to the certification pro-
gram after completing at least 48 credits (including the math and English courses) with a
3.0 grade point average, and must maintain that average in order to be certified.
Minor: HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 250 or 251; two electives, at least one of which must be
at the 300 level (21 credits).
Historical Communications Program
The History Department offers a historical communications program in conjunction with
the English Department, described on page 75. The major in historical communications is
an interdisciplinary program that provides the opportunity for interested students to engage
in a comprehensive study of both history and communications and their interconnectedness.
The program is designed to prepare students for professional research, writing and editing
positions in such fields as radio, television, motion pictures, cable, popular history
magazines, theatrical history and oral history. Lebanon Valley College is one of the very
few colleges to offer such a major.
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 89
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in historical communications.
Major: HIS 103, 104, 125, 126, 202, 250, 251, 400; three upper division courses (above the
100 level), one each in American, European, and Latin American or non-western history;
one course from 271, 273, 275, 277, 279, or 303; ENG 140, 213, 216, 310; and one from
ENG 204, 312, 315 (48 credits)
Courses in History (HIS):
103. The Ancient World: The Dawn of Civilization to the Fall of the Han and Roman
Empires. A study of the development of civilizations from the development of human
civilizations to the end of the first era of empire building in India, China, and the
Mediterranean. Topics include the river valley civilizations of Mesopotamia, Egypt, India,
and China; the formation of great philosophies and religious traditions in Asia and Greece;
and the first empires in the Mediterranean world, India, and China. 3 credits.
104. The Second Age of Empires: World History From the Fall of Rome to the Mongol
Invasions. A study of the second phase of empire building in world history, spanning the
period from the fall of Rome in 476 to the end of the Middle Ages in Europe and the end
Mongol domination in Asia and Russia by 1450. Topics will include the Byzantine Empire;
the gradual recovery of Europe after the fall of Rome; the renewal of China under the T'ang
and the Song Dynasties; the Islamic dynasties in the Middle East, Africa, India, and China;
the pre-Columbian empires of Latin America; and the Mongol invasions. 3 credits.
125. United States History to 1865. The major events and developments in America from
Columbus to the Civil War, with emphasis on the creation of a distinctive American soci-
ety from the interaction of different cultures, ethnic groups, and ideas. Major themes
include the transformation of European cultural ideas in colonial America and the impact
of republican ideology, democratization, and the spread of the market economy between
the Revolution and the Civil War. 3 credits.
126. United States History to 1865. American history from 1865 until the present.
Students learn about important themes in recent history such as law and order, native land
rights, protest movements, foreign policy and its critics, and the rise of corporate power
and its economic and political consequences. The course also introduces students to the
method of historical inquiry, analysis, and writing. 3 credits.
200. Europe Encounters the World: Colonization from Columbus to Mao. A study of
European expansion from the fifteenth century to the process of decolonization in the twen-
tieth. The course will examine trading post empires; colonization of the New World; the
slave trade; the relationship among the industrial revolutions, nationalism in Europe, and
nineteenth-century imperialism; independence movements; and neocolonialism.
Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
90 History and Political Science 2003-2004 Catalog
202. Historical and Cultural Geography. A study of the various geographic regions of the
world and how the natural environment has influenced historical and cultural development.
Prerequisites: sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
205. Early Modern Europe. Selected themes in the cultural, religious, economic, social, and
political history of Europe from the end of the fourteenth century to about 1715. After a brief
survey of the late Middle Ages, the course will then address focus on the Renaissance,
Reformation, age of discovery, and finally state-making in the seventeenth century. Through
the examination of these themes the course will chart the shift in the geographic centers of
power in early modern Europe from the Mediterranean to Northern Europe and the Atlantic
seaboard. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instruc-
tor. 3 credits.
206. Revolution and Nationalism. The course will chart the ways in which the French
Revolution and the industrial revolution in Europe shaped the political, economic, social,
cultural, and intellectual development of Europe in the nineteenth century. The major themes
of the course include the development of the political ideologies that emerged as a result of
the French Revolution, industrialization, nationalism, the development of class societies,
gradual democratization in parts of Europe, the development of socialism, the beginning of
the women's movement, challenges to liberalism, and finally, the causes of World War I.
Writing Process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
207. Europe in the 20th Century. An introduction to the main political, social, economic,
and intellectual developments in twentieth-century Europe. The major themes of the course
include the experience of the two world wars, the development of fascism and communism
regimes under Lenin and Stalin, Mussolini, and Hitler, the weakness of the western democ-
racies after World War I, the Holocaust, the Cold War, the Communist Bloc, the end to colo-
nialism, the European Union, the development of the welfare state, and the new nationalism.
Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
208. Great Britain from 1688 to the Present. Selected themes in British history from 1688
to the present. The course will begin with the Glorious Revolution of 1688 so as to establish
the background for an ongoing discussion of Great Britain's parliamentary tradition. Great
Britain's industrial revolution, the rise of a working class, and the politics of labor will
constitute another set of related themes. The course will also explore Victorianism and
cultural developments in the nineteenth century. Other major topics will include British
imperialism, the impact of two world wars, and the relationships among the component parts
of the United Kingdom (Ireland, Scotland, Wales, and England). Writing process.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
210. The History of Modern France, 1750 to the Present. A study of French history from
1750 to the 1980s. The course provides an overview of the political, social, economic, and
cultural history of France from the late eighteenth to the late twentieth century. The course
will address a variety of themes from the standpoint of France's place in European history
as a whole but also in terms of the uniqueness of the French experience. Some of the themes
covered by the course will include: France's revolutionary tradition: the development of a
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 9 1
democratic society; the French pattern of gradual industrialization; the persistence of the
French peasantry; the socialist movement and syndicalism; the evolution of the radical right;
imperialism; French communism; intellectual movements in literature, philosophy and the
arts; France and Europe in the post-war period; women in French society; and the role of
minorities in France. The course will also examine the ways in which these themes relate to
issues confronting contemporary France. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission
of the instructor. 3 credits.
212. History of Modern Germany. An introduction to the historical, political, social and
intellectual background of modern Germany. Discussion topics include the Congress of
Vienna, the 1848 revolution, the first unification in 1871, the Weimar Republic, National
Socialism and the division of Germany after World War II. Special attention will be paid
to the unification process since 1989 and Germany's role in international politics. Offered
in the Cologne program. 3 credits.
217. Women in Modern Europe, 1750 to the Present. An exploration of the position of
women in Modern Europe from 1750 to the present. The course focuses around the tensions
between women's difference and demands for equal treatment as this theme has played out
through history. The course will begin with a discussion of gender in history and then
proceed to examination of women in pre-industrial Europe, the French Revolution, the
industrial revolution, nineteenth-century reform movements, feminism and the suffrage
movement. Twentieth century themes include the "new" woman, women in communist
Russia and under the fascist regimes, the impact of two world wars on women's roles, the
welfare state, and finally, contemporary feminism. Writing process. Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
226. Age of Jefferson & Jackson. How the old republican ideal of a virtuous agrarian
society struggled to confront the new age of economic modernization, social diversity and
sectional tension. Writing process. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the
instructor. 3 credits.
240. American Military History. An analysis of American military institutions from Old
World tradition to the post-Persian Gulf era with emphasis on the U.S. Army. 3 credits.
242. The African- American Experience. Survey of African- American history from the
origins of slavery until the present. The course develops several inter-related themes such
as slavery, protest movemeni and civil rights, economic history, and blacks in
Pennsylvania. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
245. Women in America. The role and status of women in American society from the
colonial period to the present. It emphasizes the ways that women's paid and unpaid labor
has shaped their status and role in the family, society, and the economy. 3 credits.
250. The Historian's Craft. An introduction to the basics of historical research and writing.
The most important goal of the course is to help students produce a clearly written
research paper, with footnotes and a bibliography. A primary source paper and other writing
assignments will prepare the students for the achievement of this goal. Class discussion
will revolve around analysis of various types of primary sources, secondary sources, journal
92 History and Political Science 2003-2004 Catalog
articles, issues of interpretation, and research methods. The course will also include several
research trips to libraries, archives, historical societies, or local history collections.
Writing process. Prerequisites: at least one of the following: History 103, 104, 125, or
126; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
251. History and Historians. The first half of this course covers the lives and ideas of
the great historians from ancient times to the modern world; the second half of the
course covers recent interpretations of American history. Prerequisites: at least one of the
following: History 103, 104, 125, or 126; or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
271. Modern China and Japan. An analysis of political, economic and cultural institutions
of China and Japan with special emphasis on the western impact on these institutions after
1500. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the intructor.
3 credits.
273. Modern Africa. A survey of African history from the origins of humanity until the
present. Students learn more about the modern period, particularly the effects of the slave
trade, colonialism, and neocolonialism on Africa. Special emphasis is given to the geno-
cides in the Congo Free State at the end of the nineteenth century and in Rwanda at the
close of the twentieth. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission
of the instructor. 3 credits.
274. Colonial Latin America. Latin America from its prehistory to the end of independ-
ence movements in the 1820s. Topics will include early civilizations such as the Maya.
Aztec, and Incas; the confrontation between the Amerindians and the European coloniz-
ers; the development of Latin American societies under Portuguese and Spanish rule; slav-
Lebanon Valley College
History and Political Science 93
ery; the colonial economy; and finally, independence movements. Foreign studies.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
275. Modern Latin America. Latin American civilization from the emergence of independ-
ent states, relationships with the United States and the modern regional distinctions. Foreign
studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
277. The Modern Middle East. Middle Eastern civilization from the rise of Islam to the
present, with emphasis on the Arabian peninsula, the Fertile Crescent, Iran, Turkey and
Egypt, particularly after 1914. The origins and development of the modern state of Israel
are also analyzed. Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of
the instructor. 3 credits.
279. Modern South Asia. Indian sub-continent civilizations from the 16th century to the
present with emphasis on the impact of the Mughal empire, the impact of western colonial
control, the crisis of the 19th and 20th centuries, the evolution of nationalism resulting in
independence and partition and with major reference to the contemporary nations and
cultures of India, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Sri Lanka. Foreign studies. Prerequisites:
Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
303. History of South Africa. A seminar on the history of South Africa from the 1600s
until the end of apartheid in the early 1990s. Topics include early colonization, conflicts
between European settlers and natives and between the English and the Afrikaaner
republics, the development of capitalism, the dynamics of black South Africans under
apartheid, and the bloody struggle for and against national liberation in the early 1990s.
Foreign studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or permission of the instructor. History
273 is recommended. 3 credits.
304. History of Brazil. A study of the history of Brazil from the colonial period through the
present day. The primary focus will be on the period from the arrival of the Portuguese Court
in 1808 until the "abertura," or re-democratization of the 1980s. Some of the topics that will
be covered in the course include: 1) the historical development of the Brazilian nation-state
and 2) the development of a Brazilian "national" culture. Thus recurrent themes will include
political organization and participation, economic growth and development, nationalism,
authoritarianism and re-democratization, social organization and stratification, cultural
production, and race relations. Foreign Studies. Prerequisites: Junior standing or per-
mission of the instructor, History 274 or 275 recommended. 3 credits.
312. The American Revolution. An in-depth study of why Americans declared their
independence and how they won the Revolution and worked to build a republic in a hostile
world of monarchies. Particular attention is paid to major issues on which historians of the
period disagree. Writing process. 3 credits.
315. Civil War and Reconstruction. A study of how sectional divisions over slavery led
to a bloody war and a bitter postwar effort to reshape Southern society. Writing process.
3 credits.
94 History and Political Science 2003-2004 Catalog
360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical ped-
agogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques, the
uses of technology, and student motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required for all history
majors seeking citizenship certification. Does not count towards the major. {Cross-listed as
Political Science 360. }
499. Senior Seminar in History. Focus on a theme in history such as World War I, the
industrial revolution, or the Enlightenment. These topics will be approached from a variety
of perspectives (economic, political, or social for example) and from the viewpoint of many
national histories. Class meetings will include discussion of course readings, research
methods, and the historiography related to the theme of the course. Students will write
a research paper on some aspect of the course topic utilizing a variety of primary and
secondary sources and present their research to the class. Prerequisites: Senior history
majors or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Political Science Program
Political scientists study government institutions and the political systems related to
them. Students who major in political science take courses to give them a thorough under-
standing of the American political system, the political systems of other nations, and inter-
national politics. Twenty-four of the 39 credits in this major are taken in core require-
ments, and the remainder consist of elective credits chosen by students in accordance with
their interests.
A degree in political science opens the door to a wide variety of careers. Political sci-
ence majors have entered such professions as lawyers, high school and junior-high school
teachers, college professors, journalists, law enforcement officers, business people, con-
sultants, lobbyists, and government officials. The political science major is an integral
component of the pre-law, criminal justice, and citizenship certification programs.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in political science.
Major: ECN 101, 102; PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220, 498/499 and five additional elective
courses in political science (39 credits).
Minor: PSC 111, 112, 130, 210, 220 and one elective course in political science (18 credits).
Courses in Political Science (PSC):
100. Introduction to Political Science. This course is designed as a broadly-based intro-
duction to the discipline of political science. It will acquaint students with the concepts,
structures, trends, and belief systems that form the basis of political activity throughout
the world. Those taking the course will leave with an enhanced understanding of - if not
appreciation for - the multiple ideologies, institutions, issues, and actors that shape and
drive politics. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 95
111. American National Government I. In this course we discuss the ideas that shaped
the original American political system and the ways these ideas have developed. In
addtion, we examine important civil rights questions relating to freedom of speech, the
press, and religion. The course also explores contemporary debates over equal rights
(affirmative action) and privacy rights (abortion and sexual orientation). Finally, we look
at the operations of interest groups and political parties and the processes by which can-
didates get elected to office. 3 credits.
112. American National Government II. In this course, we discuss the functions of the
Presidency, the Congress and the federal courts. We also examine various domestic,
defense and foreign policy-making questions including debates over balancing the budget,
welfare reform, defense strategies and U.S. relations with other nations. The course also
includes an examination of state and local government. 3 credits.
130. International Relations. This course is designed to introduce students to the study
of international relations. The course hinges on a series of questions: Who are the principal
actors in the international system? What are the theoretical ways of discerning why these
actors do what they do? How has the international system evolved into its present form?
What are the central issues confronting the international system? Topics addressed include
weapons of mass destruction, ecology, terrorism, political economy, development, and
dependency. 3 credits.
142. Statistics and Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative
and qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret
and understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collections project. 4
credits. {Cross-listed as Psychology 130.}
160. The Political System of Germany. This course introduces students to the political
system of Germany, with emphasis on actual daily political events and the current political
climate in Germany. Both foreign and domestic issues will be discussed, including topics
such as the European Union, disarmament, unification, the environment and Neo-Nazism.
Class time is divided between lecture and discussion of readings. Offered in the Cologne
Program. 3 credits.
210. Comparative Politics. This course is a comparative study of the leading political
systems of the world outside of the United States. The political status and evolution of
these nations are examined and contrasted. Among the countries surveyed are Great
Britain, France, Germany, Russia, Japan, China, Mexico, and Israel/Middle East. 3
credits.
277. The Developing Nations. A survey of the developing nations of Latin America, Asia,
Africa and the Middle East. The political economy of development, in both its domestic
96 History and Political Science 2003-2004 Catalog
and international dimensions is emphasized. Country studies will include Nigeria, Mexico
and the Philippines. Writing process. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
5
220. Political Philosophy. Students in this course study the development of western polit-
ical thought from Classical Greece to modern times. This study is organized around some
of the central questions of political thought (who should rule? why obey?) and encourages
students to develop their own thinking on these questions. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Philosophy 220.}
240. Politics of Russia. This course is an introduction to the politics of the Russian
Federation (i.e., 'Russia'). The twentieth century alone bore witness to dramatic change and
turmoil for Russia: several revolutions, two world wars, an unusually large amount of
political violence, and several abrupt changes to its political, economic, and social systems.
The name itself was altered on several occasions (Russia/Soviet Union/Russian Federation),
and the calendar once (from the Julian to the Gregorian - the one used in the West). The
course will provide an extensive examination of these transformations, with particular
emphasis on the pre-revolutionary, Soviet and post-Soviet eras. Foreign Studies.
Prerequisites: Sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
250. Public Policy Analysis. This course describes the public policy process and analyzes
various areas of substantive domestic policy at the national level. Topics covered include
budgeting and taxation, education, health, welfare, and the environment. Prerequisites:
PSC 1 1 1 and 112 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
260. The Presidency and Congress. This course will examine the Presidency and
Congress as institutions and as policy-making agents of the federal government. It will
focus on the necessary and frequently confrontational interaction between these two polit-
ical branches of government with special emphasis on separation of powers doctrine and
constitutional law. Prerequisites: PSC 11 1 and 112 or permission of the instructor. 3 cred-
its.
312. American Foreign Policy. This course offers a two-part examination of American
foreign policy. The first part will be an extensive survey of U.S. foreign policy from its
inception as a nation through today. A critical theme will be the U.S. tradition of unilater-
alism, not isolationism. The second part will examine the policy-making process itself,
focusing on the multiple actors and cross-cutting interests that comprise U.S. foreign pol-
icy decision-making. Writing process. 3 credits.
315. American Constitutional Law I. This course uses key cases to study important doc-
trines established by the Supreme Court with respect to the structure and functions of the
constitutional system (judicial, legislative and executive power and federalism). There is
a particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation used by individual justices
to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opinions. PSC 111 and 112 strong-
ly recommended. 3 credits.
316. American Constitutional Law 11. This course uses key cases to study important doc-
trines established by the Supreme Court with respect to civil rights, equality, property, and
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 97
political rights, There is a particular emphasis on various forms of textual interpretation
used by individual justices to apply the Constitution in deciding cases and writing opin-
ions. PSC 111 and 112 strongly recommended. 3 credits.
320. Electoral Politics. The dynamics of the electoral process, with emphasis on presi-
dential and congressional elections and the role of parties, public opinion and interest
groups. 3 credits.
330. State and Local Government. Governmental institutions, characteristics of state and
local political systems and the major inter-governmental problems in state and local
relations with the federal government. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Citizenship Education in Secondary Schools. A course for those
preparing to teach history, political science, economics, and geography at the secondary
level. Topics include issues and trends in secondary education, history of historical peda-
gogy, professional development and course enrichment resources, teaching techniques,
the uses of technology and student motivational techniques. 3 credits. Required for all
political science majors seeking citizenship certification. Does not count towards the
major. {Cross-listed as History 360.}
415. Foundations of American Law. An historical survey of American legal development
from colonial times to the present. The course is a supplement to Constitutional Law.
Strongly recommended for pre-law students. Prerequisite: PSC 112. 3 credits.
425. Executive Power. This course will provide a comprehensive examination of the
world's oldest and most controversial governing institution - the executive, the course
structure will primarily comprise three component themes of inquiry: comparative demo-
cratic executive systems; philosophical definitions and prerogatives of executive power;
and various electoral models of executive selection. 3 credits.
498. Seminar in Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science majors
to pursue a research interest within a broad topic area prescribed for each semester the
seminar is given. Students will present their work at an undergraduate research conference
hosted by a regional university. Writing process. Prerequisites: Major in political science
and junior or senior standing. 3 credits.
499. Seminar in World Politics. This seminar allows junior and senior political science
majors to pursue a research interest within the context of international politics. In addition
to a substantive research paper on an international subject, students will track contempo-
rary issues of the international community through weekly presentations and discussions,
Among the likely topics are terrorism; weapons of mass destruction; globalization;
ecopolitics; women's rights; and political economy, among others. Students will present
their papers at an undergraduate research conference hosted by a regional university.
Writing process. Prerequisites: PSC 130 or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
98 History and Political Science 2003-2004 Catalog
Criminal Justice Program
For students interested in the field of criminal justice (including police work, counsel-
ing juvenile offenders, court assistants, probation work and other areas), the courses list-
ed below constitute the criminal justice program. The chairs of the Sociology and the
History and Political Science Departments function as advisers for this program.
Interested students should consult with one of these advisers.
Degree Requirements:
There is no major or minor in criminal justice, but the program can be most easily com-
bined with a major in political science or sociology. However, the program is not confined
to majors in these areas.
The courses required are as follows: PSC 112, 315, 316, 415; SOC 110, 245, 331, 333;
six credits of PSC, PS Y, or SOC 400 (internship). No courses may be taken pass/fail. (30
credits)
Faculty
James H. Broussard, professor of history.
Ph.D., Duke University.
He teaches American history and historiography. His research and publications concen-
trate on the Jefferson-Jackson era, the South and American politics. He formerly served as
executive director of the Society for Historians of the Early American Republic.
Griffin C. Hathaway, assistant professor of political science.
Ph.D., University of Maryland.
He teaches courses in international relations, comparative government, U.S. foreign poli-
cy, and the American presidency. His research concentrations are comparative executive
systems, separation-of-powers doctrine, and executive power. He provides political com-
mentary on international and domestic policy issues for television, radio, and newspapers.
John Hinshaw, assistant professor of history.
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University.
He teaches courses on modern American history, black history, urban history, African histo-
ry, world history, labor history, and specialized courses in race and ethnicity. He has written
and edited books on the industrial revolution in world history, the steel industry and steel
workers in Western Pennsylvania, and the labor movement in the United States.
Tia E. Malkin-Fontecchio, assistant professor of history.
Ph.D., Brown University.
She teaches courses on colonial and modern Latin America, and world history. Her teach-
ing interests also include Brazil, Mexico, Chile, and Cuba. Her research focuses on edu-
cation in twentieth-century Brazil.
Lebanon Valley College History and Political Science 99
Rebecca K. McCoy, associate professor of history. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
She teaches world civilization and specialized courses in European history. Her research
focuses on the social, religious, and political history of France from the seventeenth to the
nineteenth century. Other teaching and research interests include the history of European
women, twentieth-century Europe, and the development of nationalism and national identity.
John D. Norton, professor of political science.
Ph.D., American University.
He teaches courses in American government, constitutional law, political philosophy and
American politics. He contributes columns to local newspapers and appears as an analyst
on radio and T.V. He is the pre-law adviser for the College. His professional and research
interests are in the areas of American Constitutionalism, history of political thought and
political journalism.
P. Terry Baker, adjunct instructor of history.
M.Ed. Shippensburg University.
He teaches American history and the teaching of history and social studies in the second-
ary schools. He also evaluates student teaching.
Jean-Paul Benowitz, adjunct instructor in history.
M.A., Millersville University.
He teaches American history. His research and teaching interest is on U.S. political history
for the period since 1928, with particular focus on the Roosevelt-Truman and Kennedy-
Johnson administrations. Related fields of interest include social, cultural, and diplomatic
history for the period since 1945. He is completing a Ph.D. at Temple University.
Stacy B. Haldi, adjunct instructor in political science.
Ph.D.. University of Chicago.
She teaches international relations and Modern Middle East. Her research interests and pub-
lications focus on strategic studies, civil-military relations, terrorism, and military history.
Donna L. Kreiser, adjunct instructor in political science.
J.D., University of Pittsburgh.
She teaches American government and state and local government. Kreiser currently
works as an attorney with a private law firm. She has extensive experience as a deputy
general counsel in the Governor's Office of General Council.
100 History and Political Science 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES
The Lebanon Valley College Department of Mathematical Sciences has long offered a
rigorous mathematics program within the context of a liberal arts education. The increasing
national need for quantitatively prepared individuals makes our program even more
attractive today. Actuaries, computer programmers, mathematics and computer science
teachers, college professors, operations research analysts and statisticians are in high and
continuing demand. In addition, the mental discipline and problem solving abilities
developed in the study of mathematics are excellent preparation for numerous and varied
areas of work and study.
The Department was cited in the Mathematical Association of America's 1995 publication,
Models that Work, for its exceptional program and for its service to students. It offers majors
in Actuarial Science, Computer Science and Mathematics; secondary teaching certification in
Mathematics; and minors in Mathematics and Computer Science.
Departmental graduates have earned doctorates in economics, physics, statistics, and
computer science as well as mathematics. Other graduates have completed law school.
Many graduates have earned the designation of Fellow of the Society of Actuaries or the
Casualty Actuarial Society.
Mathematical Sciences Department majors are active in student government, athletics,
musical organizations and other activities. The Department is always well represented in
the list of students named to Who's Who in American Colleges and Universities. There
are two active student clubs, the Math Club and the Student ACM Chapter.
The Mathematical Science Department also directs the Computer Engineering track in
the 3+2 Engineering Program. For details see Cooperative Programs on page 23.
Mathematics Program
The Mathematics major is the cornerstone of the program in the Department of
Mathematical Sciences. Each faculty member in the department has a doctorate in some
area of mathematics. Operations Research analyst, computer support consultant, computer
analyst and secondary school teacher are job descriptions of some recent graduates. Other
graduates have chosen to use mathematics as preparation for graduate school in areas such
as economics, management, operations research and statistics.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in mathematics.
Major: MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 202, 222, 251, 261, plus five (5) MAS courses numbered
200 or above; at least four of MAS 311, 322, 325, 335, 371, 372, 390; and at least one of
MAS 3 1 1 or 322. A 400 level ASC course may substitute for 335 and ASC 385 may sub-
stitute for MAS 266 or MAS 270 (37 credits).
Mathematics majors are advised to take at least one computer science course or have
equivalent experience.
Minor: MAS 161, 162. 222 and 251 or 202; three courses from CSC 144 or MAS cours-
es numbered 200 or higher (21 credits).
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 101
Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But, no course, except where required by number
in both programs, may be used in more than one program.
Secondary Teacher Certification: Students seeking secondary certification in mathematics
must complete: a mathematics major including MAS 270, 322, 325, and 360: CSC 144;
EDU 110; and SED 430, 431, 440.
Courses in Mathematics (MAS):
100. Concepts of Mathematics. A study of a variety of topics in mathematics. Many intro-
duce 20th century mathematics and most do not appear in the secondary school curriculum.
3 credits.
102. Pre-Calculus. A review of precalculus mathematics including algebra and trigonometry.
3 credits. A student may not receive credit for this course after completing MAS 111, 161,
or the equivalent.
Ill, 112. Analysis I, II. A calculus sequence for department majors and other students
desiring a rigorous introduction to elementary calculus. Prerequisite: placement testing or
MAS 102; MAS 111 is a prerequisite for MAS 112. Corequisites: MAS 113,114. 4 credits
per semester. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 112 and MAS 162.
113, 114. Introduction to Mathematical Thinking I, II. An introduction to college
mathematics for potential mathematical science majors. Prerequisite: placement testing or
MAS 102. Corequisite: MAS 111,112. 1 credit per semester.
102 Mathematical Sciences
2003-2004 Catalog
150. Finite Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical techniques used in quantitative
analysis in business and economics. Topics include sets, linear relations, matrices, linear
programming, probability and interest. 3 credits.
161, 162. Calculus I, II. A calculus sequence covering functions, limits, differentiation,
integration and applications. Prerequisite: placement testing or MAS 102. MAS 161 is a pre-
requisite for MAS 162. 3 credits per semester. A student may not receive credit for both
MAS 112 and MAS 162.
170. Elementary Statistics. An introduction to elementary descriptive and inferential
statistics with emphasis on conceptual understanding. 3 credits. A student may not receive
credit for MAS 170 after completing MAS 372. A student may not receive credit for both
MAS 170 and MAS 270.
202. Foundations of Mathematics. Introduction to logic, set theory, and proof techniques.
Prerequisites: MAS 1 12 or MAS 162 and MAS 251. 3 credits.
222. Linear Algebra. An introduction to linear algebra including systems of equations,
vectors spaces and linear transformations. Prerequisite: MAS 112 or MAS 261. 3 credits.
257. Discrete Mathematics. Introduction to mathematical ideas used in computing and
information sciences: logic, sets and sequences, matrices, combinatorics, induction,
relations and finite graphs. Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits.
261. Calculus III. Multivariate calculus including partial differentiation, multiple integration,
vector fields and vector functions. Prerequisites: MAS 112 or MAS 162. 3 credits.
266. Differential Equations. An introduction to ordinary differential equations.
Prerequisites: MAS 162 or 112. 3 credits.
270. Intermediate Statistics. A more advanced version of MAS 170 intended for students
with some calculus background. Similar to MAS 170 with more extensive content. 3
credits. A student may not receive credit for both MAS 170 and MAS 270.
311. Real Analysis. Convergent and divergent series, limits, continuity, differentiability
and integrability; Fourier series. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits.
322. Abstract Algebra. Introduction to algebraic structures including groups, rings and
fields. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits.
325. Geometry. Axiomatic development of absolute. Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometries. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222, 251. 3 credits.
335. Operations Research. Introduction to some operations research techniques including
linear programming, queuing theory, project scheduling, simulation and decision analysis.
Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251 or MAS 202. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 103
360. Teaching of Mathematics in Secondary Schools. A course for secondary education
mathematics majors introducing issues and trends in mathematics education, history of
mathematical pedagogy, enrichment and professional development resources, teaching
techniques and use of technology. Prerequisites: MAS 202, 222; junior standing; EDU 110.
3 credits.
363. Numerical Computation. A survey with topics from: finite arithmetic, root finding
algorithms, numerical integration and differentiation, interpolation, systems of equations,
splines, numerical solution of differential equations, simulation and optimization.
Prerequisites: MAS 222, 251. 3 credits.
371. Mathematical Probability. A mathematical introduction to probability, discrete and
continuous random variables, and sampling. Prerequisites: Either a B- grade in MAS 112
or junior standing. 3 credits.
372. Mathematical Statistics. An introduction to the mathematical foundations of statistics
including sampling distributions, estimation, hypothesis testing, linear models and multi-
variate distributions. Prerequisites: MAS 371. 3 credits.
Actuarial Science Program
Actuaries are business professionals who use expertise in mathematics, economics,
finance and management to define, analyze, and solve financial and social problems.
Actuaries are employed by insurance companies, consulting firms, pension/benefit con-
sulting firms, large corporations, and federal and state government agencies. Actuarial
credentials, which are earned after obtaining a bachelors degree, result from completing the
rigorous education and examination program administered by either the Casualty Actuarial
Society or the Society of Actuaries.
The Actuarial Science program at Lebanon Valley College was established in the 1960's
and is coordinated by Professor Hearsey who is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries.
With over 120 graduates working in the profession, including 44 fellows and 30 asso-
ciates, Lebanon Valley is recognized as having one of the leading undergraduate actu-
arial education programs in the East and the only full undergraduate program at a small
liberal arts college.
The LVC actuarial curriculum is designed to help actuarial students prepare for the
curricula of the professional actuarial societies initiated in the year 2000. The LVC program
introduces students to material on the first four examinations in the Society of Actuaries and
Casualty Actuarial Society examination programs.
The rigorous standards of the program, including the required passing of at least one
actuarial examination, has resulted in a nearly 100% placement record of LVC actuarial
science graduates in professional actuarial positions.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science degree with a major in actuarial science.
104 Mathematical Sciences 2003-2004 Catalog
Major: ASC 28 1,385, 481, and one of 47 1,472, 482; CSC 144; MAS 111, 112, 113, 114,
222, 261, 371, 372; ECN 101, 102, 201; ACT 161. (49 Credits) The Course 1/Part 1 or
Course 2/Part 2 examination of the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial Society must
be passed before senior standing is reached.
Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But, no course, except where required by number in
both programs, may be used in more than one program.
Courses in Actuarial Science (ASC):
281. Introduction to Actuarial Science. An introduction to risk management in
property/casualty and life insurance with emphasis on probability concepts. Prerequisite:
MAS 112. 3 credits.
385. Mathematics of Finance. Measurement of interest, time value of money, annuities,
amortization and sinking funds, bonds, depreciation, capitalized cost and finance applica-
tions including net present value, yield rates, and stock and option pricing. Prerequisite:
MAS 112. 3 credits.
471. Regression and Time Series Analysis. An introduction to regression and time series
models with emphasis on economic applications. Prerequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits.
472. Loss Distributions and Credibility Theory. An introduction to loss distributions and
credibility theory with emphasis on actuarial applications. Corequisite: MAS 372. 3 credits.
481. Actuarial Mathematics I. Survival distributions, life insurance, life annuities, benefit
premiums and reserves. Prerequisite: ASC 385. Corequisite: MAS 371. 3 credits.
482. Actuarial Mathematics II. Multiple life and decrement models, expenses, individual
and collective risk models, compound distributions, including applications. Prerequisites:
ASC 385, 481. 3 credits.
Computer Science Program
Computer science is the study of what can be done with machines. This discipline is part
mathematics, part engineering, part philosophy, part linguistics, and part experimental
science (without all the mess).
Our computer science curriculum is distinguished primarily by two characteristics. The
first is our emphasis on computer programming. Five of the required seven CS courses are
primarily about programming, and programming plays an important role in most of the
advanced courses. This emphasis develops strong analysis and problem-solving skills.
The second characteristic of the computer science major is its decidedly mathematical
nature. Our students take 19 credits of mathematics (seven courses), more than is typical of
undergraduate CS programs. This math foundation gives our students an analytical
background that applies broadly in their CS coursework, helping them become better
programmers and analysts.
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 105
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in computer science.
Major: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, 331, 332; two of 441 , 442, 448, 451, 452, 481, 482;
either 400 or 500; MAS 111, 112, 113, 114, 222, 251, 270; one of ENG 210, ENG 216,
BUS 285 (50 credits).
Minor: CSC 143, 144, 221, 253, 282, and one CSC course numbered 300 or above; MAS
111 or 161, 270 (22 credits).
Students may attempt any combination of double majors or major/minor within the
Department of Mathematical Sciences. But no course, except where required specifically
by number in both programs, may be used in more than one program.
Courses in Computer Science (CSC):
143. Introduction to Computer Science. A broad introduction to the field of computer sci-
ence. Topics covered include history, algorithms and problem solving, logic, hardware
design, and programming. Intended for first-year Computer Science majors and others
intending to take programming courses. 3 credits.
144. Introduction to Programming (with Java). Foundational aspects of computer pro-
gramming. Algorithms and data; control structures; the design of small programs. Class
and object basics. Uses the Java programming language. 3 credits.
227. C++ Language Primer. A 1 -credit, self-paced course in the basics of the C++ language.
Revisits many of the topics from CSC 144 in this new language. Students will complete
5-10 short programming projects. Prerequisites: CSC 144 or permission. 1 credit.
Pass/fail only.
253. Computer Architecture. The design and organization of a computer's processor,
instruction set, and memory. Assembly language, interrupts and I/O devices. Caching and
pipelining. Prerequisite: CSC 143, 144. 3 credits.
282. Data Structures. Implementing, using, and analyzing such abstract structures as lists,
stacks, queues, and trees. The design of abstract data types in C++. Prerequisites: CSC
143, 144, 22 1.3 credits.
331. Software Design I. A survey of modern techniques for designing complex software
systems. Investigates both programming techniques and processes. Includes substantial
programming projects that continue in CSC 332. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits.
332. Software Design II. A continuation of CSC 331. Must be taken in the semester
immediately following CSC 331. Prerequisite: CSC 331. 3 credits.
106 Mathematical Sciences 2003-2004 Catalog
441. Operating Systems. Theory and practice of modern operating systems. Topics
include memory management, file systems, scheduling, concurrency, distributed processes,
and security. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits.
442. Networks. Network design and implementation. Topics include layered network
design, types of hardware, low-level protocols, packets, frames, routing, security, and so
on. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 25 1 . 3 credits.
448. Databases. The theory, structure and implementation, and application of modern
database systems. Prerequisite: CSC 282. 3 credits.
451. Theory of Programming Languages. Examines the design of computer programming
languages and the tools that process them. Includes an examination of several current
languages, and an introduction to the design and implementation of compilers. Prerequisite:
CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits.
452. Artificial Intelligence. An introduction to the field of Al. Topics include expert systems,
goal-seeking algorithms, neural networks, genetic algorithms, computer vision, language
recognition. Prerequisite: CSC 282 and MAS 251. 3 credits.
481, 482. Advanced Topics in Computer Science I, II. Topics to be selected from current
areas of interest and research in Computer Science. Prerequisites: CSC 282, MAS 251. 3
credits.
Faculty
Christopher J. Brazfield, assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University of Oregon.
Brazfield teaches mathematics and computer science. He oversees the department website.
His research interests are in the area of noncommutative algebra. He advises computer
science and other department majors.
J. Patrick Brewer, associate professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University of Oregon.
Brewer teaches mathematics. His graduate degree was earned in the area of algebra, and
he is broadening his areas of expertise to include statistics and actuarial science. He is
adviser for the Math Club. Professor Brewer advises mathematics and actuarial science
majors.
Michael D. Fry, professor of mathematical sciences. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Illinois.
An avid practitioner of computer science and an accomplished mathematician. Trained as an
algebraist, he has become a computer scientist as well with special interests in graphics.
fractals, and applications of group theory. Professor Fry advises computer science majors.
Lebanon Valley College Mathematical Sciences 107
Bryan V. Hearsey, professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator, Actuarial Science
Program.
Ph.D., Washington State University.
Hearsey is an Associate of the Society of Actuaries (ASA) and an active member of the
academic actuarial community. He serves as the Society of Actuaries liaison representative
to the Mathematical Association of America and is a member of the Joint CAS/SoA
Academic Relations Committee. Although his original mathematics interest was topology,
his primary interests are now with actuarial mathematics and finance. He advises actuarial
science majors.
David W. Lyons, assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Lyons has broad mathematical interests in the areas of geometry, topology, algebra, and
computer visualization. He teaches mathematics courses and advises mathematics majors.
He also serves as master instructor and faculty advisor to the campus Tae Kwon Do Club.
Mark A. Townsend, professor of mathematical sciences.
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University.
Townsend is a winner of the Lindback Award for Distinguished Teaching. Trained as a
numerical analyst, he has developed a wide range of other interests including introductory
computer science. He advises mathematics majors interested in secondary education.
Kenneth F. Yarnall, associate professor of mathematical sciences. Coordinator,
Computer Science Program.
Ph.D., University of South Carolina.
Yarnall has interests ranging from pure mathematics to computer science to history and
philosophy of science. Trained as an analyst, he teaches both mathematics and computer
science. He advises computer science majors. He is the advisor for the ACM student
chapter, and he advises computer science majors.
Timothy M. Dewald, adjunct assistant professor of mathematical sciences.
M.Div., Andover Newton Theological School.
Dewald is interested in the history of mathematics and enjoys teaching all students espe-
cially those with math anxiety. He teaches elementary statistics. He has won the Knisely
Teaching Award.
108 Mathematical Sciences 2003-2004 Catalog
MILITARY SCIENCE PROGRAM
The Military Science Program adds another dimension to a Lebanon Valley College
liberal arts education with courses that develop a student's ability to organize, motivate
and lead.
Participation in military science courses during the freshman and sophomore years
results in no military obligation. Courses during these years orient students on the various
roles of Army officers. Specifically, these courses stress self-development: written and
oral communication skills, leadership, bearing and self-confidence.
Individuals who elect to continue in the program during the junior and senior years will
receive a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army, The U.S. Army
Reserve or The Army National Guard, upon graduation. Then they will serve three months
to four years in the active Army, depending upon the type of commission.
Options are available for those individuals who encounter scheduling conflicts or who
desire to begin participation after their freshman year. Contact the Military Science
Department, 717-245-1221 or 888-356-3942, for further information.
Program participants may take part in various enrichment activities during the academic
year: rappelling, rifle qualification, leadership exercises, land navigation, orientation trips and
formal social functions. Program participants may also apply for special training courses dur-
ing the summer: airborne, air assault schools and cadet troop leader training.
Scholarships: Army ROTC offers four, three and two year scholarships, awarded strictly
on merit, to the most outstanding students who apply. The scholarship is valued at $17,000
a year. In addition to paying all or part of your tuition, the scholarship offers a stipend of
$250-400 a month plus $600 a year for books. All scholarship recipients remain eligible
for financial aid.
Corresponding Studies Program: Students participating in an off-campus study program
in the United States or abroad may continue participation in either the Army ROTC Basic
Course or Advanced Course and receive the same course credit and benefits as a student
enrolled in the on-campus program. Scholarship students also are eligible to participate.
National Advanced Leadership Camp: The practicum consists of a five-week sum-
mer training program at Fort Lewis, Washington. NALC stresses the application of mil-
itary skills to rapidly changing situations. Participants are evaluated on their ability to make
sound decisions, to direct group efforts toward the accomplishment of common goals and to
meet the mental and physical challenges presented to them. Completion of NALC is
required prior to commissioning and is normally attended between the junior and senior
years. Participants receive room, board, travel expenses, medical care and pay.
Degree Requirements:
Requirements: MIL 101, 102, 201, 202, 301, 302, 401, 402; HIS 240.
Courses in Military Science (MIL):
101, 102. Introduction to Military Science. Emphasizes developing self-confidence and
bearing. Instruction and weekly practical training in the basic skills of map reading,
rappelling, weapons, communications, first aid, tactical movements, customs, courtesies,
public speaking and leadership. Meets one hour per week. 1 credit each semester.
Lebanon Valley College Military Science 109
201, 202. Application of Military Science. Advanced instruction in topics introduced in the
first year. Participation in operations and basic tactics to demonstrate leadership problems
and to develop leadership skills. Meets two hours per week each semester. 1 credit each
semester.
301, 302. Advanced Application of Military Science. Emphasis on leadership. Situations
require direct interaction with other cadets and test the student's ability to meet goals and
to get others to do the same. Students master basic tactical skills of the small unit leader.
Meets two hours per week and selected weekends each semester. Prerequisite: Open only
to Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each semester.
401, 402. Command and Staff Emphasis is placed on developing planning and decision-
making capabilities in the areas of military operations, logistics and administration. Meets
two hours per week. Prerequisite: Open only to Advanced Course cadets. 1 credit each
semester.
Faculty
Mark N. Mazarella, professor of military science.
M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University. Lieutenant Colonel, United States Army.
Mazarella is the Commander of the Blue Mountain ROTC Battalion (which encompasses
Lebanon Valley College, Dickinson College, Penn State Harrisburg and Millersville
Univeristy) and he is the primary instructor for MSIV courses at Lebanon Valley College,
Dickinson College and Penn State Harrisburg.
Robin L. Duane, senior military instructor.
Master Sergeant, United States Army.
Duane is the primary instructor for MSIII courses at Lebanan Valley College. He is a
Special Forces Engineer Sergeant.
Jennifer L. Hall, instructor in military science.
M.P.A., Shippensburg University. Captain, United States Army.
Hall is the primary instructor for MSI courses at Lebanon Valley College. She is also the
Recruiting Operations Officer for the Blue Mountain ROTC Battalion.
Richard T. Sylvester, instructor in military science.
Sylvester is the primary instructor for MSII courses at Lebanon Valley College. He is an
Engineer Corps Sergeant.
110 Military Science 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Students in the Department of Music may major in one of four areas: music, music
business, music education or music recording technology. Each student in the B.A. (MUS
or MBS), B.M. (MRT), or B.S. (MED) programs, is required to take a core of courses in
music theory and music history. Each student also completes additional course work
particular to his/her area of interest.
Music Program
Music majors (except music business students) will exhibit proficiency at the piano and
in voice, each to be determined by jury. Precise requirements for these proficiencies and the
recital attendance requirement are found in the Department of Music Student Handbook. To
prepare for proficiency juries, students can take MSC 510 and/or 520. Music majors will be
in at least one major performing ensemble (identified as either Marching Band, Symphonic
Band, College Choir, Concert Choir or Symphony Orchestra) each fall and spring semester.
All students may earn up to 12 credits for ensemble participation. They will enroll in private
study on their principal instrument/voice during each fall and spring semester.
Students registered for private instruction in the department are not permitted to study in
that instructional area on a private basis with another instructor, on or off campus, at the
same time.
Degree Requirements:
The Bachelor of Arts in music (B.A.) is designed for those students preparing for a career in
music with a strong liberal arts background. Students in the jazz studies concentration will
take 530 private applied and 530 jazz studies each semester to fulfill this requirement. The
theory/composition concentration students will take 530 private applied and 530 individual
composition each semester to fulfill this requirement. Concentrations identified in the
Department of Music Student Handbook include: piano, organ, voice, instrumental, sacred
music, jazz studies and theory/composition.
Degree: Bachelor of Arts in music. (MUS)
Majors: Core courses in three of the music degree programs are: MSC 099, 115, 116, 1 17.
118, 215, 217, 241, 242, 246 and 328. MSC 530 for all degree candidates. In addition,
music majors will be in either MSC 601, 602, 603 or 604 each semester, exceptions noted
previously.
Music (B.A.): Core courses plus: Piano concentration: MSC 216, 306, 316. 406 and 600;
Voice concentration: MSC 216, 233, 326 and 327; Organ concentration: MSC 216. 316,
351, and 352; Instrumental concentration: MSC 216, 345, 403, 405 and 416; Sacred
Music concentration: MSC 216, 347, 351 or 334, and 422; Jazz Studies concentration:
MSC 201, 218, 416 and 500: Senior Project; Theory /Composition concentration: MSC
216, 315, 329, 416 and 500: Senior Composition Project.
Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 1
Minor: MSC 099 (two semesters), 101, and three music literature courses from among the
following: 100, 200, 201, 241 or 242. Minors also take MSC 530 for four semesters and
must participate in a music ensemble for four semesters.
Student Recital
Student recitals are of inestimable value to all music students in acquainting them with a
wide range of the best music literature, and in developing musical taste and discrimination.
Performing in a recital provides the experience of appearing before an audience and helps
to develop self reliance and confident stage demeanor. Students at all levels of performance
ability appear on regularly scheduled student recitals depending on their performance readi-
ness and in consultation with the private teacher.
Courses in Music (MSC):
099. Recital Attendance. Designed for music majors and minors and graded on a satis-
factory/unsatisfactory basis. Music core course. 0 credits.
100. Introduction to Music. For the non-music major, a survey of Western music
designed to increase the individual's musical perception. 3 credits.
101. Fundamentals of Music. For music minors and non-music majors, an introduction
to the rudiments of music: notation, key signatures, theory, aural theory and so forth. 3
credits.
110. Class Piano for Beginners. 1 credit.
111. Class Guitar for Beginners. Student provides his or her own instrument. 1 credit.
775. Music Theory I. A study of the rudiments of music and their notation. Harmonization
of melodies and basses with fundamental triads. Analysis. Music core course. 2 credits.
776. Music Theory II. A study of diatonic tonal harmony, including all triads and seventh
chords, nonharmonic material and elementary modulation. Music core course.
Prerequisite: MSC 115 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
777. Aural Theory I. The singing and aural recognition of intervals, scales, triads and sim-
ple harmonic progressions. Music core course. 2 credits.
118. Aural Theory II. A continuation of MSC 117, emphasizing clef reading, modality,
modulation and more complicated rhythmic devices and harmonic patterns. Music core
course. Prerequisite: MSC 117 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
200. Topics in Music. Designed primarily for the non-music major, the course will focus
on genre and period studies. 3 credits.
201. American Music History. A historical survey of American music emphasizing stylistic
developments and illustrative musical examples from colonial times to the present. Includes
American musical theater, jazz, folk and popular styles. Writing process. 3 credits.
112 Music 2003-2004 Catalog
215. Music Theory III. A study of chromatic tonal harmony, including secondary dom-
inants, augmented sixth chords, tertian extensions, altered chords and advanced modulation.
Music core course. Prerequisite: MSC 116 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
216. Music Theory IV. A study of 20th-century compositional techniques, including
modal and whole-tone materials, quartal harmony, polychords, atonality, serialism and
various rhythmic and metric procedures. Prerequisite: MSC 215 or permission of the
instructor. 2 credits.
217. Aural Theory III. A continuation of MSC 118, emphasizing chromatic materials and
more complex modulations, chord types, rhythms and meters. Music core course.
Prerequisite: MSC 118 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
218. Jazz Theory. A study of jazz theory, including notation, extended chords, improvision
and practice. Prerequisites: MSC 115, 116, and 215. 2 credits.
233. Diction. An introduction to the pronunciation of singer's English, German, French,
Italian and Latin, utilizing the International Phonetic Alphabet. Required of voice concentra-
tion majors, the course is open to other students with permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
241. History and Literature of Music I. A survey course in the history of Western music (in
the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments
and illustrative musical examples, from early music through the Baroque era. Music core
course. 3 credits.
242. History and Literature of Music II. A survey course in the history of Western music
(in the context of world musics of various cultures), with emphasis on stylistic developments
and illustrative musical examples, from the classical period to the present. Music core
course. 3 credits.
246. Principles of Conducting. Principles of conducting and baton technique. Students
conduct ensembles derived from class personnel. Music core course. 2 credits.
306. Piano Literature. A survey of the development of the piano and its literature with
emphasis on piano methods books and related materials. 2 credits.
375. Counterpoint. Introductory work in strict counterpoint through three- and four-part
work in all the species. 2 credits.
316. Keyboard Harmony. Score reading and the realization of figured bass at the key-
board, transposition and improvisation. The successful completion of a piano jury is
required for admission to the course. 2 credits.
326. Vocal Literature. A survey of solo vocal literature with emphasis on teaching
repertoire. Extensive listening is required. Students may have opportunities to perform the
works studied. 2 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 3
327. Vocal Pedagogy. This course prepares the advanced voice student to teach private
lessons at the secondary school level. Students are expected to develop vocal exercise
procedures, become familiar with suitable teaching repertoire and apply teaching pro-
cedures in a laboratory situation. Selected writings in vocal pedagogy and voice therapy
will be studied. 2 credits.
328. Form and Analysis I. A study through analysis and listening of simple and compound
forms, variations, contrapuntal forms, rondo and sonata forms. Emphasis is placed primarily
upon structural content. The course provides experience and skill in both aural and visual
analysis. Music core course. 2 credits.
329. Form and Analysis II. A study through analysis and listening of fugal forms, suite,
complex sonata forms and techniques for analysis of certain contemporary styles of music.
2 credits
345. Advanced Instrumental Conducting. Emphasis on practical work with instrumental
groups. Rehearsal techniques are applied through individual experience. Prerequisite:
MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
347. Advanced Choral Conducting. Emphasis is on advanced technique with and without
baton, score preparation, interpretation and pedagogy relating to choral organizations.
Prerequisite: MSC 246 or permission of the instructor. 2 credits.
351. Organ Literature. A historical survey of representative organ literature from earliest
times to the present day. 2 credits.
114 Music
2003-2004 Catalog
352. Organ Pedagogy. Designed with a practical focus, this course surveys various
methods of organ teaching. Laboratory teaching and selection of appropriate technical
materials for all levels are included. 2 credits.
401. Instrument Repair. A laboratory course in diagnosing and making minor repair of
band and orchestral instruments. 2 credits.
403. Instrumental Pedagogy. A survey of teaching materials that relate to the student's
performance area. Students may be expected to apply teaching procedures in a laboratory
situation. 2 credits.
405. Instrumental Literature. A survey of literature (solo and chamber) that relate to the
student's performance area. 2 credits.
406. Piano Pedagogy. A practical course that explores fundamental principles necessary
to be an effective piano teacher. Subjects include practice techniques, memorization and
the selection of appropriate technical materials for both beginners and advanced students.
Laboratory teaching may be required of the student. 2 credits.
416. Orchestration. A study of instrumentation and the devices and techniques for scoring
transcriptions, arrangements and solos for orchestra and band, with special emphasis on
practical scoring for mixed ensembles as they occur in public schools. Laboratory analysis
and performance. Scoring of original works. 2 credits.
422. Church Music Methods and Administration. A course that acquaints students with
the church music program. Includes the development of a choir program, methods and
techniques of rehearsal, budget preparation, and committee and pastoral relationships. 3
credits.
510. Class Piano Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal piano skills.
Preparation for department piano proficiency requirements. 1 credit.
520. Class Voice Instruction. Designed for music majors with minimal vocal skills.
Preparation for department voice proficiency requirements. 1 credit.
530. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 1 credit.
540. Individual Instruction (Voice, Piano, Orchestral and Band Instruments). 2 credits.
600. Accompanying. Under the guidance of a piano instructor the piano concentration
student prepares accompaniments for recital performance. One credit per semester is given
for one solo recital or two half recitals. A maximum of two credits, usually distributed over
the last three years, may be earned. 1-2 credit(s).
Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 5
Music Ensembles
601. Marching Band. The principal band experience during the fall semester open to all
students by audition. Performs for home football games. Practical lab experience for
music education majors. One semester satisfies one unit of physical activity of the gener-
al education requirements. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
602. Symphonic Band. The principal band experience during the spring semester, open to
all students by audition. The Symphonic Band performs original literature and arrange-
ments of standard repertoire. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
603. Symphony Orchestra. Various symphonic literature is studied and performed. In the
second semester the orchestra accompanies soloists in a concerto-aria concert and on
occasion combines with choral organizations for the performance of a major work. Open
to all students by audition. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
604. Concert Choir.
Sec. 1. Open to all students by audition, the Concert Choir performs all types of
choral literature. In addition to local concerts, the Choir tours annually. Satisfies large
ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
604. College Choir.
Sec. 2. Open to all students by audition, the College Choir performs all types of
choral literature. Satisfies large ensemble requirement. 1 credit.
605. Chamber Choir. Open to all students by audition, the Chamber Choir performs
chamber vocal literature from madrigals to vocal jazz. 1/2 credit.
610. Woodwind Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Clarinet Choir. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 2. Flute Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
615. Brass Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Brass Quintet. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 2. Tuba Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
616. Percussion Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
620. String Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
625. Jazz Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Jazz Band. 1/2 credit.
630. Chamber Ensembles.
Sec. 1. Guitar Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
635. Handbell Choir. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 3. Woodwind Quintet. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 4. Saxophone Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 3. Low Brass Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
Sec. 4 Trumpet Ensemble. 1/2 credit
Sec. 2. Small Jazz Ensemble. 1/2 credit.
116 Music
2003-2004 Catalog
Music Business Program
The Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (B.A.) is a liberal-arts based music busi-
ness curriculum which builds on the strengths of current programs in business and music.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts: emphasis in music business (MBS)
Music Business (B.A.): MSC 099 (4 semesters); 115, 116, 117, 241 or 242, 510 (1 semes-
ter), 530 (8 semesters), a music ensemble (8 semesters); MRT 177, 371, 372; MBS 370,
400, 401; ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 285, 340, 371; and ECN 101.
Courses in Music Business (MBS):
370. Principles of Music Business. Explores issues related to trends in and the scope of
music business: music merchandising, music publishing (including copyrights, licensing,
contracts, distribution, and so forth); unions, promotion and other management issues.
Prerequisites: MRT 371 and 372 (taken in the sophomore year); BUS 340 and/or permission
of the instructor. 3 credits.
400. Internship. Prerequisites: Completion of all program requirements and permission of
the instructor. 3-12 credits.
401. Music Business Seminar. A senior, capstone experience. The focus will be on dis-
cussion, particularly of important issues raised by the internship experience. 1 credit.
Music Education Program
The Bachelor of Science in music education (B.S.), approved by the Pennsylvania
Department of Education and accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music,
is designed for the preparation of public school music teachers, kindergarten through
grade 12, instrumental and vocal. Piano and voice proficiencies for the music education
major prepare the candidate to meet the standards of the Pennsylvania Department of
Education and are administered by competency jury. Students participate in student teach-
ing in area elementary and secondary schools. In all field experiences, as well as the student
teaching semester, each student is responsible for transportation arrangements. During the
student teaching semester, the candidate is not required to register for recital attendance,
private lessons or an ensemble.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science in music education (MED)
Music Education (B.S.): Core courses plus: MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334, 335.
336, 441, 442; MSC 216, 316, 416; EDU 110; PSY 120 (recommended), 180; two college-
level mathematics courses and one American or English literature course; and a 3.00 cumu-
lative grade point average. Music education majors are permitted to register for only one
half-hour lesson in their principle performance medium during the student teaching
semester if they are preparing a recital. This is accomplished by petition.
Courses in Music Education (MED):
136. Survey of Music Education. A first-year field experience with a classroom component.
1 credit.
Lebanon Valley College Music 1 1 7
220. Music in the Elementary School. A course designed to aid elementary education
majors in developing music skills for the classroom, including the playing of instruments,
singing, notation, listening, movement, and creative applications. 3 credits. {Cross-listed
as Elementary Education 220. }
223. Brass Methods. A study of the brass family. Emphasis on pedagogical techniques.
Mixed brass ensemble experience. 2 credits.
227. Percussion Methods. A study of the percussion family. 1 credit.
280. Field Practicum in Music Education. Optional supervised field experiences in
appropriate settings. Required pass/fail. Prerequisites: EDU 110 and permission. 1-3
credit(s).
330. Woodwind Methods. A study of the woodwind family. 2 credits.
331. String Methods. A study of the string family. 2 credits.
333. Methods and Materials, General Music: Elementary. A comprehensive study of
general music teaching at the elementary school level, the philosophy of music education,
varied approaches for developing conceptual learning and music skills, creative applications,
and analysis of materials. 3 credits.
334. Choral Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, and approaches
appropriate for choral and general music classes in grades 6-12. Writing process. 3 credits.
335. Instrumental Literature and Methods. A study of literature, materials, philosophy,
and methods applicable to the teaching of instrumental ensembles (including marching
band) from elementary through high school levels. 3 credit.
336. Music Education Field Practicum. Students are placed in schools one hour per week
where they are involved in a teaching/learning environment. 1 credit.
441. Student Teaching: Instrumental. Music education majors spend a semester in the
music department of a school district under the supervision of cooperating teachers.
Prerequisites:
(1) a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.00 during the first six semesters
(effective for students entering the program in the fall of 2003).
(2) two college-level mathematics courses and one American or English literature
course.
(3) successful completion of piano and voice proficiency juries.
(4) completion of music core courses and MED 136, 223, 227, 330, 331, 333, 334,
335, 336; MSC 216, 316, including field experiences, 345 or 347 and EDU 110.
(5) approval of the music faculty. Students are responsible for transportation; the
College cannot ensure that student teaching placement can be in a local geographic
area. 8 or 4 credits.
442. Student Teaching: Vocal. Same as MED 441. 8 or 4 credits.
118 Music 2003-2004 Catalog
Music Recording Technology Program
The Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology (B.M.) is designed to
prepare students for today's rapidly developing interactive media and music recording
industries.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Music: emphasis in music recording technology. (MRT)
Music Recording Technology (B.M.): Core courses plus: MRT 177, 219, 277, 278, 370,
371, 372, 373, 374, 400 or 500, 473, 474; PHY 101, 102, 203, 212, 350; and MAS 102
(or MAS 161).
Courses in Music Recording Technology (MRT):
177. Survey of Music Recording Technology. An introductory course in the field. 1 credit.
219. Ear Training for Recording Engineers. Critical listening skills are developed
through class demonstration and ear-training exercises. Specific skills include hearing and
discriminating frequencies, levels, processing, phase, etc. while listening musically to var-
ious production styles. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 1 credit.
277. Recording Arts I. Fundamentals of the recording arts including basic audio signal
and acoustics theory, recording consoles, microphone design and technique, and signal
processing. Students work in on-campus studios to complete lab assignments and projects.
Prerequisite: PHY 102 or permission. 3 credits.
278. Recording Arts II. Multitrack studio production techniques are developed through
class discussion, demonstration, and project assignments. Theory and application of MIDI
technology and its integration into music production is emphasized. Students use the
studios for assignments and individual projects. Prerequisite: MRT 277. 3 credits.
370. Tonmeister Recording. Students use the art of recording live ensembles, focusing on
tonmeister recording techniques and philosophy. Prerequisite: MRT 278. 1 credit.
371. Music Industry I. Topics discussed include: how the music business operates, song-
writing and music publishing, copyright law, music licensing, record companies and record-
ing contracts. Writing intensive. 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
372. Music Industry II. Topics discussed include: music merchandising, retail, entrepre-
neurship, promotion, advertising and distribution; music for telecommunications and new-
media. Prerequisite: MRT 371 or permission of the instructor. Writing process. 3 credits.
373. Electronic Music. An in-depth look at the history, use and development of electronic
music. Emphasis in MIDI, sequencing, transcription, sound design, synthesis techniques,
sampling and studio production integration. Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of
instructor. 3 credits.
374. Digital Audio Technology. An in-depth examination of the principles and applications
of digital audio in today's recording and interactive media industries. Topics discussed
include: digital audio fundamentals, recording and reproduction systems theory, computer-
based recording and editing, and audio for CD-ROM; and other new media applications.
Prerequisite: MRT 278 or permission of instructor. 3 credits
400. Internship. Practical on-the-job experience provides students insight, exposure, and
experience in an area of interest within the music/interactive media industry. Prerequisites:
Lebanon Valley College Music 119
MRT 382 and permission of the program director. 3 credits. The internship can be taken
either in the last semester, in the summer between junior and senior years, or full-time in the
last semester for 12 credits. A full-time internship, if all other coursework is completed,
allows students to relocate for the term.
473. New Media Technology. The world of interactive media is explored. Students are
exposed to a variety of multimedia technologies such as digital video, digital imaging,
animation, 3-D modeling and authoring systems. Industry-standard software packages
such as Director, Premiere, Photoshop, HyperCard, etc. are used for demonstrations and
projects. Prerequisite: MRT 374 or permission of instructor. 3 credits.
474. Music Production Seminar. Advanced issues of music production are discussed and
practiced. These include musicality, client relations, engineering, budgets, etc. An indi-
vidual emphasis is provided to help the student focus on these technical, artistic, orga-
nizational and personal aspects. The course centers around completion of a major project.
Prerequisite: MRT 374 or permission of instructor. 2 credits.
Faculty
Johannes M. Dietrich, associate professor of music.
D.M.A., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music.
Dietrich teaches violin, viola, the string methods course, principles of conducting, and
advanced instrumental conducting. He directs the Lebanon Valley College Symphony
Orchestra, coaches chamber ensembles and performs solo recitals.
Scott H. Eggert, professor of music.
DMA., University of Kansas.
Eggert teaches music theory, aural theory, counterpoint, orchestration, and composition.
He is active as a composer and has premiered major works on and off campus.
Robert H. Hearson, professor of music.
Ed.D., University of Illinois.
A low brass specialist, Hearson directs the bands, teaches courses in instrumental music
education and brass pedagogy, and supervises music student teaching activities. He is
founder/director of the LVC Summer Music Camp and host conductor/coordinator of the
LVC Honors Band. He maintains a special interest in brass ensemble music, and is active
as a performer, clinician, adjudicator and guest conductor.
Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music.
MM., New York University.
Hill is the director of the music recording technology program. A member of the National
Academy of Recording Arts and Sciences, he has a significant background of experience
including record production, interactive media, MIDI/electronic music, live reinforcement
and studio/system design. He teaches music technology courses, supervises development
of the on-campus studios and administers the internship program.
Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music.
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Coordinator of music education, she teaches music education methods courses, arranges and
supervises music student teaching, and he advises the campus MENC student chapter.
120 Music 2003-2004 Catalog
Rebecca C. Lister, assistant professor of music.
D.M., Florida State University.
Director of vocal studies, Lister teaches applied voice, vocal literature, pedagogy, and diction.
Mark L. Mecham, professor of music.
DMA., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
His doctorate is in choral music, and he has experience in choral conducting, music educa-
tion, and voice. Conductor of the LVC Conceit Choir and Chamber Choir, Mecham also
serves as adjudicator, clinician and consultant.
Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, associate professor of music.
DMA., University of Iowa.
Moorman-Stahlman teaches private organ and piano lessons, organ literature, organ peda-
gogy, and sacred music courses, and coordinates class piano instruction. She directs the
handbell choir, performs frequently in solo organ recitals and advises the Sigma Alpha lota
chapter.
Renee Lapp Norris, assistant professor of music.
Ph.D., University of Maryland.
A musicologist by training, Norris teaches the music history sequence, American music his-
tory, topics courses, and form and analysis.
Victoria Rose, instructor in music.
MM. Tow son State University.
Teaching applied and class voice, Rose is an active recitalist and oratorio soloist in Central
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, and Baltimore. In 2003-2004, she will direct the College Choir.
Jeffrey R. Savage, assistant professor of music.
DMA., The halliard School.
Savage teaches applied piano, class piano, and music theory courses.
Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music.
M.S., Kutztown University.
Snyder is assistant director of the music recording technology program. He has designed
curricula and presented seminars in audio recording and MIDI for several artists, public
schools, colleges, universities and technical schools. He has produced, engineered and
been a session player on 20th century and commercial jingles, songs and recordings.
Thomas M. Strohman, associate professor of music. Acting chairperson.
MM., Tow son State University.
He is responsible for woodwind studies, jazz studies and directs the jazz ensembles. A found-
ing member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream,'* he has recorded for Columbia Artists.
Dennis W. Sweigart, professor of music.
DMA., University of Iowa.
Sweigart teaches applied piano and courses in keyboard harmony, form and analysis and
piano pedagogy. He regularly performs as a soloist and as an accompanist.
Susan Szydlowski, director of special music programs.
B.A., Colby College.
She has pursued graduate studies at Temple University.
Lebanon Valley College Music 121
Michelle L. Barraclough, adjunct instructor in music.
MM., The Catholic University of America.
Teacher of applied flute, Barraclough also directs the Flute Ensemble, and teaches flute
literature and pedagogy.
Joseph G. Bashore, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.F.A., University of Iowa.
An accomplished recitalist and accompanist, Bashore teaches class and applied piano.
Beverly K. Butts, adjunct assistant professor of music.
MM., Michigan State University.
A well-known soloist, orchestral musician, and teacher in the region, Butts teaches applied
clarinet, clarinet literature, and pedagogy courses.
Marie-Aline Cadieux, adjunct instructor in music.
DMA., Ohio State University.
Visiting artist and active recitalist, Cadieux teaches applied cello.
John E. Copenhaver, adjunct instructor in music.
MM., West Chester University.
Music educator and performer, Copenhaver teaches applied trumpet.
James A. Erdman II, adjunct instructor in music.
Retired solo trombonist, "The Presidents Own" United States Marine Band, Washington,
D.C. He teaches low brass instruments and is founder and director of the LVC Low Brass
Ensemble. He performs on the trombone and appears nationally as a soloist and clinician.
Timothy M. Erdman, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., Temple University .
Formerly trumpet soloist, "The President's Own" United States Marine Band,
Washington, D.C; Erdman has been principal trumpet with the Harrisburg and Reading
Symphonies. Instructor of applied trumpet, he is a member of "Basic' ly Brass," a pro-
fessional brass quintet.
Suzanne D. Fox, adjunct assistant professor of music.
MM., University of Miami.
A well-known music educator and performer in the region, Fox teaches French horn.
Emily G. Frantz, adjunct instructor in music.
MM., Temple University.
A professional music therapist and performer, Frantz teaches applied oboe.
Linda W. Hummel, adjunct instructor in music.
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Music educator and vocal performer, Hummel teaches Introduction to Music, and in Fall
2003 will supervise student teachers.
Robin Lilarose, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., Elizabethtown College.
An active performer in regional orchestras and chamber ensembles, Lilarose teaches
applied flute.
122 Music 2003-2004 Catalog
James E. Miller, adjunct instructor in music.
A member of the jazz ensemble "Third Stream," his teaching specialty is string bass and
electric bass. He has played with several regional symphonies in the area.
Joseph D. Mixon, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., Combs College of Music.
He is a professional guitarist in the tri-state area and teaches private lessons, class guitar,
guitar ensemble and jazz theory.
Robert A. Nowak, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.M., University of Miami.
He teaches percussion and directs the Percussion Ensemble.
Andrew Roberts, adjunct instructor in music.
B.M., Berklee College of Music.
A well-known composer, arranger, keyboardist, and music director in the region, Roberts
teaches jazz studies.
Karen Hsiao Savage, adjunct instructor in music
M.M., The Juilliard School.
Primarily a chamber music artist and accompanist, Savage teaches Fundamentals of
Music, applied and class piano.
David Still, adjunct instructor in music.
B.S., The Pennsylvania State University
He is an environmental acoustics engineer specializing in structural acoustics, roadway
projects, etc. Still has a long track record as recording engineer, studio and facility
designer, and producer, including Grammy-winning projects for Muddy Waters. He often
teaches the musical acousitics and audio electronics classes for the music recording
technology program.
Julia P. Wagner, adjunct assistant professor of music.
M.A., Ithaca College.
A professional bassoonist, Wagner plays with several regional symphonies.
Patricia Lutz Walter, adjunct instructor in music.
M.M., West Chester University.
Walter teaches Music for the Elementary Teacher, and in Fall 2003, will teach the
Elementary General Music course.
Michael Wojdylak, adjunct assistant professor of music.
D.D.S., University of Maryland.
Wojdylak directs the college choir and teaches private voice lessons.
Shelly Yakus, adjunct instructor in music.
A 1998 inductee into the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame, Yakus is a renown recording engi-
neer for numerous hit albums (Alice Cooper, Blue Oyster Cult. Joe Cocker. Judy Collins.
Chick Corea, John Lennon, Madonna, Stevie Nicks, Tom Petty, U2, and so forth). He team
teaches the music production course in the music recording technology program.
Lebanon Valley College Music 123
PHYSICAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
Although the College does not offer a major in physical education, two units of phys-
ical education are required for graduation. The program encourages attitudes and habits of
good health, while developing physical capacities and skills that will enrich life.
Courses in Physical Education (PED):
102. Aerobic Exercises. A combination of exercise and dance steps in rhythmic move-
ments. The course promotes the value of a total fitness program, including diet and weight
control and heart rate monitoring.
113. Bowling. Instruction in the techniques, etiquette, history and method of scoring.
About eight weeks will be spent in league play.
122. Fitness. Examination of varied programs for fitness, with emphasis on diet and
weight control, cardiovascular efficiency, strength improvement and flexibility training.
123. Weight Training. This course is designed to educate the students to the proper tech-
niques of weight training and different programs for both now and the future.
725. Golf. Instruction in the techniques, tactics, rules and etiquette of golf.
135. Racquetball. Instruction in the tactics, techniques and different forms of competition
used in racquetball.
137. Taekwondo. Introduction to basic stances, blocks, strikes, and kicks with applications
to self defense.
146. Tennis. Instruction in the techniques, rules and tactics, with extensive practice in
singles and doubles.
160. Swimming. Beginning, intermediate and advanced instruction.
162. Water Exercise. Includes water- walking, water running and other aerobic water
exercises for swimmers and non-swimmers. Utilizes water as resistance to improve
strength and cardiovascular endurance.
168. Life Guarding. The primary purpose of the American Red Cross Lifeguarding pro-
gram is to provide lifeguard candidates and lifeguards with the skills and knowledge nec-
essary to keep the patrons of aquatic facilities safe in and around the water. After suc-
cessfully completing the requirements of the course, students will be certified in:
Lifeguarding (3 year certification)
First Aid (3 year certification)
CPR for the Professional Rescuer (1 year certification)
169. Water Safety Instructor. This course is designed to provide students with the skills,
knowledge and experience needed to become certified to teach the following Red Cross
Swimming and Water Safety courses:
Infant and Preschool Aquatics Program (IPAP)
Levels 1 through 7 Learn to Swim Progression
Basic Water Safety
Emergency Water Safety
Water Safety Instructor Aide
124 Physical Education 2003-2004 Catalog
*F
rv
180. Team Sports. Softball, volleyball and basketball, four to five weeks of each, empha-
sizing team concepts.
185. Aerobic Kickboxing. An aerobic class designed to teach the basics for safe and bio-
mechanically corrrect kickboxing.
190. Varsity Sports. Participation in an intercollegiate varsity sport or cheerleading.
Students shall complete successfully two units of physical education selected from a list of
approved activities. Students shall not satisfy the physical education requirement by taking the
same activity unit twice. Students shall have a maximum of one physical education unit waived
for successful completion of any of the following: one season of a varsity sport, one semester
of marching band or one semester of military science (Army ROTC Cadets only). Students
must sign up for the varsity sport course during the semester of their sport or activity.
Faculty
Allan G. MacCormack, program director.
M.S., Ithaca College.
He is the coach of the ice hockey team and the director of the physical education program.
O. Kent Reed, associate professor of physical education.
MA. in Ed., Eastern Kentucky University.
He instructs the fitness classes and utilizes body fat percentages, pulse rate and recovery.
strength testing devices and workout charts. He also instructs bowling, racquetball and
skiing and team activities such as softball and volleyball. Responsibilities in the athletic
program are track and field (indoor and outdoor) and cross country.
Lebanon Valley College
Physical Education 125
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICAL THERAPY
Health Science Program
This curriculum shall only be completed by students enrolled in the six year Doctor of
Physical Therapy (DPT) program. At the end of four years of study, students enrolled in the
DPT program will receive a Bachelor of Science in Health Science. In order to proceed into
the professional phase of the DPT program students must maintain: 1) a minimum cumula-
tive 3.00 GPA in all coursework; 2) a minimum cumulative science GPA of 2.50 (the
required biology, chemistry, physics, and PHT 312 courses), and 3) no individual science
grade lower than a C (courses may be repeated to meet this requirement). Departmental stu-
dents not meeting these requirements may complete their senior (4th) year requirements and
graduate with the Health Science major but may not continue into the professional (gradu-
ate) phase.
Required pre-professional course work includes completion of the general education pro-
gram and major requirements including nine credit hours in a cognate discipline of student
interest.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in health science.
Major: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 221, 222; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; PHY 103, 104; MAS
170 or 270, or PSY 130; PSY 111 or 112; SOC 110 or 120; PHT 300, 310, 312, 412, 416,
418 (65 total credits).
N.B. PHT 312, a 7 credit summer course, is optional for students not continuing in the pro-
fessional phase. In lieu of PHT 312, students may select 2 courses from the following list:
BIO 212, 304, 305, 306; PSY 120, 235, 265, 346, 378, or SOC 324.
No minor is offered in health science.
Courses in Health Science (PHT):
202. Comparative Health Care Professions and Systems. An independent study course to
be completed while enrolled in the Study Abroad Program. Students compare the health care
system in the visited country with the complex system present in the United States of
America. Writing process. 3 credits.
300. Health Care Professions and Systems. Provides a comprehensive overview of a rep-
resentative primary health care professional discipline and introduces students to health care
organizations and systems. 3 credits.
310. Medical Terminology. Examines terminology used by health care providers in clinical
health care delivery. Explores medical word structure, terminology applicable to all body
systems, and medical abbreviations. 1 credit.
312. Human Anatomy. Explores human neuromusculoskeletal, cardiovascular, pulmonary,
and integumentary systems. Laboratory exercises include cadaveric dissection. 7 credits.
126 Physical Therapy 2003-2004 Catalog
402. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice I. Introduces professional-phase
students to key professional, ethical, and practice issues. 1 credit.
404. Professional Issues of Physical Therapy Practice II. A study of communication
methods with the patient/client, their families, and other members of the health care team.
Continued study of ethical and legal issues encountered in the health care environment. 2
credits.
410. Learning and Teaching Theory and Practice. Introduction to the theories of teaching
and learning to develop the skills to become effective educators in clinical practice. 2 credits.
412. Psychosocial Aspects of Disease and Disability. A survey course of the psychosocial
implications of illness and disability. Specific attention is given to cultural differences,
adjustment models, family stress from caregiving, family violence, and normal grieving
processes. 3 credits.
414. Pathophysiology /Histology. Examines basic human pathology and medical principles,
including, but not limited to, inflammation, infection, systemic conditions, pain man-
agement, genetics, and clinical laboratory tests. The laboratory portion will include
introductory histology. 4 credits.
416. Kinesiology and Biomechanics. Examines tissue and joint structure and function, and
the mechanical principles involved in human motion. The laboratory portion will introduce
students to the basics of postural and gait assessment. 4 credits.
418. Exercise Science. Examines skeletal muscle structure and function and cardiovascular,
respiratory, and neuromusculoskeletal physiology related to physical activity and exercise in
general and special patient/client populations. Current methods of nutritional and physical
assessment will be evaluated. 4 credits.
420. Neuroscience. Examines the anatomy and physiology of the nervous system and intro-
duces students to concepts of neural dysfunction. Laboratory sessions will concentrate on
neuroanatomy using wet brain dissection and atlas images. 2 credits.
430. Musculoskeletal I. First of a two course sequence providing an in depth study of the
evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of musculoskeletal
pathology and/or injury. This first component of the two course sequence will emphasize the
upper and lower limbs, with an introductory component to the spine. 4 credits.
432. Clinical Examination. An introduction to the tests and measurements used by physical
therapists in the clinical and research settings. Laboratory sessions will provide the student
with an opportunity to integrate concepts and apply the therapeutic interventions discussed
in lecture. 4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Physical Therapy 127
434. Clinical Interventions I. First of a two course sequence designed to instruct students
in the use of therapeutic modalities to affect change in human tissues. Laboratory exercises
include applying modalities, gait training with various devices, and an introduction to
wheelchair management. 3 credits.
450. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry Physical Therapy I. Provides a critical appreciation
of basic science, clinical, and grounded theory research to the evolution of physical therapy
as an evidence based clinical health professional discipline. 2 credits.
460. Clinical Education and Practice I. A part time clinical placement begins the clinical
education and practice sequence of courses. Students participate in guided observation and
reflection on communication and interactions between the therapist, patient/client and
family, and the healthcare team. 1 credit.
Faculty
Stan M, Dacko, associate professor of physical therapy.
Ph.D., Hahnemann University.
Marcia Epler, associate professor of physical therapy.
Ph.D., Temple University.
Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education.
M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical education
course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders.
Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. Chairperson.
Ph.D. University of Iowa.
He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research interests
include outcome modeling using activity based methodology and patient satisfaction.
Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, pharmacology, and pathophysiology. Her
research interests include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors
such as sodium appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance.
Penelope L. Samuelsan, assistant professor of physical therapy.
M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
Ted Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy.
M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
He teaches health care professions and management and medical terminology. His interests
include wound care, aquatic therapy, orthopedics and sports medicine, and healthcare
administration.
128 Physical Therapy 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Physics Program
Physics, the most fundamental science of the physical world, combines the excitement
of experimental discovery and the beauty of mathematics. The program in physics at
Lebanon Valley College is designed to develop an understanding of the fundamental laws
dealing with motion, force, energy, heat, light, electricity and magnetism, atomic and
nuclear structure, and the properties of matter.
Students major in physics as a preparation for professional careers in industry as
physicists and engineers, and education as high school and college teachers. Other pos-
sibilities include technical writing, sales and marketing. Physics students can continue
their professional training by going to graduate school in physics and engineering, or to
other professional schools offering degrees in such fields as health physics and business.
The facilities of the Physics Department are located on the third and fourth floor of the
Garber Science Center. In addition to the introductory physics laboratory, the department
maintains an atomic force microscopy laboratory, optics laboratory, atomic physics lab-
oratory, electronics laboratory and nuclear physics laboratory. Students majoring in
physics also have the opportunity to use equipment (e.g., electron microscope and nuclear
magnetic resonance spectrometer) maintained by other science departments.
Students majoring in physics take advantage of close contact with faculty, work as paid
laboratory assistants, pursue independent study or research/internships, and participate in
the local chapter of the Society of Physics Students. Summer research opportunities,
supported by college funds or external grants, are available for physics students.
Students majoring in physics also have a unique opportunity for study abroad. A stu-
dent can spend a semester as a physics student at Anglia Polytechnic University in
England. This opportunity combines a continuing education in physics with the richness
of an international experience.
The Physics Department also directs the 3+2 Engineering program. For details see
Cooperative Programs, page 23.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in physics.
Major: PHY 111, 112, (or 101, 102 or 103, 104 with permission), 211, 311, 312, 321,322,
327, 328 and four additional semester hours above 211; MAS 161, 162, 261 and 266 or
MAS 111, 112, 261 and 266. (43-47 credits)
Minor: PHY 1 1 1, 1 12 (or 101, 102 or 103, 104), 211, plus six credits in physics above 21 1;
MAS 111 or 161. (21-23 credits)
Secondary Teacher Certification: Along with the major requirements, students seeking
secondary certification in physics must take additional courses in eduation and the sciences.
Contact the department for the courses required.
Courses in Physics (PHY):
100. Physics and Its Impact. A course that acquaints the student with some of the important
concepts of physics, both classical and modern, and with the scientific method, its nature and
its limitations. The role of physics in the history of thought and its relationships to other
disciplines and to society and government are considered. The weekly two-hour laboratory
period provides experience in the acquisition, representation and, analysis of experimental
data and demonstration of the physical phenomena with which the course deals. 4 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Physics 129
101, 102. Fundamentals of Physics I, II. An introduction to the fundamental concepts
and laws of the various branches of physics including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure with laboratory work in each area.
Emphasis and applications appropriate for music recording technology majors. 4 credits
per semester.
103, 104. General College Physics 1,11. An introduction to the fundamental concepts and
laws of the various branches of physics, including mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics, and atomic and nuclear structure, with laboratory work in each area. 4
credits per semester.
Ill, 112. Principles of Physics I, II. An introductory course in classical physics, designed
for students who desire a rigorous mathematical approach to college physics. Calculus is
used throughout. The first semester is devoted to mechanics and heat, and the second
semester to electricity, magnetism, and optics, with laboratory work in each area.
Prerequisite or corequisite: MAS 111 or 161. 4 credits per semester.
120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive
review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical
systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars, and galaxies. Laboratory work
required. 4 credits. {Cross-listed as Earth and Space Science 120.}
203. Musical Acoustics. The study of wave motion, analysis and synthesis of waves and
signals, physical characteristics of musical sounds, musical instruments, the acoustical
properties of rooms and studio design principles. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112 or
permission. 3 credits.
211. Atomic and Nuclear Physics. An introduction to modern physics, including special
relativity, the foundation of atomic physics, quantum theory of radiation, the atomic
nucleus, radioactivity and nuclear reactions, with laboratory work in each area.
Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112, MAS 111 or 161 or permission. 4 credits.
272. Introduction to Electronics. The physics of electrons and electronic devices, including
diodes, transistors, power supplies, amplifiers, oscillators, switching circuits, and integrated
circuits, with laboratory work in each area. Prerequisite: PHY 102, 104 or 112, or permission
4 credits.
267. Introduction to Computational Physics. An introduction to the approximate numer-
ical solution of physical problems with computers. The course focuses on problems from
mechanics, electromagnetics, and quantum mechanics that are not analytically solvable.
Topics include realistic projectile motion, planetary motion, and electromagnetic fields
produced by charge and current distributions. Prerequisites: PHY 102, 104, or 112 and
MAS 111 or 161. 3 credits.
302. Optics. A study of the physics of light, with emphasis on the mathematics of wave
motion and the interference, diffraction and polarization of electromagnetic waves. The
course also includes geometric optics with applications to thick lens, lens systems and
fiber optics. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits.
130 Physics 2003-2004 Catalog
304. Thermodynamics. A study of the physics of heat, with emphasis on the first and
second laws of thermodynamics. Applications of thermodynamics to physics and engi-
neering are included. Elements of kinetic theory and statistical physics are developed.
Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 112. 3 credits.
311, 312. Analytical Mechanics I, II. A rigorous study of classical mechanics, including
the motion of a single particle, the motion of a system of particles and the motion of a rigid
body. Damped and forced harmonic motion, the central force problem, the Euler description
of rigid body motion and the Lagrange generalization of Newtonian mechanics are among
the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 111 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester.
321, 322. Electricity and Magnetism I, II. Theory of the basic phenomena of electromag-
netism together with the application of fundamental principles of the solving of problems.
The electric and magnetic properties of matter, direct current circuits, alternating current cir-
cuits, the Maxwell field equations and the propagation of electromagnetic waves are among
the topics treated. Prerequisites: PHY 112 and MAS 266. 3 credits per semester.
327, 328. Experimental Physics I, II. Experimental work selected from the areas of
mechanics, AC and DC electrical measurements, optics, atomic physics, and nuclear
physics, with emphasis on experimental design, measuring techniques and analysis of
data. Prerequisite: PHY 211. PHY 328 is writing process. 1 and 2 credits per semester.
350. Audio Electronics. A study of electronics as used in the audio and telecommunications
industries. Various principles of signals including frequency, bandwidth, modulation and
transmission are discussed. Studio maintenance and repair techniques are emphasized.
Laboratory work included. Prerequisite: PHY 212. 3 credits.
360. The Teaching of Physics in Secondary Schools. A course designed to acquaint the
student with some of the special methods, programs and problems in the teaching of
physics in secondary schools. Required for secondary certification in physics. 1 credit.
421, 422. Quantum Mechanics I, II. A study of selected topics in modern physics, utilizing
the methods of quantum mechanics. The Schrodinger equation is solved for such systems as
potential barriers, potential wells, the linear oscillator and the hydrogen atom. Perturbation
techniques and the operator formalism of quantum mechanics are introduced where
appropriate. Prerequisites: PHY 211 and MAS 266, or permission. 3 credits per semester.
428. Advanced Instrumentation. Theory of operation of the atomic force microscope, the
scanning electron microscope and nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer. Through
laboratory exercises and experimental work, students will learn the proper use and
application of these instruments. Prerequisites: PHY 327 or permission (advanced students
in the sciences or technical fields are encouraged to consider this course). 1 to 3 credits.
Faculty
Michael A. Day, professor of physics.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
He has two doctorates: one in physics, one in philosophy. His publications are in theoretical
physics (specializing in anharmonic solids), the philosophy of science and the teaching of
physics. Day also worked for Shell Oil as a geophysicist. He recently spent one year
teaching in China. In 1999, he received the Vickroy Award for distinguished teaching.
Lebanon Valley College Physics 131
Thomas G. Hollingsworth, adjunct instructor in physics.
M.S., Gonzaga University.
He is a retired USAF Command Pilot with extensive experience in aviation. He manages
a variety of the departmental outreach programs and is a member of the Hershey School
Board. His interests include secondary education, introductory college physics and atomic
force microscopy.
Barry L. Hurst, associate professor of physics. Chairperson
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His background in sputtering involves investigating the material ejected from ion bombarded
surfaces using the technique of secondary ion mass spectrometry. Other interests
include electronics and experimental design. Recently, Hurst was awarded an NSF grant in
atomic force microscopy.
Scott N. Walck, assistant professor of physics.
Ph.D., Lehigh University; postdoctoral research, University of Rochester and Naval
Research Laboratory.
He enjoys mathematical physics and quantum mechanics. Walck studies quantum infor-
mation theory, particularly the theory of quantum entanglement, and collaborates with stu-
dents in this research. The aesthetic appeal in mathematical descriptions of physical real-
ity drives his interest in physics.
Earth and Space Science Program
Two courses in earth and space science are offered to acquaint students with the physical
aspects of the world in which they live and to introduce them to earth and space science as
a discipline. These courses are recommended for all students who wish to broaden their
understanding of the world.
Courses in Earth and Science (ESS):
110. Principles of Geology. An introduction to the dynamic Earth and the interrelations of
both the internal and external processes which shape it. This course offers an overview of
the history and evolution of Earth in the context of plate tectonics. It explores the nature of
volcanoes, earthquakes, mountain building processes, weathering, erosion, and the various
origins and compositions of Earth materials. Opportunities for hands-on inquiry are pro-
vided for the student in both the laboratory and in the field. 4 credits.
120. Principles of Astronomy. An introduction to the forces that shape the solar system
and the universe as well as the tools used to observe them. It presents a comprehensive
review of the modern scientific view of the physical universe. Topics include the history
of astronomy, astronomical technology, and the structure and evolution of astrophysical
systems including the solar system, Sun, other stars and galaxies. Laboratory work
required. 4 credits. {Cross-listed as Physics 120.}
132 Physics 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
The Psychology Department at Lebanon Valley College seeks to foster the develop-
ment of a thoughtful, flexible, and scientific approach toward human behavior, guided by
critical analyses of empirical research. Our curriculum is a student-oriented, liberal arts
program that prepares students, following graduation, for applied entry positions in the
work force, or for graduate studies in a range of areas such as psychology, neuroscience,
social work, medicine, business, education, and law. The program allows our students to
arrive at a thorough understanding of processes underlying behavior, with a broader goal
of applying this knowledge to one's own life and society in general. This goal is consis-
tent with the mission of the College, which is to enable "students to become people of
broad vision, capable of making informed decisions and prepared for a life of service to
others."
The Department offers students the benefits of a strong classroom-based traditional
background in a variety of behavioral sub-disciplines, along with providing opportunities
to become involved in the field of psychology in an applied manner. Many psychology
majors gain practical knowledge through (a) participation in independent and collabora-
tive research projects under the guidance and supervision of individual faculty members,
as well as (b) our extensive internship program, which allows students to receive college
credit for work experience relevant to their particular interests within the field of psy-
chology. Overall, the Department of Psychology at Lebanon Valley College offers the
'best of both worlds': experiences and facilities usually associated only with larger uni-
versities, along with individualized instruction and advisement characteristic of small lib-
eral arts institutions.
Psychology Program
The Psychology program requires all majors to complete a minimum of 42 credits of
psychology coursework. All majors initially complete several "Foundation" courses,
which include introductions to a vast array of subfields within Psychology, as well as lab-
oratory-based exposure to the nature of research design and analysis. Students then com-
plete courses within each of 5 critical psychological "Subdisciplines" (human develop-
ment, psychopathology, biopsychology, cognition, and social processes), which include
additional, advanced, lab-based research. Finally, all majors complete an integrative
"Capstone Experience," which includes coursework surveying the history of psychology,
as well as the completion of an individualized internship or research project.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Science with a major in psychology.
Major: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, 199, and 443; one course from 400, 410, or 420: 6 cred-
its at the 200-level or higher. Students must also complete one 300-level 2-course lab
sequence from one of the following 5 core areas, plus one 3-credit course from each of
the remaining 4 core areas: biopsychology: 378/379, 280, 285; cognition: 363/364. 250.
260; human development: 324/325, 230, 235; social processes: 346/347, 240. 245. 247:
psychopathology: 332/333, 265, 268.
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 133
Minor: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; 6 credits at the 200-level or higher; 3 credits at the
300-level.
Courses in Psychology (PSY):
105. Career Counseling. The course surveys assessment of skills and competencies,
occupational research, decision-making, and job search strategies. Students are encour-
aged to apply the theories of career counseling to their own vocational decisions and
goals. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 3 credits.
111. General Psychology I. This survey course examines the relationship between
research and theory in the field of psychology. A brief review of the history of psycholo-
gy allows students to understand the evolution of the discipline. The remainder of the
course provides an overview of the basic research areas of psychology, including physio-
logical psychology, sensation and perception, learning and memory, language and cogni-
tion, and human development. 3 credits.
112. General Psychology II. This survey course examines the relationship between
research and theory in the field of psychology, with emphasis on the field of applied psy-
chology. Individual and societal influences on physical and psychological health will be
examined. Topics will include psychological testing, personality theory, intelligence,
motivation and emotion, social behavior, and psychological disorders and treatment. 3
credits.
120. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. An introduction to psychology as a sci-
ence, emphasizing laboratory research. Students complete literature reviews, design and
134 Psychology
2003-2004 Catalog
conduct a psychological experiment, perform data analysis and interpretation, and review
scientific ethics. In addition, subdisciplines of psychology, and methodology specific to
each, are explored. Writing process. 4 credits.
130. Statistics & Data Analysis. This laboratory course explores the basic quantitative and
qualitative statistics and data-based analytical methods used by scientists to interpret and
understand behavior. Topics include the logic of the scientific method applied to data
analysis, descriptive statistics, the foundations and utility of inferential statistics, and the
statistical methodologies of simple and advanced hypothesis testing. Students will also
design, analyze, and present the results of their own original data-collection project. 4
credits. {Cross-listed as Politcal Science 142.}
180. Child Development & Education. A survey of major ideas in child development and
educational psychology, with an emphasis on classroom applications. Topics include
human development, intelligence, language, learning, memory, motivation, social and cul-
tural contexts of development, and assessments. 3 credits.
199. Sophomore Seminar. This course is designed to assist psychology majors in devel-
oping skills that will help them be more successful in future academic and work settings.
The subjects to be covered include current research in psychology and related fields, how
to improve writing skills, how to prepare for a career in psychology, how to apply to a
graduate program, how to study for the GRE, how to choose internship sites and similar
topics. This will be a pass/fail course for all students. 1 credit.
225. Evolutionary Psychology. This course is an approach to psychology in which
knowledge and principles from evolutionary biology are used to research the structure of
the human mind. Topics will include the adaptive problems of survival, mating, parenting,
kinship, cooperation, warfare, and conflict between the sexes. Prerequisites: PSY 111,
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
230. Psychology of Adolescent Development. A study of the psychological characteristics
and changes occurring during adolescence. Topics include psychological development,
social influences, cognitive and intellectual development, identity and self-concept, sexu-
al development, values, and transition to adulthood. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or
130. 3 credits.
235. Psychology of Adult Development and Aging. A study of research, literature, and
theories concerned with psychological change in the adult, from early adulthood to death.
Current research methods and findings are covered in the areas of physical, cognitive, per-
sonality, and social changes in the adult years. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120. or 130.
3 credits.
240. Organizational Psychology. Psychological principles applied to organizational
behavior. Topics include individual factors (personality, attitudes, perceptions), group
dynamics, personnel selection and training, communication, leadership, ergonomics and
organizational change. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120. or 130. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 135
245. Personality. A study of the major theories of personality, with emphasis on psycho-
analysis, humanistic psychology, behaviorism, social learning, and trait theory.
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. Writing process. 3 credits.
247. Psychological Perspectives on Gender. This course is designed to address a broad
spectrum of issues related to the psychology of gender. Of central importance is the exam-
ination of empirical findings related to gender differences and similarities in biological,
behavioral, cognitive, social, and emotional domains. The course will also involve a crit-
ical examination of the meaning of gender in the field of psychology and in the broader
society. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
248. Health Psychology/Behavioral Medicine. This course is designed as an introduction
to health psychology/behavioral medicine. It will consider the role of psychology in the
health field, including medical settings. It covers the relationship between psychological
factors and physical disease from predisposition through maintenance. The study of
behavioral medicine will include treatment of stress and stress-related disorders, preven-
tive health behaviors and factors related to adherence of treatment programs. It also
explores the psychological connections of pain and pain management, and how personal
control is related to both health and the disease process. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120,
or 130. 3 credits.
250. Sensory and Perceptual Processes. Surveys structures and functions of, and research
strategies to examine, the various sensory systems with particular emphasis on the visual
system. Physiological, psychological and philosophical aspects of perception are dis-
cussed. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
260. Learning and Memory. This course explores various processes involved in knowl-
edge acquisition, storage, and retrieval. Specific topics include associative learning mech-
anisms, the impact of reinforcement and punishment on behavior, generalization and dis-
crimination, memory encoding, long-term memory storage and retrieval, memory distor-
tions, and the sources of individual differences in learning and memory. Prerequisites:
PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
265. Abnormal Behavior and Experience. A study of mental, emotional and behavioral
problems, including alcohol and drug abuse, brain disorders, criminal and psychopathic
behavior, neuroses, psychophysiological reactions, psychoses, sexual deviations, subnor-
mal intelligence, and suicide. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
268. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. A study of the ways psychologists assist per-
sons and groups. Particular attention is given to assessment, individual and group thera-
py, marriage and family counseling, and community psychology. Prerequisites: PSY 111,
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
280. Introduction to Neuropsychology. This course serves as an introduction to the con-
tent areas and methodology of neuropsychology, the study of the relationships between
brain function and behavior. Topics include basic communication in the nervous system,
136 Psychology 2003-2004 Catalog
organization and function of sensory and motor systems, hemispheric specialization,
localization of function, brain injury and plasticity, and issues associated with neuropsy-
chological assessment. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
285. Introduction to Psychopharmacology. This course surveys the most commonly used
substances to treat mental disorders, such as antianxiety, antidepressant, antipsychotic,
mood-stabilizer, psychostimulant, and cognitive enhancer medications. The course also
discusses the brain and its most common neurotransmitters, how transmitting neurons
send and receive electrochemical information, the pharmokinetics (metabolism and elim-
ination) and pharmacodynamics (absorption, distribution, and effects) of each drug, as
well as the action sites, side effects, and mechanisms of each drug. Prerequisites: PSY 111,
112, 120, or 130. 3 credits.
290-298. Special Topics. 1-6 credits.
324. Psychology of Child Development. This course provides a broad foundation for
understanding child development through an integration of practical, theoretical, and
research orientations. Attention is given to both cultural and biological determinants of
social, cognitive, physical, and emotional development, focusing on individual differ-
ences as well as group similarities. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permis-
sion of the instructor. 3 credits.
325. Child Development Laboratory. The course will provide students with experience
planning (including IRB approval), observing, measuring, and analyzing child behavior
using the methods employed by developmental researchers. This is intended to supple-
ment the theory and research background they receive in PSY 324. Prerequisites: PSY
111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled
in PSY 324. 1 credit.
332. Psychological Testing and Assessment. An introduction to the principles of psycho-
logical measurement, methods of test design and construction, and applications and inter-
pretations of existing psychological tests. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or
permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
333. Psychological Testing and Assessment Laboratory. Students will be given the
opportunity to experience how psychological tests are designed and evaluated. Each student
will conduct a literature review on their selected topics, and then design, construct, distribute,
and evaluate the validity/reliability of a psychological test instrument consistent with a
research theme that will change every year. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112. 120. and 130:
students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 332. 1 credit.
346. Social Psychology. A study of the inter- and intra-personal relationships between
individuals and groups, with emphasis on theories and research studies. The topics cov-
ered may include attitude development and change, conformity, persuasion, person per-
ception, attribution, attraction, and group processes. Prerequisites: PSY 111. 112. 120 and
130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 137
347. Social Psychology Laboratory. This course is intended to provide students with
hands-on experience in the types of survey design, observational research, and lab-based
experimentation consistent with group behavior, interpersonal relationships, and the inter-
action between social issues and popular culture. The course culminates in the presenta-
tion of data from students' original research within social psychology. Prerequisites: PSY
111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled
in PSY 346. 1 credit.
363. Cognitive Science. This course explores the human mind by integrating philosophi-
cal, psychological, and biological perspectives on the nature of thought processes.
Specific topics discussed in this framework include attention, perception, consciousness,
memory, language, reasoning, intelligence, and thought-related dysfunctions.
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
364. Cognitive Science Laboratory. This is an advanced, hands-on seminar in cognitive
science, which will allow students to explore a preferred interest in human thinking via
laboratory research. Students will review the literature on their chosen topic, design an
experiment addressing this issue, and then collect and analyze the data from their experi-
ment. The course culminates with an oral and written presentation of their research.
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130; students must also have either completed or be
currently enrolled in PSY 363. 1 credit.
378. Physiological Psychology. A study of the biological basis (substrates) of behavioral
processes. The course focuses on the physiology of reflexes, sensation and perception,
learning and memory, sleep, ingestive behaviors, emotion and psychopathology.
Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120 and 130, or permission of the instructor. 3 credits.
{Cross-listed as Psychobiology 378.}
379. Physiological Psychology Laboratory. Students will be introduced to methods used
in the study of the nervous system and its influence on behavior. Lab work will include
collecting, analyzing, and reporting data from physiological studies, as well as sheep brain
dissection and stereotaxic neurosurgery. In addition, students must complete an APA style
proposal for an individual research project. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, and 130;
students must also have either completed or be currently enrolled in PSY 378. 1 credit.
400. Internship. This course focuses on practical and professional work experience relat-
ed to the student's work or research interests or graduate school plans. Internships are lim-
ited to off-campus sites only. Students should not take more than six credits per semester.
This will be a pass/fail course for all students. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and
at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher; overall GPA of at least 2.5; com-
pletion of departmental form; approval of internship site by student's adviser prior to reg-
istration. 1-12 credits.
410. Independent Laboratory Research. This advanced seminar allows students to
explore their own research-based interests in psychology via the completion of a laboratory
experiment on a psychological topic of their choosing. Students will review the literature
138 Psychology 2003-2004 Catalog
on their topic in an integrative manner, formulate a novel experiment that addresses some
aspect(s) of their chosen discipline, collect and analyze data for their experiment, and then
present their findings in the form of a conference-style oral presentation and a complete
APA-style research manuscript. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, at least 6 com-
pleted credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the course instructor prior to
the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research topics. 3 credits.
420. Independent Reading. This is an advanced seminar in psychological science, where
all students will research topics on the same specified theme, selected by the instructor
(this theme will be different with each offering of the course). Students will produce an
integrative literature review of their issue and develop some conclusions about their topic,
then present their insights in both oral and written forms. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112,
120, 130, at least 6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher, and a meeting with the
course instructor prior to the start of the semester to begin discussing possible research
topics. 2 credits.
443. History and Theory. A study of the history of psychology, including philosophical
precursors to psychology, early and modern schools of thought within psychology, impor-
tant trends, and famous psychologists. Prerequisites: PSY 111, 112, 120, 130, and at least
6 completed credits at the 200 level or higher. Writing process. 3 credits.
Faculty
Deanna L. Dodson, associate professor of psychology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Memphis.
Her teaching interests are in psychobiology and experimental psychology. Her current
research areas include hemispheric specialization and handedness, and developmental
patterns in lateralization.
Barry X. Friedman, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin.
His teaching interests include evolutionary psychology, social psychology, experimental
psychology, and general psychology. His research focuses on the evolved psychological
mechanisms that underlie romantic relationships, with a focus on cues to commitment. He
is also interested in the evolution and development of menopause, and the psychological
changes that accompany it.
Lee Ann Grisolano, visiting assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Iowa.
Her teaching interests are in neuropsychology, testing and assessment, and developmental
disorders. Her current research areas include: educational programming for children with
neurodevelopmental disabilities, factors associated with academic success, and risk factors
associated with chronic health conditions in children.
Kerrie D. Laguna, associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
Her teaching interests include child and lifespan developmental psychology, and educa-
tional psychology. Her research interests include cognitive aging, technology and older
adults, and worry and regret across the life span.
Lebanon Valley College Psychology 139
Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln.
His teaching interests are in clinical, community, experimental, and forensic psychology,
and psychopharmacology, and he also supervises internship students. His research inter-
ests involve anxiety disorders, cognitive behavioral therapy, and clinical applications of
biofeedback.
Louis Manza, associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
His teaching interests include cognitive processes, research design and analysis, the his-
tory of psychology, and paranormal phenomena. His research interests focus on the devel-
opment of pseudoscientific beliefs, as well as implicit learning and memory.
Martha T. Brod, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., Fordham University.
Her interests include counseling psychology and developmental and educational psychology.
David C. Evans, adjunct instructor in psychology.
M.Ed., Rutgers University.
His teaching interests are career counseling and planning, and he is Director of Career
Planning and Placement at LVC.
David E. Holden, adjunct instructor in psychology.
M.A., Kutztown University.
His teaching interests include introductory psychology, career counseling, and organiza-
tional psychology. He is also interested in counseling psychology, bio-behavioral health,
and performance enhancement. He is the Senior Program Developer at the Outreach
Office of Program Development at Penn State University.
Richard J. Tushup, adjunct assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
His teaching interests are in experimental, neuropsychology, and abnormal psychology.
He is a staff psychologist at a local Veterans Administration hospital.
140 Psychology 2003-2004 Catalog
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
Many majors in religion or philosophy go on to advanced study in graduate or profes-
sional schools and seminaries. Our graduates have pursued a wide variety of careers in edu-
cation, law, ministry and business. A major in religion or philosophy may be combined
with a major or minor in another subject.
Religion Program
The study of religion is designed to give students insight into the meaning of the religious
dimension of human experience. Course work in religion introduces students to the various
historical and contemporary expressions of the Judeo-Christian heritage as well as to the
diverse religious traditions of humankind.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in religion.
Major: REL 110, 140, 201 or 202, 3 1 1 , 3 1 2; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and four
additional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 200-level courses and one in
300-level courses (30 credits).
Minor: REL 110, 140, 201 or 202; one course from 252, 253, 254 or 260; and two addi-
tional courses in religion, of which at least one must be in 300-level courses. (18 credits).
Note: To be credited for majors or minors in religion, cross-listed courses must be desig-
nated as religion courses at registration.
Courses in Religion (REL):
110. Introduction to Religion. An exploration of the many dimensions of religion as a
central human experience: self and meaning, religious expression, religious knowledge,
religion in its cultural context, and religion and the natural order. 3 credits.
120. Religion in America. A study of the origin and development of religious expression
in America. 3 credits.
130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture;
and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-listed
as Philosophy 130.}
140. Encountering World Religions. This course examines the beliefs and practices of
some of the world's major religious traditions and significant religious movements,
focusing predominantly on non-Christian or non-European traditions. The course will
be oriented topically (ritual, theology, etc.), geographically (India, the Middle East,
etc.), or thematically (religion in the modern world, religious encounters in history, etc.)
3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 141
160. Religion and Ethics. A study of religion in its relation to moral values, both personal
and social, with emphasis on Christian ethics. 3 credits.
201. Biblical Literature I. A study of the Hebrew scriptures (known to Christians as the Old
Testament) and related literature, including their historical and social context. 3 credits.
202. Biblical Literature II. A study of the New Testament and related literature, including
its historical and social context. 3 credits.
251. Judaism. A survey of the development of Judaism and its contemporary teachings
and practices. 3 credits.
252 . Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo-
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 252.}
253. Buddhism. A study of the development of Buddhism, including its teaching, practice
and influence as one of the great missionary religions. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chinese
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign
studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 254.}
255. Islam. This course will introduce students to the historical origins and development
of Islam. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
260. The Sacred and Society. A study of debates concerning the sacred origins of society in
China, India and Western Europe. The course includes claims for divine sanctions for
societal structures as well as opposing views. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
265. Myth and Metamorphoses. A study of God in a variety of cultures, including India,
Egypt and Greece at periods when writers were adapting mythic traditions and formulating
less poetic, more literally minded views of the divine. The course also explores a variety of
theoretical approaches to myth. Foreign studies. 3 credits.
311. History of Christianity I. The story of Christianity from the apostolic age to the
Renaissance. Writing process. 3 credits.
312. History of Christianity II. The story of Christianity from the Protestant reformation
to the ecumenical era. Writing process. 3 credits.
313. The Search for Jesus. This course will examine ancient texts, contemporary
commentaries, historical reconstructions, and artistic and literary depictions in its search
for Jesus. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
142 Religion and Philosophy 2003-2004 Catalog
322. Sociology of Religion. The structures and functions of religious organizations and
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing
process. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Sociology 322.}
332. Religion in Literature. A study of religious and moral issues in contemporary fiction,
poetry and non-fiction. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
333. Religion and Film. This course will introduce students to the basic history of film and
film studies. Writing process. Disciplinary persepctive. 3 credits.
335. Religion, Homosexuality and Society. This course explores the history and con-
temporary implications of living with gay/lesbian identity, the battle for civil protections,
and the debate over the social consequences of sexual orientation research. Disciplinary
perspectives. 3 credits.
336. Contemporary Religious Thought. This course will trace the historical development of
contemporary religious thought in the West, beginning with the period of the Enlightenment
and extending into the present. 3 credits.
337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of
those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the
early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing process.
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 337.}
Lebanon Valley College
Religion and Philosophy 143
342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising
from modern science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary
perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Philosophy 342.}
352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the
early modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism.
Topics include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the
limits of reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Philosophy 352. }
353. Visual Art and Religious Experience. An exploration of the way in which the visual
arts have come to embody religious experience in Native American, Buddhist and
Abrahamic traditions. A series of comparative studies introduce students to socioreligious
content in art and diverse impulses to worship. Writing process. Disciplinary perspective.
3 credits. {Cross-listed as Art 353.}
Philosophy Program
The study of philosophy directly involves the student in the process of sharpening
critical and analytical abilities. Philosophy courses examine some of the greatest perennial
questions of values, knowledge, reality and their relation to human nature.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in philosophy.
Major: PHL 120, 160, 300; either 301, 335 or 336; and six additional courses in philosophy
(30 credits).
Minor: PHL 160, 300; either 301, 335 or 336; three additional courses in philosophy (18
credits).
Note: To be credited for majors or minors in philosophy, cross-listed courses must be
designated as philosophy courses at registration.
Courses in Philosophy (PHL):
110. Introduction to Philosophy. Examination of major philosophical issues and the ways
major philosophers have dealt with them. 3 credits.
120. Basic Logic. An introduction to the rules of clear and effective thinking. Attention
is given to the logic of meaning, the logic of valid inference and the logic of factual
inquiry. Main emphasis is upon deductive logic. Students are introduced to the elements
of symbolic logic as well as to traditional modes of analysis. 3 credits.
130. Philosophy of Religion. A study of the issues raised for philosophy by contemporary
religious thought. The course examines such topics as faith and reason; faith and culture;
and interpretations of revelation, symbolism and religious language. 3 credits. {Cross-list-
ed as Religion 130.}
144 Religion and Philosophy 2003-2004 Catalog
140. American Philosophy. A survey of philosophical thought in the United States from colo-
nial period to present, with emphasis on the work of Peirce, James and Dewey. 3 credits.
160. Ethics. An inquiry into the central problems of values applied to human conduct, with
an examination of the responses of major ethical theories to those problems. 3 credits.
215. Social Philosophy. An examination of some of the important philosophical issues,
including the ethical and valuational, to be found in the social institutions of politics, law,
government and religion. Writing process. 3 credits.
220. Political Philosophy. A survey of the different Western philosophies and theories of
government, ancient and modern, but especially since the 16th century. 3 credits. {Cross-
listed as Political Science 220. }
252. Indian Religions and Philosophies. An examination of the major religious/philo-
sophical traditions of India, orthodox and heterodox, as expressed in both literature and
practical effects in culture. Foreign studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 252.}
254. Chinese Religious and Philosophical Traditions. A study of the principal Chinese
religious/philosophical traditions, including Confucianism, Taoism, Mohism and Chinese
Buddhism. Key writings are examined together with their historical background. Foreign
studies. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 254.}
260. Business Ethics. An examination of ethics and values within the context of modern
corporate organizations. The course considers issues pertinent to corporate responsibility,
whistle-blowing, the profit motive, consumerism, bribery, conflict of interest and
cost/benefit analysis. Some attention is given to classical ethical theories; a considerable
portion of the course is devoted to case analysis. 3 credits.
300. History of Philosophy. The development of philosophical thought from the pre-
Socratics through the 19th century, with emphasis on philosophy as a discipline of systemat-
ic inquiry. Writing process. 3 credits.
301. Major Authors. Intensive studies of individual great philosophers or principal
schools. Prerequisite: PHL 300 or permission. Writing process. 3 credits.
336. Twentieth Century Philosophy. Examines representative American, British and
Continental philosophers from 1900 to present. Writing process. 3 credits.
337. Creation and Cosmos. A study of religious and scientific theories of the origins of
the cosmos from the Presocratics through contemporary cosmologists. The course examines
developments of scientific theories of the cosmos in ancient Greece, the adaptation of
those theories in the medieval church, the critique of ancient and medieval views in the
early modern period, and the development of new theories in recent times. Writing
process. Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 337.}
Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 145
342. Religion, Ethics, and Technology. An exploration of ethical and religious issues arising
from modern science and technology, using process philosophy as a basis. Disciplinary
perspective. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 342.}
349. The Holocaust: A Case Study in Social Ethics. This course examines the moral
responsibility of institutions in German society, 1939-1945, for acquiescing to and per-
petrating the state-sanctioned killing of European Jews and others. Writing process.
Disciplinary perspective. 3 credits.
352. God. Views of God as expressed in a variety of contexts from late antiquity to the early
modern period, including Christian and Islamic views, as influenced by Platonism. Topics
include proofs for the existence of God, arguments concerning God's nature, the limits of
reason and the role of faith in discussing God. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as Religion 352.}
Faculty
Eric W. Bain-Selbo, associate professor of religion and philosophy. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of Chicago.
He specializes in social ethics. He has published or presented papers in the areas of religion
and the family, educational theory, Holocaust studies, methods in the study of religion, and
others. Interests include Asian philosophy/religion and cross-cultural dialogue. He is the
author of Mediating the Culture Wars: Dialogical Virtues in Multicultural Education (2003).
Donald E. Byrne Jr., professor of religion and American studies.
Ph.D., Duke University.
His scholarship has focused on American folk religion, particularly as expressed in the
Methodist and Roman Catholic communities. Other interests include American studies,
religion and ethics, religion and literature, peace studies and mysticism.
John H. Heffner, professor of philosophy.
Ph.D., Boston University.
His teaching interests include philosophy of religion, metaphysics and history of philosophy.
He has published research in philosophy of perception. His current research concentrates
on Hegel and issues in science and religion.
J. Noel Hubler, associate professor of religion and philosophy.
Ph.D., The University of Pennsylvania.
He specializes in philosophy of truth and knowledge, with an interest in both contemporary
issues and historical perspectives. He has studied cosmology and theories of matter from
antiquity to the modern period. He is also the translator of Ezekiel for the New English
Translation of the Septuagint, Oxford University Press.
Jeffrey W. Robbins, assistant professor of religion and philosophy.
Ph.D., Syracuse University.
His area of specialization is in Continental Philosophy of Religion. His teaching interests
include Contemporary Religious Thought, World Religions, Biblical Literature, and
Religion and Culture. He is the author of Between Faith and Thought: an essay on the
146 Religion and Philosophy 2003-2004 Catalog
ontotheological condition (2003), and the forthcoming book, In Search of a Non-
Dogmatic Theology (2003). He is also the associate editor for the Journal for Cultural
and Religious Theory.
David W. Layman, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
Ph.D., Temple University.
A specialist in the history of Amercian religious thought, he teaches a variety of courses,
including world religions, religion in America and history of Christianity.
Thomas H. Sanagorski, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
M. Div., United Theological Seminary.
He teaches introduction to religion, business ethics, and other continuing education courses
and is pastor of Geyers United Methodist Church, Middletown.
Warren K.A. Thompson, professor emeritus of philosophy.
M.A., University of Texas.
He teaches a course on the Holocaust.
Noelle Vahanian, adjunct instructor in philosophy.
Ph.D., Syracuse University.
Her area of specialization is at the crossoads of philosophical theology, continental phi-
losophy, and political theory. Her teaching interests include the History of Philosophy,
Ethics, and Philosophy and Literature. She is the author of Theology, Language, and
Desire: a Genealogy of the Will to Speak (2003).
Louis Zivic, adjunct assistant professor of religion.
M.A., Jewish Theological Seminary of America.
Rabbi of Congregation Beth Israel, Lebanon, he is active in community affairs. He has
published articles in various Jewish publications and has taught a variety of continuing
education courses.
Lebanon Valley College Religion and Philosophy 147
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Sociology Program
The major in sociology gives students an understanding of human behavior. By examin-
ing the social and cultural forces that shape our lives, students gain a richer understanding of
themselves and contemporary social issues. Sociology explores how and why people behave
as they do as well as the effects of their behavior on others. In an economy that is moving
from a manufacturing base to a service orientation, graduates in sociology are prepared to
work in fields where an understanding of the dynamics of human relationships is important.
Degree Requirements:
Degree: Bachelor of Arts with a major in sociology.
Major: SOC 110, 311, 321, 499; 21 additional credits in sociology excluding internships
(33 credits).
Minor: SOC 110, 311, 321; three elective courses in sociology excluding internships (18
credits).
Courses in Sociology (SOC):
110. Introduction to Sociology. A study of the basic sociological perspective including the
nature of society, the influence of culture, the development of the self and group dynamics.
Specific topics include deviance and social control, racism, sexism and poverty. 3 credits.
120. Introduction to Anthropology. Introduction to both physical and cultural anthropology
including human evolution, human variation, and cross-cultural analysis and comparison.
3 credits.
210. Social Problems. Contemporary social problems as seen through different analytical
perspectives. Problems covered include war and peace, pollution and environmental
exploitation, crime and delinquency, and emotional and physical illness. Prerequisite:
SOC 110. 3 credits.
211. Urbanology. An analysis of the city as a unique form of social organization. From a
multi-disciplinary perspective, the course presents the nature of urbanization and the
impact of urbanism on contemporary society. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
230. Sociology of Marriage and the Family. An overview of marriage and the family
focusing upon love, mate selection, alternative life styles, marital communication, conflict
resolution, parenting, divorce and widowhood. Utilizes a historical and cross-cultural
perspective in addition to sociological analysis. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
240. Diversity & Understanding. The major objective of this course is to help students
become aware of the degree to which behavior (including one's own) is culturally
determined. As we continue to move toward a global society with increasingly frequent
148 Sociology 2003-2004 Catalog
intercultural contacts, we need more than simple factual knowledge about cultural differ-
ences; we need a framework for understanding inter-cultural communication and cross-
cultural human relations. Through lecture, discussion, simulations, case-studies, role-plays
and games, students will learn the inter-cultural communication framework and the skills
necessary to make them feel comfortable and communicate effectively with people of any
culture and in any situation involving a group of diverse backgrounds. Prerequisite: SOC
110. 3 credits.
245. Crime and Criminals. An examination of different types of crime including a broad
range of violent crimes and property crimes. Profiling and criminal typologies will be
explored. Specific crimes such as arson, kidnapping, stalking, and homicide will be studied.
Case studies of prototypical offenders will be included. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
251. Basic Interpersonal Relations Skill Processes. An introduction to the theory and skills
of interpersonal relationships that are geared toward helping people resolve personal and
social problems. The course features skill-building exercises as well as linkage of theory and
skills. Open to students of any major who have an interest in interpersonal relationships or
counseling. 3 credits.
252. Human Behavior in the Social Environment. An examination of the interrelation of
biological, psychological and sociocultural systems and their effects on human development
and behavior. A life span perspective is used to develop an understanding of the total
Lebanon Valley College
Sociology 149
person as he/she functions in relation to his/her environment at each stage in the develop-
mental process. The impact of diversity in ethnic background, race, class, sexual orientation
and culture in a pluralistic society will also be addressed. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
261. The Aged and Aging. An investigation of the process of aging and contemporary
issues related to the elderly. Topics covered include Alzheimer's disease, retirement,
stereotypes of the elderly and contributions of the elderly to society. Prerequisite: SOC
110. 3 credits.
277. Child Abuse. The study and analysis of child abuse in its various expressions with
additional focus on physical and sexual abuse. Emphasis will be on models and theories
of causation, dynamics, treatment and research. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
272. Substance Abuse. An examination of the problems associated with substance abuse
including a study of the prevalent myths concerning substance abuse, an exploration of the
causes of substance abuse and an exploration of how it affects the individual, the family and
society as a whole. In addition, the course will examine current methods of intervention and
treatment. Prerequisites: SOC 110. 3 credits.
278. Juvenile Delinquency. An examination of the causes and effects of juvenile delin-
quency, the juvenile justice system and treatment programs for the juvenile offender.
Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
280. Sexuality and Society. Study of human sexuality from psychosocial and cultural
perspectives. The course will include an examination of such topics as developmental
sexuality, gender roles, sexual communication, sexual orientation, coercive sex, sexually
transmitted diseases, HTV, and religious and ethical perspectives on sexuality. Prerequisite:
SOC 110. 3 credits.
311. Research Methods. A study of the basic concepts and skills involved in critically
evaluating and carrying out social scientific research. Topics include values and ethics of
research on human behavior, research design, interviewing and questionnaire construction.
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
321. Social Theory. An intensive examination of the major sociological theorists and
movements. Prerequisite: 12 credits in sociology. Prerequisite: SOC 110. 3 credits.
322. Sociology of Religion. The structure and functions of religious organizations and
phenomena with emphasis on the varieties of religious expression in America. Writing
process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits. {Cross-listed as
Religion 322.}
324. Medical Sociology. An examination of the societal bases of health, illness and health
care. The course will include an examination of the three components of medicine: the
patient, the medical professional and the health care organization. Specific topics will
150 Sociology 2003-2004 Catalog
include: the role of the patient; doctor-patient relationships; the socialization of medical
professionals; the hospital as a complex organization, cross-cultural comparisons of health
care and current topics of concern such as the AIDS epidemic, new technologies and
social response to the terminally ill patient. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior
standing or permission. 3 credits.
326. Women's Issues, Women's Voices. An examination of women's contributions to the
world, their roles in social institutions, and issues arising from their uniqueness and social
situations. Topics will include images of women and their writings; biology and health:
issues of sexuality and gender identity; and women's roles in the family, religion, education,
and in the worlds of work and politics. Disciplinary perspective. Prerequisite: SOC 110,
junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
331. Criminology. An examination of the causes of crime. The question of whether or not
such victimless crimes such as pornography, prostitution and drug use should be consid-
ered crimes is explored. This is primarily a theory course for sociology majors and/or
declared criminal justice program students. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, jun-
ior standing or permission. 3 credits.
333. Criminal Justice. A sociological, historical, and philosophical examination of punish-
ment and the criminal justice system. Rights of the accused, victimology, prisons, and the
death penalty are studied. Writing process. Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or
permission. 3 credits.
340. Group Structure and Dynamics. An overview of the theory and research on small
group organization and process including issues related to leadership, effective com-
munication in groups, conformity and influence. Application of basic principles to prac-
tical situations. Exercises designed to improve group leadership and participation skills.
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
357. Death and Dying. Exploration of the basic legal, medical, ethical and social issues
related to contemporary understanding of death and dying. Examines the stages of dying,
the grief process, euthanasia, suicide, the hospice movement and life after death.
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
362. Race, Minorities and Discrimination. An examination of the patterns of structured
inequality in American society, including a variety of minority, racial and ethnic groups.
Prerequisite: SOC 110, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
382. Sociology of the Mass Media. Seminar on how society shapes the mass media and
the effects of the mass media on individuals and society. Topics include propaganda, tel-
evision violence and aggression, and advertising. Special attention is given to values
and images portrayed by the mass media. Writing process. Prerequisite: 12 credits in
sociology, junior standing or permission. 3 credits.
499. Senior Seminar. A critical analysis of selected themes and issues in contemporary soci-
ology. Topics may vary. This course is conducted as a seminar requiring extensive student
participation. Prerequisite: SOC 110, 12 credits of sociology or permission. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Sociology 1 5 1
Criminal Justice Program
The chairs of the Sociology and the History and Political Science Departments func-
tion as advisers for the criminal justice program. See page 99 for information on this pro-
gram.
Faculty
Sharon O. Arnold, associate professor of sociology.
M.A., University of Akron.
Among her teaching interests are sociology of the family, adoption, intercultural commu-
nication, small groups and medical sociology. Her research interests are achievement ori-
entation of female students and the use of telecommunications in higher education.
Carolyn R. Hanes, professor of sociology. Chairperson.
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire.
Her areas of interest include family and marriage, criminology, criminal justice, mass
media and diversity. She is interested in the use of cooperative learning techniques.
Sharon Hall Raffield, associate professor of sociology.
M.S.W., Washington University.
Her areas of interest include social work practice with families, children and elders as well
as policies which impact upon them.
Daniel Simpkins, lecturer in sociology.
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
His teaching specialty is in the area of anthropology.
152 Sociology 2003-2004 Catalog
GRADUATE ACADEMIC PROGRAMS
Lebanon Valley College offers four graduate programs. These programs are the Master
of Business Administration (MBA), the Master of Music Education (MME), the Master of
Science Education (MSE), and the Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT).
The Master of Business Administration program is a multi-disciplinary program designed
to prepare graduates for managerial responsibilities at various levels of business organ-
izations. This program provides a strong theoretical foundation as well as operational
expertise in the areas of finance, management, marketing, human resource management and
operations management.
The Master of Music Education degree program is designed to be completed over
the course of three summers. Addressing the graduate education needs of K-12 music
teachers (the program is accredited by the National Association of Schools of Music), the
curriculum includes experiences in foundations and principles of music education, research
methods, music technology, and the psychology of music learning plus several elective
choices.
The Master of Science Education degree program is designed primarily for elementary
and middle school teachers, teaching in kindergarten through eighth grades, who want to
enhance their understanding of science principles as well as their ability to teach these
concepts to their students. This program focuses on the "hands-on" or experiential learning
of science. Teachers with minimal experience in science and the methodology necessary to
teach science to their students, as well as those with a strong background in one area of
science and desire to complement it with comparable understanding of the other sciences,
will benefit from this program.
The Doctor of Physical Therapy degree program is a six year program of study for stu-
dents who will receive a preliminary baccalaureate degree in health science after four years
of course work.
Graduate Program Policies and Procedures
Academic Advising and Registration
Graduate students should meet with their academic adviser prior to class registration. The
adviser will develop a graduation plan with the student. All course registrations require the
adviser's signature.
Veteran Registration
The College meets all of the criteria of Veterans Education under the provisions of Title
38, United States Code, Section 3675. The graduate programs have been approved for
payment assistance. Veterans pay the cost of tuition, fees, books and supplies directly to the
college. Applicants having any questions concerning their veteran's benefits should con-
tact the College's veterans representative in the Financial Aid Office.
Transfer Credit
A maximum of nine credits (a maximum of six core credits) may be transferred from
another graduate program with the approval of the program director and the registrar. No
transfer credit shall be accepted if the grade earned at another institution was less than B.
Students wishing to transfer credits may be asked to submit course outline, textbook used,
and any reading materials so proper credit may be given.
Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 153
Concurrent Courses
A student enrolled for a graduate degree may not take courses concurrently at another
educational institution without prior consent of the academic adviser and the registrar.
Grading
Student work is graded A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C and F. Candidates must maintain a grade
point average of 3.00 with a maximum of two C grades in the program.
In addition, the symbols I and W are used. I indicates work that is incomplete but
otherwise satisfactory. It is awarded only for substantial reason and work must be completed
in the first eight weeks of the following semester, including summer session, or I will be
changed to F.
W indicates withdrawal from a course through the designated withdrawl date. Thereafter,
the appropriate letter grade will be assigned for the course.
No graduate course may be taken pass/fail, except MSE 830 or MME 830, Research.
Review Procedure
Every student's academic progress shall be reviewed at the end of each academic period
by the academic adviser. Any student whose average falls below 3.00 or who earns a C or F
in three or more credit hours may be placed on academic probation. A student on academic
probation may be required to retake courses or correct other academic deficiencies and must
achieve a 3.00 cumulative average within two semesters of being placed on probation.
A student may repeat a maximum of two graduate courses with any given course being
repeated only once. Students who fail to correct deficiencies may be dropped from the
program. A student may appeal any decision of the Office of Graduate Studies and
Continuing Education to the vice-president and dean of the faculty.
154 Graduate Academic Programs
2003-2004 Catalog
Course Withdrawal and Tuition Refund
Any student who withdraws from courses for which he or she is registered must notify
the adviser in writing. The effective date of withdrawal is the date on which the student
notifies the office. Failure to give notice of withdrawal will result in a grade of F. Notifying
the instructor does not constitute official withdrawal. A refund schedule based on official
withdrawal date is published in the semester brochure
Time Restriction
The maximum time for completion of a graduate program is seven years from the date
of the admission letter. Students who have not earned the graduate degree during this
period shall have their academic standing reviewed and may be asked to meet additional
requirements in order to graduate.
Academic Dishonesty
Students are expected to uphold the principles of academic honesty. Academic dis-
honesty will not be tolerated. For the first academic dishonesty offense, failure in the course
is mandatory, and the faculty member is required to inform the program director in writing.
A letter of warning shall be sent to the student by the program director explaining the
consequences and the right of appeal. For the second offense, failure in the course and
expulsion from the graduate program and College are mandatory.
Address Changes
Any change of address must be reported to the Office of Graduate Studies and
Continuing Education as soon as possible. A forwarding address should also be given to the
Postal Service.
Privacy of Student Records
In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 (PL. 39-380)
Lebanon Valley College releases no student education records without written consent and
request of the student or as prescribed by the law. Each student has access to his or her
education records with exclusions only as specified by the law.
Financial Aid
Students may participate in the Direct Stafford Loan Program. Graduate students should
contact the Financial Aid Office at 717-867-6181 to discuss financial aid eligibility.
Employee Tuition Reimbursement
Students are encouraged to inquire about tuition reimbursement programs at their places
of employment. Most employers of current students provide education subsidies of 50-100
percent of tuition. Some employers authorize the College to bill them directly. In this case,
students must present billing authorization when they register.
Withdrawal from Program and College and Readmission
To withdraw from Lebanon Valley College, a graduate student must complete an official
withdrawal form obtained from the academic adviser. To apply for readmission. a graduate
student must have the written approval of the director for graduate studies and continuing
education.
Lebanon Valley College Graduate Academic Programs 155
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The MBA Program at Lebanon Valley College is a unique program that combines liberal
arts studies with career preparation in the field of business administration. The multi-
disciplinary nature of the curriculum includes standard MBA level courses along with
exposure to courses in Executive Communications, Executive Leadership and Corporate
and Organizational Ethics.
MBA Admissions
All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or
university.
All candidates must submit a current resume and a completed application form with the
required application fee. They must take a GMAT examination and have the official test
results sent to the MBA Office. Official transcripts of all undergraduate work and any
graduate courses to be considered for transfer must be sent by the respective colleges or uni-
versities to the MBA Office. An individual interview is required.
Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action usually will be taken within four
weeks after all paperwork has been processed.
Graduation Requirements
A candidate for the MBA must complete a minimum of 36 credits, of which 27 must be
earned at Lebanon Valley College. There are nine required core courses (27 credits) and
three electives of the student's choice (9 credits) for a total of 36 credits. A candidate must
achieve at least a 3.00 cumulative average with a maximum of two C's within the 36
graduate credits to be certified for graduation.
Degree Requirements
Every MBA candidate must complete 27 credits of core courses and 9 credits of electives.
(MBA special topic courses can be used to meet MBA elective requirements.) All courses in
the undergraduate common body of knowledge also must be completed successfully.
Courses in the Lebanon Valley College MBA Program are taught on the Annville campus
and our campus in Camp Hill.
Degree: Master of Business Administration.
Undergraduate Core (Common body of knowledge): ACT 161, 162; BUS 185, 340, 361,
383; ECN 101, 102; MAS 170 or: ECN 765; MGT 755, 780, 785 (can be combined with
undergraduate core courses).
Graduate Core: ENG 825; LSP 835; MGT 805, 815, 820, 860, 895; PHL 830; PSY 810 (27
credits) and three of the following ACT 875; ECN 865; HIS 840; MGT 800, 850, 855, 870,
880; special topics (9 credits). Total of 36 credits.
MGT 755. Management and Marketing Principles. A review of management principles
and marketing principles. Topics include: organizational theory, administrative techniques,
156 Master of Business Administration 2003-2004 Catalog
r
■t^Pr
^&
marketing strategies, marketing research, buying behavior, selecting target markets, pricing,
distributing and promoting products and services. 3 credits.
ECN 765. Economic Principles. A review of macroeconomic and microeconomic prin-
ciples. Topics include: national income determination; price level; employment; economic
growth; domestic and foreign monetary systems and policies; price, production and dis-
tribution theories; welfare economics; and public policy. 3 credits.
MGT 780. Accounting and Financial Management. Designed for students who need to
understand how accounting data is recorded and used for decision-making inside and out-
side of the firm, the relationship between the accounting and finance functions and financial
management models used for corporate finance decisions. Topics include: recording finan-
cial data and preparing financial statements, financial statement analysis, budgeting, cost
control, relevant costs, capital budgeting and risk analysis, capital markets, valuation theo-
ry and financial forecasting. 3 credits.
MGT 785. Quantitative Methods and Statistics. A review of quantitative methods and
elementary statistics used in modern management science and economics. Topics include:
linear programming and applications, forecasting, inventory models, PERT/CPM. waiting
line models, computer simulation, probability distributions and decision theory. 3 credits.
MBA Courses:
ACT 875. Managerial Decision Making. Provides students previously exposed to man-
agerial accounting principles with the essential tools and strategies managers need to
Lebanon Valley College
Master of Business Administration 157
develop data for making decisions related to pricing strategy; product expansion, dis-
continuance or redesign; performance measurement; resource allocation and management;
merger and acquisition planning, and other types of managerial decisions. Stresses ways to
avoid mistakes that result when internal decision-making is based on data developed for
external financial reporting. Business topics covered include financial statement analysis,
responsibility accounting, Economic Value Added (EVA), and Activity Based Costing
(ABC). 3 credits.
ECN 865. Entrepreneurship. Entrepreneurship, intrapreneurship, small business, and
acquisitions. Special attention to entrepreneurial behavior, sources of funding and actual
case studies in the development of new enterprises. 3 credits.
ENG 825. Executive Communications. Organizational communication skills, emphasizing
writing, speaking and listening techniques. Interpersonal communication. Explores and
increases communication options on individual, group and organizational levels. 3 credits.
(Must be one of the first 3 courses taken in the MBA program.)
MGT 840. American Business and Labor. An analysis of the history of American business
and labor. The course is developed through a case study approach with a significant research
component. 3 credits.
LSP 835. Executive Leadership. Theories and concepts of leadership. Examination of the
forces in the leader-follower interaction. Analysis of the skills, behaviors, attitudes, and
values of effective and ethical leaders and followers. Application of concepts, information
and experience to case studies. 3 credits.
MGT 800. Quantitative Analysis. Surveys mathematical foundations of management
science. Topics include linear programming, transportation and assignment problems,
decision and network analysis, stochastic processes, queuing and simulation. Introduction
appropriate computer software. 3 credits.
MGT 805. Financial Policy. A quantitative approach to managerial problems of long term
financing, asset management, dividend policy, and ethics in the firm and marketplace.
Emphasis placed on the application of experience to class discussion based on the use of
The Wall Street Journal. 3 credits.
MGT 815. Marketing Management. Seminar focusing on issues in the interplay between
marketing and society including the ethics of selling, advertising, marketing research and
the social responsibility of marketers. Prerequisite: ENG 825 strongly recommended. 3
credits.
MGT 820. Operations Management. Systems approaches to management of production
and service organizations. Topics include design and control of operations, operations
strategy, product and process planning, quality management, human resources, scheduling
and control, and materials management. Emphasis is on mathematical foundations and
quantitative techniques of management science/operations research (MS/OR), related
158 Master of Business Administration 2003-2004 Catalog
MS/OR tools and applications, the priority/capacity organizational concepts and the
strategy underlying operations. Introduces appropriate computer software. 3 credits.
MGT 850. Human Resource Management. A survey of personnel management activities
in organizations including exploration of recent developments in the field of human
resource management. Topics include human resource planning, recruitment, selection,
training, equal employment opportunity, performance appraisal, discipline, career plan-
ning, compensation, safety and health. Instruction method includes case study, readings
and classroom lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PSY 810 recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 855. Legal Environment of Business. Legal concepts and principles important to
business decision making including employment law, labor-management relations and
relevant legislation, tax consequences of business transactions, government regulation,
contract law and application of the Uniform Commercial Code to business transactions.
Case study, readings and lecture. Prerequisite: ENG 825, PHL 830 recommended. 3 credits.
MGT 860. International Business Management. Theories, concepts, practices and
techniques of conducting business in foreign countries. The strategic issues, the operational
practices, and the governmental relations of multinational companies are analyzed through
use of case study, lecture and speakers. Topics include: economic, political and cultural
integration; trade restrictions and barriers; overseas investment and financing; entry into
foreign markets and marketing strategies. 3 credits.
MGT 870. Labor Management Relations. Directed primarily to the understanding of the
issues and alternatives arising out of the work place. The course provides both an overview
of what has been identified as industrial relations as well as familiarity with the tools used
by its practitioners. Students will study negotiation, administration, wage/fringe issues and
contents of labor agreements. Prerequisite: ENG 825. 3 credits.
MGT 880. Investments and Portfolio Management. This course acquaints the student with
the tools essential for sound money management. Considers the goals of the investor with
respect to risk exposure, tax environment, liquidity needs and appreciation versus income
potentials. Strategies will be developed to satisfy these objectives. Mathematical models of
portfolio selection to help reduce risk through diversification will be developed. Special
attention will be paid to the theories of determinants of asset prices, including the capital-
asset pricing model. Prerequisite: MGT 805. 3 credits.
MGT 895. Strategic Management. The strategic management of large business entities,
including the formulation and evaluation of missions, strategies, objectives and policies.
Historical and current situations are discussed. Cases are widely used and outside research
is required. Prerequisite: 24 hours of graduate credit. 3 credits.
PHL 830. Corporate and Organizational Ethics. The ethical assumptions and implications
of corporate and organizational policies and practices. Intensive readings in the literature
of both theoretical and applied ethics. Case study analysis. Includes: corporate and
Lebanon Valley College Master of Business Administration 159
organizational social and political responsibility, ethics and business, ethics and
organizational life, and governmental relations. Prerequisite: ENG 825 and LSP 835 or
PSY810. 3 credits.
PSY 810. Organizational Behavior. Systematic presentation of theory and research in
areas of organizational behavior, including motivation, group dynamics, leadership,
decision-making, organization change, career planning and communication. 3 credits.
MBA Administration and Resident Faculty
Cheryl L. Batdorf, assistant director of the MBA program.
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College.
Batdorf teaches human resource management.
Gayle L. Bolinger, assistant professor of accounting.
M.S. in Management, Purdue University.
Bolinger teaches accounting and managerial decision making.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, associate professor of English.
M.B.A., Drexel University.
Bongiovanni teaches executive communications.
Sharon F. Clark, professor of business administration.
J.D., University of Richmond.
Clark teaches human resource management and labor management relations.
Joel A. Kline, assistant professor of business administration.
M.J., Temple University.
Kline teaches the special topics course E-business.
Robert W. Leonard, associate professor of business administration.
M.B.A., Ohio State University.
Leonard teaches organizational behavior.
Barney T. Raffield III, professor of business administration.
Ph. D., Union Graduate School.
Raffield teaches courses in marketing and international business management.
160 Master of Business Administration 2003-2004 Catalog
MASTER OF MUSIC EDUCATION
The Master of Music Education (MME) is designed to meet the regional needs of area
K-12 music educators. It is a summer only program in which a student can, with careful
advising, complete the degree in three summers. It is offered in response to a significant
regional need met by on and-off-campus expertise and a shared interest in improving the
quality of music education in this part of the Commonwealth.
MME Admissions
While prior teaching experience is not a requirement for entrance into this degree
program, individuals considering pursuit of a masters degree in music education should plan
on teaching one to three years prior to initial enrollment or before completing the degree. It
is the conviction of this faculty that graduate study will be more meaningful to the individual
if he or she has first gained experience in the field .
All candidates must have a bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university
and submit an official transcript with the application. Any graduate courses to be considered
for transfer (up to nine credits, a maximum of 6 credits in the core), also require an official
transcript sent by the respective colleges or universities to the Office of Graduate Studies
and Continuing Education. Priority for core courses will be given to students matriculated
into the MME program.
All candidates must submit a current resume and a personal written statement (one page)
indicating why they wish to pursue this degree with the application form and required
application fee.
All candidates must hold and submit a copy of a current Teaching Certificate in Music
with the application,
All candidates must submit three letters of recommendation with the application.
Graduate admissions are on a rolling basis; action will be taken promptly after all paper-
work has been evaluated.
Degree Requirements
Every MME candidate must complete 30 graduate credits, 2 1 of which must be earned at
Lebanon Valley College. Of a possible 9 credits in transfer work, only 6 credits may be
counted in the core of the MME program. There are four required core courses (12 cred-
its) plus a weekly, non-credit based seminar required during each summer that the student
is enrolled. The capstone experience includes either a project or a thesis (3 credits). The
other 15 credits will be selected from among several elective opportunities. Courses in the
Lebanon Valley College MME Program are taught on the Annville campus.
Degree: Master of Music in Music Education
Core Courses: MME 800, 801, 802, 803, 804 (12 credits), and 805 (project) or 806 (thesis).
MME Courses:
MME 800. Seminar. A weekly meeting for all students to discuss various issues and topics.
Participation is required each summer that the student is enrolled in the program. 0 credits.
MME 80L Foundations of Music Education. A consideration of philosophical and his-
torical issues in music education and their implications for developing curricular and
instructional approaches to the field. A core course. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Master of Music Education 161
MME 802. Research Methods in Music Education. A study in the organization, presen-
tation, interpretation, and documentation of research that makes use of encyclopedias,
indices, databases, and other aids. 3 credits.
MME 803. Technology for Music Educators. An exploration of how technology can
enhance the music learning process. This course examines what's involved in planning,
configuring, and teaching various technology systems and applications so as to facilitate
creative interaction with musical experiences. 3 credits.
MME 804. Psychology of Music Learning. An investigation and discussion of theories
of learning as they relate to the teaching of music. This course includes the study of spe-
cific teaching strategies and the nature of musical response. 3 credits.
MME 805. Project. 3 credits, or
MME 806. Thesis. 3 credits.
MME 830. Private Applied. 1 credit. (Up to a maximum of 3 elective credits in the program.)
MME 890. Elective courses will be offered as special topic courses, then given permanent
numbers as the program develops and matures. (E.g., Teaching Choral Music, Teaching
General Music, Teaching Instrumental Music, Theory for Teaching, Graduate Music
History Seminar, Music in Early Childhood, Music and the Exceptional Child, Statistics
for the Music Researcher, Conducting, Arranging (Band scoring, Choral arranging, Jazz
arranging), and so forth.
MME Administration and Resident Faculty
Robert H. Hearson, professor of music, MME adviser.
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Barry R. Hill, associate professor of music, director of the music recording technology
program,
MM., New York University, additional graduate studies at The Pennsylvania State
University.
Mary L. Lemons, associate professor of music, MME adviser.
Ed.D., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Mark L. Mecham, professor of music, MME adviser.
DM. A., University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
Jeff Snyder, associate professor of music, director of music business, and assistant director
of music recording technology.
M.S., Kutztown University.
162 Master of Music Education 2003-2004 Catalog
MASTER OF SCIENCE EDUCATION
Students enrolled in this program will concentrate on the principles and content of
science as well as the appropriate teaching strategies to convey these ideas to their students.
All of the courses are designed to maximize the opportunity for doing science instead of
merely learning about science. The program will culminate with the satisfactory completion
of a comprehensive examination and the production of a thesis in science education.
MSE Admissions
To qualify for admission to the Master of Science Education Program the applicant must
fulfill the following requirements:
• An applicant must hold a baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution.
• An applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education. Applicants
holding a secondary science teaching degree and currently teaching in a middle school will
be considered for entrance after meeting with the graduate committee of the department.
• An applicant must have achieved a 3.0 quality point average (QPA) on a four-point scale
for the baccalaureate degree. An applicant with less than the 3.0 QPA may be admitted with
provisional status pending satisfactory completion of six semester hours of graduate study
with a 3.0 or above.
• A maximum of nine semester hours (maximum of six core credits) of acceptable graduate
credits completed at other institutions may be transferred and applied toward the Master
of Science Education degree with approval of the registrar. Transfer credits must meet a
grade of B or above.
• An applicant must arrange to have official transcripts submitted for each undergraduate
institution attended. If transfer credits are to be considered, transcripts from graduate
courses must also be requested by the applicant.
• An applicant will be reviewed by no less than three members of the Science Education
Masters Committee.
Degree Requirements
A candidate for the MSE must complete a minimum of 30 credits, of which 21 must be
earned at Lebanon Valley College. Only 6 credits may be transferred into the core. There
are seven required core courses, (21 credits), any electives of the student's choice (6 cred-
its), and a research thesis (3 credits) for a total of 30 credits. A candidate must achieve at
least a 3.00 cumulative average to be certified for graduation.
Degree: Master of Science Education
Graduate Core: MSE 800, 801, 802, 803, 811, 812, 829, 830 (24 credits) and two of the
following: MSE 805, 806, 807, 814, 815, 816, 820 (6 credits). Total of 30 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 163
MSE Courses:
MSE 800. Science Education in the Elementary/Middle School Classroom. This course
serves as an introduction to the content and methodology of science instruction as it
relates to hands-on, minds-on science process skills in the elementary and middle school
classrooms. Setting the tone for the entire program, it makes clear to participants the basic
format which will be followed by subsequent courses. 3 credits.
MSE 801. Principles of Life Science for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This
course addresses life science topics prevalent in virtually all science curricula as well as
those set forth in the National Science Education Standards. Students will engage the use
of scientific method to address topics typically taught in life science courses. 3 credits.
MSE 802. Principles of Physical Science I for Elementary/Middle School Teachers.
This course will utilize concepts in chemistry to make connections to common substances.
Establishing chemistry as an integral part of everyday life as well as discoveries made
through serendipity will make this topic relevant to all students. 3 credits.
164 Master of Science Education
2003-2004 Catalog
MSE 803. Principles of Physical Science II for Elementary/Middle School Teachers.
Students will utilize hands-on experimental methods to gain confidence and experience
with inquiry-based learning of physics. Topics will include motion, heat, light, electricity
and magnetism. 3 credits.
MSE 805. Principles of Earth and Space Science for Elementary/Middle School
Teachers. The interaction and effects of geology, meteorology and space exploration will
be explored in this course. 3 credits.
MSE 806. Principles of Field Biology/Ecology for Elementary/Middle School Teachers.
Environmental studies illustrating the basic principles of field biology and ecology will be
used to demonstrate the interdependence of living and nonliving systems. Current topics
in ecology, as they relate to the preservation of our planet and its resources, will be
addressed. This course will focus on the collection of data and/or organisms outside the
classroom. Appropriate methods for elementary/middle school students will be utilized
and practiced. 3 credits.
MSE 807. Microscopy for Elementary/Middle School Teachers. This course will intro-
duce the use of a variety of microscopes, starting with the hand-held microscopes and
continuing through compound and dissecting microscopes. It culminates with the use of
the scanning electron microscope. Students also will master preparative techniques and
slide making. 3 credits.
MSE 811. Curriculum Development Using the National Standards. Using the Standards
in curriculum development, the classroom and other aspects of the public and private
school systems will be the focus of this course. Alternative and authentic assessment,
professional standards and current developments in science education will be taught with
the elementary/middle school teacher and student in mind. 3 credits.
MSE 812. Assessment in Science Teaching. A variety of assessment techniques, especially
applicable to hands-on or experiential learning, will be presented. The focus will be on
developing and adapting authentic assessment for all learners of science. 3 credits.
MSE 814. History of Science. The historical prospective of science and scientists from
ancient through modern history. Focus will include discoveries and scientists from both
sexes and all ethnic backgrounds. Methods of integrating history and science in the ele-
mentary/middle school classroom will be addressed. 3 credits.
MSE 815. Recent Advances in Science. Modern concepts and recent advances in science
will be studied through books, news magazines and newspapers. 3 credits.
MSE 816. Science, Technology and Society. The educational objective for quality science
education is to produce a society which is literate in science, able to solve problems and can
function as critical thinkers. This course utilizes biotechnology, among other areas of studs,
as a method of illustrating the need for and ultimate use of science and technology so they
benefit society. Ethical issues involving science and technology will be discussed. 3 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Master of Science Education 165
MSE 820. Seminar. This course will permit some flexibility to explore current topics in ele-
mentary/middle school education as they arise. A seminar course will permit special
topics to be included in the course of study. In addition, certain transfer courses may be valid
for degree accreditation but may not be a complete match in the courses listed. 3 credits.
MSE 829. Research Methods. This course is designed to develop the understanding of the
methods employed in planning and developing research in science. You will gain experience
in generating ideas for research, critically evaluating literature, synthesizing and presenting
results of research and writing in a clear and organized way. 3 credits.
MSE 830. Research in Science Education. A topic relevant to the teaching of science in the
elementary /middle school classroom will be researched with the approval of the student's
adviser. The topic of research should be well documented in professional journals and
studies. 3 credits.
MSE 850. Independent Study. 1-6 credits.
MSE Administration and Resident Faculty
Michael A. Day, professor of physics.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Day teaches history of physics and summer independent study.
Deanna L. Dodson, associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., Memphis State University.
Dodson supervises research.
Candice Falger, coordinator of the MSE program.
M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College.
Falger teaches science education in the classroom and field biology/ecology.
Luke G. Huggins, assistant professor of biology.
Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook.
Huggins supervises research.
Donald E. Kline, associate professor of education.
Ed.D., Lehigh University.
Kline supervises research.
Kerrie D. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Laguna teaches research methods.
166 Master of Science Education 2003-2004 Catalog
Louis B. Laguna, assistant professor of psychology.
Ph.D., University of Nebraska.
Laguna teaches research methods and supervises research.
Louis Manza, associate professor of psychology.
Ph.D., City University of New York.
Manza supervises research.
Walter A. Patton, assistant professor of chemistry.
Ph.D., Lehigh University.
Patton supervises research and teaches summer seminar courses.
Susan E. Verhoek, professor of biology.
Ph.D., Cornell University.
Verhoek teaches plant seminar courses and supervises research.
Paul L. Wolf, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Delaware.
Wolf supervises research.
Allan F. Wolfe, professor of biology.
Ph.D., University of Vermont.
Wolfe teaches microscopy and supervises research.
Lebanon Valley College
Master of Science Education 167
DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY
The physical therapy program consists of a six year program of study leading to a
Doctor of Physical Therapy (DPT) degree. Students receive a baccalaureate degree in
health science after four years of coursework.
The program consists of two distinct phases: pre-physical therapy education (three
years, or approximately 97 semester credit hours) and professional education (three years,
approximately 108 semester credit hours).
Degree: Doctor of Physical Therapy
Undergraduate Core: BIO 111, 112, 113, 114, 221, 222; CHM 111, 112, 113, 114; PHY
103, 104; MAS 170 or 270 or PSY 130; PSY 111 or 112; SOC 110 or 120; PHT 300, 310,
312, 402, 404, 410, 412, 414, 416, 418, 420, 430, 432, 434, 450, 460.
Graduate Core: PHT 710, 714, 716, 730, 732, 734, 736, 738, 740, 742, 750, 752, 760,
762, 764, 802, 830, 832, 836, 850, 860.
PHT Courses:
710. Medical Spanish. An introduction to the basic conversational and medical/technical
vocabulary needed to communicate with Spanish-speaking patients. 2 credits.
714. Advanced Neuroscience. Building on material learned in PHT 420, this course looks
in more detail at neurophysiology and sensorimotor control, with application to what
occurs in selected neurologic diseases. 2 credits.
716. Health Promotion for Self and Society. Covers health and health promotion topics
across the lifespan. Students will begin to identify community needs that would benefit
from a physical therapy program of prevention, health promotion, wellness, and screen-
ing services. 2 credits.
730. Clinical Interventions II. A continuation of Clinical Interventions I. This course will
examine edema and integumentary concerns, incontinence, and specific exercise techniques.
3 credits.
732. Musculoskeletal II. Second of a two course sequence providing an in-depth study
of the evaluation, assessment, and treatment methods used in the management of muscu-
loskeletal pathology and injury. This course will build upon material studied in PHT 430
and emphasize anatomical, biomechanical, and physiological factors relevant to mus-
culoskeletal dysfunction. 4 credits.
734. Cardiovascular/Pulmonary Physical Therapy. Examines the physical therapy
management of individuals with cardiac and respiratory dysfunction. Particular attention
is focused on exercise prescription, patient management in various clinical settings, current
medical and surgical procedures, and guidelines and education for inpatient and outpatient
rehabilitation. 4 credits.
168 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2003-2004 Catalog
736. Neuromuscular Physical Therapy. Provides an examination of techniques used in
the evaluation and treatment of persons with nervous system dysfunction. 4 credits.
738. Geriatrics Physical Therapy. Presents the aging process in relation to pathokinesiology,
the immune system, cardiopulmonary system, musculoskeletal system, neuromuscular
function, and therapeutic intervention adaptation. 3 credits.
740. Prosthetics and Orthotics. Provides a detailed examination of the physical therapy
management of individuals requiring splinting or bracing, as well as individuals with
amputations requiring prosthetic devices. 2 credits.
742. Pharmacology in Rehabilitation. Provides a general introduction to pharmacological
principles including basic pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Descriptions of
general classes of medications and their impact and utilization in rehabilitation are
stressed. 2 credits.
750. Evidence Based/ Critical Inquiry II. The second in a series of a four-course sequence
of critical inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the quantitative research
process will be discussed in-depth. 2 credits.
752. Evidence Based/ Critical Inquiry III. The third in a four-course sequence of critical
inquiry /evidence-based physical therapy. In this course, the application of spreadsheets to
collect and analyze data will be presented and used. 3 credit.
760. Clinical Education and Practice II. A two-part course presenting the legal, ethical,
and reimbursement requirements for healthcare documentation. Students are then placed
in a four week, full-time clinical setting to practice patient examination and evaluation,
and therapeutic interventions for select musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, or pulmonary
disorders. 3 credits.
762. Clinical Education and Practice III. A seven-week, full-time supervised clinical
learning experience to provide students the opportunity to develop clinical competence in
the physical therapy management of individuals in an ambulatory or inpatient environment.
3 credits.
764. Clinical Education and Practice IV. The second, seven-week supervised clinical
learning experience where students continue to develop clinical competence in the manage-
ment of various musculoskeletal, cardiovascular/pulmonary, integumentary, and neuro-
muscular disorders. 3 credits.
802. Physical Therapy Administration and Management. Examines current issues and
trends in physical therapy clinical management. 4 credits.
830. Neuromuscular Rehabilitation. Examines in detail the physiology of specific neuro-
logic conditions, the resulting functional impairments, and the physical therapy management
of persons presenting with these conditions. 5 credits.
Lebanon Valley College Doctor of Physical Therapy 169
832. Pediatric Physical Therapy. Presents an introduction to the physical therapy man-
agement of pediatric patients. Topics include normal motor development, and client
examination, evaluation, and intervention aimed at improving function and limiting dis-
ability. 3 credits.
836. Differential Diagnosis. Designed to integrate the curricular content to date. In this
capstone course, students will demonstrate differential diagnosis as it relates to autonomous
practice in realistic clinical situations. 3 credits.
850. Evidence Based/Critical Inquiry IV. The final course in a four-part series designed
to impart a foundational basis for critical inquiry activities. The final outcome of this four
course series is the formal presentation of a case study. 3 credit.
860. Clinical Education and Practice V. Final, full-time supervised clinical learning
experience spanning sixteen weeks in a multidisciplinary care environment. Students will
demonstrate patient management skills for pediatric or adult patients with complex medical
diagnoses utilizing an evidence-based approach. 12 credits.
DPT Administration and Resident Faculty
Claudia C. Gazsi, assistant professor of physical therapy. Director of clinical education.
M.H.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
She teaches foundational professional issues courses and oversees the clinical education
course series. Her interests include fall reduction, balance, and vestibular disorders.
Roger M. Nelson, professor of physical therapy. Chairperson.
Ph.D. University of Iowa.
He teaches the evidence based/critical inquiry physical therapy series. His research
interests include outcome modeling using activity based methodology and patient
satisfaction.
Stacey A. Ruch, assistant professor of physical therapy.
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University.
She teaches human anatomy, neuroscience, pharmacology, and pathophysiology. Her
research interests include the role of the lateral hypothalamus in taste-guided behaviors
such as sodium appetite, conditioned taste aversion, and drug-induced avoidance.
Ted Yanchuleff, adjunct professor of physical therapy.
M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University.
He teaches health care professions and management, medical terminology, and admin-
istration and management. His interests include wound care, aquatic therapy, orthopedics
and sports medicine, and healthcare administration.
1 70 Doctor of Physical Therapy 2003-2004 Catalog
DIRECTORY
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
LEBANON VALLEY COLLEGE
Officers
William Lehr, Jr Chairperson
Edward H. Arnold Vice-Chairperson
Katherine J. Bishop Vice-Chairperson
Harry B. Yost '62 Secretary
Karin L. Right-Nolan Assistant Secretary
Deborah R. Fullam '81 Treasurer
Darwin G. Glick '58 Assistant Treasurer
Trustees
Kristen R. Angstadt '74, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Psychologist/Supervisor of Pupil Services,
Capital Area Intermediate Unit #15 (2004).
Edward H. Arnold, B.A., L.H.D.; Chairman, C.E.O. and President, Arnold Logistics
(2005).
Katherine J. Bishop, B.A., M.B.A.; President, Lebanon SFA Board Corporation (2006).
Rev. Alfred T Day III, B.A., M.D.; Senior Pastor of the First United Methodist Church,
Germantown, PA (2004).
Michael A. Day, B.S., M.A., Ph.D., M.S., Ph.D.; Professor of Physics, Lebanon Valley
College (2004).
Wesley T Dellinger, CRS, GRI, CSP, '75, B.S.; Realtor, Brownstone Real Estate Company
(2006).
Ronald J. Drnevich, B.S.; President, Gannett Fleming Inc. (2005).
Scott H. Eggert, B.F.A., M.A., D.M.A.; Professor of Music, Lebanon Valley College (2005).
Ross W. Fasick '55, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., L.H.D.; Retired Senior Vice President. E.I. DuPont
de Nemours & Co. (2004).
Darwin G. Glick '58, B.S.; Retired President, Glick, Stanilla and Siegel, C.P.A. (2005).
Gary Grieve-Carlson, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.; Professor of English, Director of General
Education, Lebanon Valley College (2006).
A.L. Hanford III, B.A.; President, Ladd Hanford Motors (2006).
Lebanon Valley College Directory 1 7 1
Wendie DiMatteo Holsinger, B.A., M.Ed.; Chief Executive Officer, A.S.K. Foods, Inc.
(2005).
John F. Jurasits, Jr., B.S.; Retired Vice President, Solution Technologies, Inc. (2006).
F. Obai Kabia '73, B.S., M.P.A.,; Political Affairs Officer (2004).
Malcolm L. Lazin '65, B.S., J.D.; Executive Director of PrideFest America (2005).
William Lehr, Jr., B.B.A, J.D.; Community Volunteer, Retired Senior Vice President and
Secretary, Hershey Foods Corp. (2005).
James M. Mead, B.S., M.A.; President and CEO Capital Blue Cross (2006).
Richard C. Miller, B.S., M.S., D.P.E.; Dean, School of Health Sciences and Human
Performance, Ithaca College (2004).
James A. Mitchell, Jr. '58, B.S., M.B.A.; Retired Corporate Insurance Manager, E.I.
DuPont de Nemours & Co. (2004).
Lauren C. Nickey, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2005).
John S. Oyler, A.B., J.D.; Partner, McNees Wallace & Nurick, LLC (2006).
G. David Pollick, B.A., M.A., Ph.L., Ph.D.; President, Lebanon Valley College.
Sherri T. Pursel, Student, Lebanon Valley College (2004).
George M. Reider Jr. '63, Retired Insurance Executive and Former Insurance
Commissioner, State of Connecticut, Retired teacher, University of Connecticut and
Fordham University of Law (2004).
Thomas C. Reinhart '58, B.S. L.H.D.; Owner/President, T.C.R. Packaging, Inc. (2005).
Richard T. Reynolds, B.S.; President, Reynolds Construction Management, Inc. (2005).
Bruce R. Rismiller '59, B.A., M.Ed.; Retired Executive Vice President, Northwest Airlines
(2004).
Stephen H. Roberts '65, B.S. ; President, Echo Data Services, Inc. (2004).
Elyse E. Rogers '76, B.A., J.D.; Attorney, Keefer Wood Allen & Rahal, LLP (2006).
Frank Sourbeer '72, B.A.; President & C.E.O., Wilsbach Distributors, Inc. (2006).
172 Directory 2003-2004 Catalog
John Walter '53, B.S., J.D.; Retired President Judge, Lebanon County Court of Common
Pleas; Associate, Kreamer Funeral Home, Inc. (2004).
Albertine P. Washington, B.A., P.D.; Retired Elementary Educator, Lebanon School
District (2004).
J. Dennis Williams, B.A., M.Div., D.Min., D.D.; Retired United Methodist clergyman;
Senior Pastor, St. John 's United Methodist Church (2006).
Samuel A. Willman '67, B.S., M.Com.; President , Delta Packaging, Inc. (2005).
Harry B. Yost '62, Esq., B.S., LL.D., LL.M.; Attorney, Senior Partner, Appel & Yost, LLP
(2006).
Emeriti
Raymond H. Carr; Realtor; Commercial and Industrial Developer.
Eugene C. Fish, Esq., B.S., J.D., L.H.D.; Chairman and President, Peerless Industries,
Inc.; Chairman of the Board, Eastern Foundry Company; Managing Partner, Romeika,
Fish and Scheckter.
Eugene R. Geesey '56, B.S., Retired Owner/President, CIB, Inc.
Martin L. Gluntz '53; B.S., M.S., Ph.D.; Retired Vice President, Technical Senices.
Hershey International Division, Hershey Foods Corporation.
Thomas W Guinivan '39, A.B., M.Div, M.S.T., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist
Church.
Elaine G. Hackman '52, B.A.; Retired Business Executive.
Gerald D. Kauffman '44, A.B., M.Div, D.D., Officer of the Courts, County of
Cumberland; Pastor Emeritus, Grace United Methodist Church, Carlisle.
Allan W. Mund, LL.D., D.B.A.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Ellicott Machine
Corporation.
Harold S. Peiffer '42, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church.
Kenneth H. Plummer; Retired President, E.D. Plummer Sons, Inc.
F. Allen Rutherford Jr. "37, B.S., LL.D.; Retired Ernst & Young C.P.A.
Daniel L. Shearer '38, A.B., S.T.M., D.D.; Retired Pastor, United Methodist Church.
Morton Spector, L.H.D., Chairman of the Board, Design House Kitchens and Appliances.
Lebanon Valley College Director)' 173
Elizabeth K. Weisburger '44, B.S., Ph.D., D.Sci.; Retired Chief of Carcinogen Metabolism
and Toxicology Branch, National Cancer Institute.
Harlan R. Wengert, B.S., M.B.A., D.Sci.; Retired Chairman of the Board, Wengert's Dairy,
Inc.
E.D. Williams Jr., L.H.D.; Private Investor.
Honorary
Suzanne H. Arnold, L.H.D., Community Leader and Philanthropist.
Bishop Neil L. Irons, B.A., M.A., M.Div., Ph.D., D.D., Resident Bishop of the Harrisburg
Area of The United Methodist Church.
Anne B. Sweigart, B.S.; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, D & E
Communications, Inc.
Bishop Peter D. Weaver, B.A., M.Div., Th.D., D.D., L.H.D., Resident Bishop of the
Philadelphia Area of The United Methodist Church.
174 Directory
2003-2004 Catalog
ADMINISTRATION
President
G. David Pollick, 1996-. Professor of Humanities, 1996-. B.A., University of San Diego,
1971; M.A., University of Ottawa, 1973; Ph.L., St. Paul's University, 1973; Ph.D.,
University of Ottawa, 1981.
Karin L. Right-Nolan, 1994-; Executive Assistant to the President, 2002-; B.A., Allegheny-
College, 1994.
General College Officers
Deborah R. Fullam, 1982- ; Vice President and Controller, 1995-. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1981; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988.
Robert E. Hamilton, 1986-; Vice President for Administration, 1990-. A.B., Messiah
College, 1962; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1966; D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1972.
Stephen C. MacDonald, 1998-; Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the
Faculty, Professor of Humanities, 1998-. B.A., Tufts University, 1969; Ph.D., University of
Virginia, 1977.
Anne M. Berry, 2000-; Vice President for Advancement, 2000-. A.B., Franklin & Marshall
College, 1977.
Robert A. Riley, 1976-1978, 1988-; Vice President of Information Technology Services,
1995-. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1976.
Gregory G. Stanson, J 966-; Vice President for Enrollment and Student Serxices, 1991-. B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1963; M.Ed., University of Toledo, 1966.
ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICERS
Academic
Stephen C. MacDonald, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty.
Nancy J. Aumann, 2003-; Director of Graduate Studies and Continuing Education, 2003-.
Adjunct Associate Professor of History, 2003-. B.A., Hope College, 1968; M.A.. University
of Wisconsin-Madison, 1970; Ph.D., 1982.
Cheryl L. Batdorf, 1993-; Assistant Director of the MBA Program, 1999-; B.S..
Shippensburg University, 1983; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992.
Karen Diener Best, 1990-; Registrar, 1990-. B.A., Dickinson College, 1989; M.P.A.. The
Pennsylvania State Unversity, 1999.
Crista A. Detweiler, 2002-; Assistant to the Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery,
2002- . B.A., Shippensburg University, 1992; M.A., University of Maryland, 2002.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 1 75
Timothy M. Dewald, 1989- ; Coordinator of Academic Advising and Community
Programming, 2001 -. B.A., Dickinson College, 1970; M.Div., Andover Newton
Theological School, 1975.
4
John C. Donohue, 2003-; Assistant Director of Media Services, 2003-. B.M., Lebanon
Valley College, 2000.
Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Director, Youth Scholars Institute, 1985-. B.A., University of
Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D.,
University of Oklahoma, 1981.
Yvonne M. Foster, 2003-; Coordinator of Disability Services, 2003-. B.S., Millersville
University, 1992; M.S., 1995; M.S., Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine, 2001.
Stanley A. Furmanak, 1990-; Systems and Reference Librarian, 1994-. B.A., University of
Scranton, 1978; M.A., The Catholic University of America, 1981; M.L.S., Southern
Connecticut State University, 1984.
Andrew S. Greene, 1990- ; Director of Media Services, 1992-. B.S., Kutztown University,
1990.
Julia L. Harvey, 1998-; Technical Services Librarian. A. A., Cottey College, 1977; B.A.,
Cedar Crest College, 1979; M.S. (Library Science) Drexel University, 1981; M.A.
(Educational Administration) Rider University, 1990.
Shirley Hockley, 1996- ; Director, Annville Continuing Education, 2001 '-. B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1980; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1994.
Marcus Home, 1992- ; Science Departments Stock Coordinator, Hazardous Waste
Materials Officer. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1992.
Patricia A. Kaley, 1987-; Associate Registrar, 2000-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1996.
Donna L. Miller, 1986- ; Readers' Service Librarian, 1986- . B.S., Millersville University,
1984; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1993; M.L.S., Drexel University, 1986.
P. Robert Paustian, 7997-; Librarian, 1991-. B.A., University of Missouri, 1971; M.A.,
University of Kansas, 1975; M.A., University of Missouri, 1979.
John J. Peck, 1999- ; Adjunct Catholic Chaplain, 1999-. O.S.B., Saint Vincent College and
Seminary; Franciscan University.
Edward D. Pitingolo, 2001-; Director of West Shore Center, 2002-. B.S., The Pennsylvania
State University, 1987; M.B.A., Kutztown University, 2001.
Jill Russell, 2001-; Study Abroad Advisor, 2001-. B.S., University of New Hampshire,
1993; M.S., University of Victoria, 1999.
176 Administration 2003-2004 Catalog
Scott A. Schweigert, 2002-; Director of the Suzanne H. Arnold Art Gallery and Assistant
Professor of Art. B.A., Dickinson College, 1992; M.A., The George Washington University,
1996.
Susan Szydlowski, 1995-; Director of Special Music Programs, 1995- . B.A. Colby
College, 1996.
Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic, 1987-; Associate Dean of the Faculty, 1999-; Adjunct Associate
Professor of Accounting, 1989-. B.A., Lehigh University, 1979; M.B.A., 1985; J.D.,
Widener University, 1996.
D. Darrell Woomer, 1992-; Chaplain, 1992-. B.A., Juniata College, 1964; M.Div.,
Pittsburgh Theological Seminary, 1969; Th.M., 1972; M.A., Duquesne University, 1986;
Ph.D., 1996.
Enrollment and Student Services
Gregory G. Stanson, Vice-President for Enrollment and Student Services.
Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Director of the Arnold Sports Center, 1997-. B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992.
Dorothy A. Brehm, 1993-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2003-. B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1976.
William J. Brown, Jr., 1980-; Dean of Admission and Financial Aid, 1993-. B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1979; M.B.A., Philadelphia University, 1988.
Vicki J. Cantrell, 7997-; Assistant Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1999.
Tchet D. Dorman, 2002-; Director of Multi-Cultural Affairs, 2002-. B.A., Oberlin College,
1987; M.A., Temple University, 1993.
David C. Evans, 1981-; Director of Career Services, 1989-. B.A., Slippery Rock University,
1969; M.Ed., Rutgers University, 1970.
Jennifer Dawson Evans, 7997-; Director of Student Activities and the College Center,
1995-. B.S., Kansas State University, 1989; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1991.
Chris M. Firestine, 2000-; Assistant Director of Admissions, 2003-. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1999.
Ronald K. Good, 1983-; Senior Assistant Director of Admission, 2001 -. B.S. in Ed.,
Millersville University, 1959; M.Ed., 1966.
Julie A. Gordon-Dueck, 1997-; Counseling Psychologist, 1997-; B.A., Fresno Pacific
College, 1985; M.A., Ph.D., California School/Professional Psychology, Fresno, 1993.
Jayanne Hogate, 2002- ; Admission Counselor, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2001.
Sharon Horst, 1999-; Staff Nurse, R.N. Diploma, Lancaster General Hospital School of
Nursing, 1970; B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 2001.
John T. Hower, 1988-; Counseling Psychologist, 1988-. B.A., Wheaton College. 1970;
M.A., Rosemead School of Psychology, 1974; Ph.D., 1977.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 177
Lynda Hower, 1993-; Therapist, 1993-. B.A., Wheaton College, 1971;, M.S.W., Temple
University, 1992.
Keo Oura Kounlavong, 2002-; Admission Counselor, 2002-; B.A., Ursinus College, 2000.
Jason A. Kuntz, 2000-; Assistant Director of Residential Life, 2000-. B.A., Baldwin-
Wallace College, 1996; M.Ed., University of South Carolina, 1998.
Jennifer S. Liedtka, 1994-1997; 2000- ; Director of Financial Aid, 2002-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1992; M.B.A., 2000.
Geraldine F. Nichols, 1999-; Staff Nurse, 1999-. R.N., Reading Area Community College,
1985.
Robert K. Nielsen, 1993-; College Physician, 1993-. M.D., Albany Medical College, 1975.
Alan T. Paynter, 2001 -; Admission Counselor, 2001 -. B.S. Ed., Kutztown University, 1997.
Susan Sarisky, 1993-; Director of Admission, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1992;
M.Ed., Temple University, 1999.
Erin N. Sanno, 2001-; Admission Counselor, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1998.
Tara L. Seeman, 2002-; Area Coordinator/Program Assistant, 2002-. B.S., University of
Pittsburgh, 2000; M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 2002.
Angela Strickler, 1998-; Therapist, 1998-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989; M.S.W.,
Temple University, 1994.
Jonathan D. Wescott, 2000-; Director of Residential Life, 2000-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1993; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1997.
Juliana Z. Wolfe, 1975-1978; 1979-; Director of Health Center and Head Nurse, 1979-.
R.N., Diploma, St. Joseph's Hospital, 1963.
Rosemary Yuhas, 197 3-; Dean of Student Services, 1991-. B.S., Lock Haven University,
1966; M.Ed., West Chester University, 1970.
Advancement
Anne M. Berry, Vice President for Advancement.
Kristy A. Adams, 7999-; Webmaster, 1999-. B.S., Drexel University, 1995.
Shanna G. Adler, 1992-; Development Associate, 1998-. B.S., Bucknell University, 1992.
Kelly A. Alsedek, 1998-; Associate Director of College Relations/Director of Publications,
2002-. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1971.
Kristi L. Barbour, 2001 -; Director of Leadership Giving, 2001-. B.A., Grinnell College,
1996.
Susan K. Borelli, 1990-; Major Gifts Officer, 2000-. B.A., Albright College, 1989; M.B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 2002.
178 Administration 2003-2004 Catalog
Jessica L. Bostdorf, 2000- ; Assistant Director of Annual Giving, 2002- . B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1999.
Jasmine A. Bucher, 2001 -; Communications Assistant, 2001 -. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1997.
Lauren McCartney Cusick, 2002-; Director of Media Relations, 2002-. B.A., University of
Massachusetts at Amherst, 1971; M.A., Rutgers, The Sate University of New Jersey, 1974.
Mattia S. Guinivan, 1999-; Director of Prospect Research, 1999-. B.A., Millersville
University, 1972.
Thomas M. Hanrahan, 7997-; Director of College Relations, 1999-. B.A., East
Stroudsburg University, 1990; M.Ed., 1992.
Carolyn A. Lauver, 1992-; Director of Major Gifts, 2001 -; B.Mus., College Misericordia,
1963.
Ann Hess Myers, 1998-; Director of Alumni Programs, 1998- . B.A., Kenyon College, 1979.
Alexandra J. Ritter, 2001 -; Director of Advancement Special Events, 2001-. B.A., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1999.
Braden A. Snyder, 2002-; Sports Information Director, 2002-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 2000.
Deborah B. Wescott, 2000-; Associate Director of Alumni Programs, 2003-. B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1995; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1998.
Jeffrey E. Zufelt, 2001 -; Director of Development, 2001 -; B.S., Syracuse University, 1979.
Financial Affairs
Deborah R. Fullam, Vice President and Controller.
Benjamin S. Goodhart, 2001-; Accounts Receivable Coordinator, 2001-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1997.
Ben D. Oreskovich, 1 994-; Associate Controller, 1999-. A.S., Danville Area Community
College, 1990; B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1993.
David I. Lasky, 1974-; Director of Institutional Research, 1995-. A.B.. Temple University.
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Dana K. Lesher, 7990-; Payroll and Benefits Administrator, 1995-. B.A., Millersville
University, 1977.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 1 79
Information Technology Services
Robert A. Riley, Vice President of Information Technology Services.
Robert J. Dillane, 1985-; Director of Information Management Services, 1986-. B.S.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1977.
Angela D. Edris, 2000-; Database Specialist, 2000-. B.S., Geneva College, 1992.
Todd M. Gamble, 1998-; PC Support Specialist, 1998-. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1998.
Kent A. Harshman, 2002-; Database Analyst/Programmer, 2002-. B.S., Loch Haven
University, 1980.
David W. Shapiro, 2000-; Unix/Windows System Administrator, 2000-. B.A., Lebanon
Valley College, 1999.
Walter L. Smith, 1961-1969; 1971-; Director of Special Services, 1982-. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1961; M.S. in Ed., Temple University, 1967.
Michael C. Zeigler, 1990- ; Director of Client Services, 1990- . B.S., The Pennsylvania
State University, 1979; M.Ed., 1995.
Administrative Affairs
Robert E. Hamilton, Vice President for Administration.
Robert E. Harnish, \967-; Manager of the College Store, 1967-. B.A., Randolph Macon
College, 1966.
Margaret A. Lahr, 1988-; Director of Housekeeping, 1988-.
John R. Becker, 2002- ; Director of Facilities Services, 2002- .
Harold G. Schwalm, 1994-; Director of Building Maintenance, 1994-.
Kathleen Tierney, 1983-2000; Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.S., State University of New
York at Brockport, 1979.
Debra Smolnik, 2003-; Director of Human Resources, 2003-. B.S., Alvernia College,
2001.
Robert Wildasin, 2002-; Assistant Manager of the College Store, 2002-. B.A., Lafayette
College, 2002.
Kevin R. Yeiser, 1982-; Director of Grounds, 1982-.
Allen R. Yingst, 1989-; Director of Public Safety, 1990-.
Athletics
Richard L. Beard, 1994-; Assistant Director of Athletics, 2001-. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1989; M.B.A., 1992.
Michael R. Downey, 2002-; Assistant Football Coach, 2002-. B.A., Lycoming College,
1996; M.B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 2001.
180 Administration 2003-2004 Catalog
Lauren N. Frankford, 2002-; Assistant Soccer Coordinator, Assistant Women 's Basketball
Coach, 2002- . B.A., Gettysburg College, 2000.
Mary M. Gardner, 1994-; Aquatic Director, Head Swim Coach, 7997-. B.A., Gettysburg
College, 1977; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996.
Judd Groff, 2003-; Assistant Athletic Trainer, 2003-. B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1996;
M.Ed., Miller sville University, 2002.
Jim Hoar, 7999-; Head Baseball Coach, 1999-; Montana State University, 1974;
University of Washington, Seattle, WA, 1969-1971.
Stacey L. Hollinger, 1998- ; Head Softball Coach, 1998- ; Assistant Field Hockey Coach,
1998- ; Coordinator of Summer Camps, 2002-. B.S., Millersville University, 1989.
Peg A. Kauffman, 1993-; Head Women's Basketball Coach, 1993-; Assistant Athletic
Director, 2001-; B.A., Millersville University, 1987; M.Ed, 1991.
Allan G. MacCormack, 1997-; Head Ice Hockey Coach, 1997-; Director of Physical
Education Program, 1998-. B.S., St. Lawrence University, 1974; M.S., Ithaca College, 1975.
Laurel Martin. 2001-; Head Field Hockey Coach, 2001-. B.S., University of North
Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1991.
Brad F. McAlester, 7994-; Head Men's Basketball Coach, 1994-; B.A., Southampton
College of Long Island University, 1975.
Cliff Myers, 7994-; Head Tennis Coach, 1994-.
Wayne Perry, 7957-; Head Women's Volleyball Coach, 1988-. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1978.
Mark J. Pulisic, 1993-; Head Soccer Coach, 1993-98; Soccer Coordinator, Head Men 's &
Women's Coach, 1998-; B.S., George Mason University, 1991.
O. Kent Reed, 7977-; Head Men's Track and Field Coach, Men's and Women's Cross-
country Coach, 1971 -. B.S., Otterbein College, 1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University,
1970.
Michael J. Silecchia, 1998-; Head Football Coach, 1998-. B.A., Mansfield University.
1978; M.S.E., 1984.
Brian Todd Smith, 7998-; Assistant Football Coach. 1998-. B.A.. Mansfield University. 1989.
Louis A. Sorrentino, Golf Coach, 1989- ; B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1954; M.S.,
Bucknell University, 1961.
James E. Stark, 1986-; Athletic Trainer, 1986-. B.S., Lock Haven University. 1983; M.Ed..
Shippensburg University, 1986.
Lebanon Valley College Administration 181
FACULTY
Active
Barbara J. Anderman, 2001 '-; Assistant Professor of Art. Chairperson of the Department
of Art. MA., University of St. Andrews, Scotland, 1971; M.A., Rutgers University, 1994;
Ph.D., 2000.
Sharon O. Arnold, 1986-; Associate Professor of Sociology. B.A., University of Akron,
1964; M.A., 1967; M.S.W., Temple University, 1994.
Susan L. Atkinson, 1987-; Professor of Education. B.S., Shippensburg University, 1972;
M.Ed., (Elementary Education) 1973; M.Ed., (Special Education), 1979; D.Ed., Temple
University, 1987.
Eric Bain-Selbo, 1997-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. Chairperson of
the Department of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University of Tennessee, 1987; MA.,
Miami University (Ohio), 1988; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1997;
Philip A. Billings, 1970-; Professor of English. B.A., Heidelberg College, 1965; MA.,
Michigan State University, 1967; Ph.D., 1974. (On leave, Fall 2003)
Gayle L. Bolinger, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Accounting, 2002-; B.A., Purdue
University, 1973; M.S., 1976.
Marie G. Bongiovanni, 1990-; Associate Professor of English. Chairperson of the
Department of English. B.A., Temple University, 1977; M.B.A., Drexel University, 1982;
M.L.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1996.
Donald C. Boone, 1988-; Associate Professor of Business Administration. B.A., Michigan
State University, 1964; M.B.A., 1966.
Jean-Marc Braem, 2002-; Assistant Professor of French. Licence, Universite Libre de
Bruxelles, 1980; M.A., Princeton University, 1985; Ph.D., 1989.
Christopher Brazfield, 1999- ; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Reed
College, 1993; M.S., University of Oregon, 1995; Ph.D., 1999.
J. Patrick Brewer, 1997-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Northern
Arizona University, 1991; M.S., University of Oregon, 1993; Ph.D., 1997.
James H. Broussard, 1983-; Professor of History. A.B., Harvard University, 1963; MA.,
Duke University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
Delores J. Buttry, 2003- ; Assistant Professor of French and German. B.A., Illinois State
University, 1967; M.A., Middlebury College, in conjunction with Johannes Gutenberg
Universitdt, Mainz, Germany, 1969; M.A., Illinois State University, 1972; Ph.D., 1978;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1997.
Donald E. Byrne Jr., 7977-; Professor of Religion and American Studies. B.A., St. Paul
Seminary, 1963; M.A., Marquette University, 1966; Ph.D., Duke University, 1972. (On
leave, Spring 2004)
Sharon F. Clark, 1986- ; Professor of Business Administration. B.A., University of
Richmond, 1969; J.D., 1971.
182 Faculty 2003-2004 Catalog
Stan M. Dacko, 2003 -; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Rutgers University,
1974; M.S., Boston University, 1983; Ph.D., Hahnemann University, 1997.
Michael A. Day, 1987-; Professor of Physics. B.S., University of Idaho, 1969; M.A., 1975,
Ph.D., 1977, University of Nebraska (Philosophy). M.S., 1978, Ph.D., 1983, University of
Nebraska (Physics).
Johannes M. Dietrich, 1995-; Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Montana State
University, 1990; M.M., University of Cincinnati College-Conservatory of Music, 1992;
D.M.A., 1996.
Deanna L. Dodson, 1994-; Associate Professor of Psychology. Chairperson of the
Department of Psychology. B.S., Tennessee Technological University, 1985; M.S., Memphis
State University, 1988; Ph.D., 1992.
Phylis C. Dryden, 1987-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Atlantic Union College,
1976; M.A., State University of New York at Albany, 1985; D.A., 1988.
Marcia Epler, 2003-; Associate Professor of Physical Therapy. B.A., Ithaca College,
1973; B.S., 1975; M.Ed., Temple University, 1981; Ph.D., 1996.
Scott H. Eggert, 1983-; Professor of Music. B.F.A., University of Wisconsin (Milwaukee),
1971; M.A., University of Chicago, 1974; D.M.A., University of Kansas, 1982.
Dale J. Erskine, 1983-; Professor of Biology. Director of the Youth Scholars Institute.
B.A., University of Maine at Portland, 1974; M.A., State University of New York at
Buffalo, 1976; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma, 1981.
Barry X. Friedman, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., SUNY at Binghamton,
1997.
Michael D. Fry, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. Chairperson of the
Department of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Immaculate Heart College, 1975; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, 1980.
Claudia C. Gazsi, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. Academic Coordinator
of Clinical Education. B.S., West Virginia University, 1981; M.H.A., The Pennsylvania
State University, 2000.
Cheryl George, 1 998-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Texas Christian University,
1984; M.Ed., University of North Texas, 1988; Ph.D., 1993.
Stacy A. Goodman, 1996-; Asssociate Professor of Biology. B.S., Westminster College,
1991; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 1996. (On leave. Spring 2004)
Gary Grieve-Carlson, 1990-; Professor of English. Director of General Education.
Director of the American Studies Program. B.A., Bates College, 1977; M.A., State
University of New York at Binghamton, 1980; Ph.D., Boston University, 1988. (On leave.
Spring 2004)
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 183
Lee Ann Grisolano, 2003-: Visiting Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., University of
Iowa, 1990; Ph.D., 1996.
Marta Guevara-Geer, 1999-: Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., Ripon College, 1990;
M.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1993.
Carolyn R. Hanes, 1977-; Professor of Sociology. Chairperson of the Department of
Sociology. B.A., Central Michigan University, 1969; M.A., University of New Hampshire,
1973; Ph.D., 1976. (On leave, Spring 2004)
Marc A. Harris, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of Arizona,
1994; Ph.D., University of Nevada at Reno, 1999.
Griffin C. Hathaway, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Politcal Science. B.A., University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1987; M.A., The American University, 1990; M.A.,
University of Maryland College Park, 1995; Ph.D., 1998.
Bryan V. Hearsey, 7977-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.A., Western Washington
State College, 1964; M.A., Washington State University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
Robert H. Hearson, 1986-; Professor of Music. B. Music, University of Iowa, 1964; M.A.,
1965; Ed.D., University of Illinois, 1983.
John H. Heffner, 1972-; Professor of Philosophy. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1968;
B.A., 1987; A.M., Boston University, 1971; Ph.D., 1976; M.A.R., Lancaster Theological
Seminary, 2002.
Paul A. Heise, 7997-; Professor of Economics. B.S.F.S., Georgetown University, 1958;
M.A., 1963; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1972; Ph.D., New School for Social Research,
1991.
Jeanne C. Hey, 1989-; Professor of Economics. B.A., Bucknell University, 1954; M.B.A.,
Lehigh University, 1982; Ph.D., 1990.
Barry R. Hill, 1993- ; Associate Professor of Music. Director of the Music Recording
Technology Program. B.S., Music with Recording Arts, University of North Carolina at
Asheville, 1989; M.M., New York University, 1996.
John H. Hinshaw, 2000-; Assistant Professor of History, B.A., Macalester College, 1985;
M.A., Carnegie Mellon University, 1988; Ph.D., 1995.
J. Noel Hubler, 1995-; Associate Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., University
of Pennsylvania, 1981; Ph.D., 1995.
Luke G. Huggins, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S., Albright College, 1988; M.S.,
University of Delaware, 1991; Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony Brook, 1999.
Barry L. Hurst, 1982-; Associate Professor of Physics. Chairperson of the Department of
Physics. B.S., Juniata College, 1972; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1982.
184 Faculty 2003-2004 Catalog
Diane M. Iglesias, 1 976-; Professor of Spanish. B.A., Queens College, 1971; M.A., 1974;
Ph.D., City University of New York, 1979.
Cynthia R. Johnston, 1991-; Lecturer in Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1987.
John P. Kearney, 7977-; Professor of English. B.A., St. Benedict's College, 1962; M.A.,
University of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
Donald E. Kline, 1997- ; Associate Professor of Education. Acting Chairperson of the
Department of Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1966; M.Ed., Millersville
University, 1975; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1977; Ed.D., Lehigh University,
1990.
Joel A. Kline, 1999- ; Assistant Professor of Business Administration. Acting Director of
the Digital Communications Program. A.S., Harrisburg Area Community College, 1985;
B.S., B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1989; M.J., Temple University, 2002.
Kathleen Kolbet, 1999- ; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A. (Chemistry), B.S.
(Mathematics), Gonzaga University, 1993; Ph.D., Univeristy of Illinois, 1999.
Walter Labonte, 1992-; Instructor in English. Director of Writing Center. B.S.,
Northeastern University, 1968; M.A., 1977; M.Ed., Curry College, 1984.
Kerrie D. Laguna, 7 997-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1990; B.Ed., 1991; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1996; Ph.D., 1997.
Louis B. Laguna, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.S., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1990; M.S., Millersville University of Pennsylvania, 1992; M.A., University of
Nebraska, 1995; Ph.D., 1998.
Mary L. Lemons, 1996- ; Associate Professor of Music. B.S., University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign; M.S., 1990; Ed.D., 1998. (On leave, Fall 2003)
Robert W. Leonard, 1988-; Professor of Business Administration. Chairperson of the
Department of Business and Economics. B.A., Ohio University, 1977; M.A., St. Francis
School of Industrial Relations, 1978; M.B.A., Ohio State University, 1986.
Rebecca C. Lister, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., James Madison University.
1988; MM., Florida State University, 1992; DM., 1997.
David W. Lyons, 2000-; Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Davidson
College, 1981; Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1996.
Tia Malkin-Fontecchio, 2002-; Assistant Professor of History. B.A.. University of
California at Berkeley, 1994; M.A., Brown University, 1996; Ph.D.. 2003.
Louis Manza, 1995-; Associate Professor of Psychology. B.A.. State University of New
York at Binghamton, 1988; M.A., Brooklyn College. 1991; M. Phil. City University of
New York, 1991; Ph.D., 1992.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 85
Leon E. Markowicz, 197J-; Professor of Business Administration. A.B., Duquesne
University, 1964; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1968; Ph.D., 1972; M.A., Antioch
University, 1998.
G. Daniel Massad, 1985-; Artist-in-Residence. B.A., Princeton University, 1969; M.A.,
University of Chicago, 1977; M.F.A., University of Kansas, 1982.
Raymond A. Maynard, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Economics. B.A., University of
Sussex, 1987; M.A., University of Tennessee, 1992; Ph.D., 2000.
Rebecca McCoy, 1998- ; Associate Professor of History. Chairperson of the Department
of History and Political Science. A.B., Mount Holyoke College, 1975; M.A., University of
North Carolina, 1980; Ph.D., 1992.
Mark L. Mecham, 1990-; Clark and Edna Carmean Distinguished Professor of Music.
B.M., University of Utah, 1976; MM.,. 1978; D.M.A., University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign, 1985. (On leave, Fall 2003)
Jane Mikoni, 2003-; Lecturer in English. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1995; M.A., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1997.
Owen A. Moe Jr., 1973-; Vernon and Doris Bishop Distinguished Professor of Chemistry.
B.A., St. Olaf's College, 1966; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971. (On leave, Spring 2004)
Shelly Moorman-Stahlman, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music. BMus., University of
Missouri-Kansas City, 1985; MM., 1986; DMA., University of Iowa, 1990.
Roger M. Nelson, 2002- ; Professor of Physical Therapy. Chairperson of the Department
of Physical Therapy. Certificate in Physical Therapy, 1965; M.S., Boston University,
1971; Ph.D., The University of Iowa, 1981.
Renee Lapp Norris, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., West Chester University,
1991; MM., University of Maryland, 1994; Ph.D., 2001.
John D. Norton, 7977-; Professor of Political Science. B.A., University of Illinois, 1965;
M.A., Florida State University, 1967; Ph.D., American University, 1973.
Walter A. Patton, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Susquehanna University,
1988; Ph.D., Lehigh University, 1993.
Mary K. Pettice, 1 994-; Associate Professor of English. B.A., Illinois Wesley an University,
1982; M.S., University of Illinois, 1983; M.A. 1986; Ph.D., University of Houston, 1994.
Michael Pittari, 2002-; Assistant Professor of Art. B.F.A., University of Florida, 1989,
M.F.A., University of Tennessee, 1995.
Sidney Pollack, 1976-; Professor of Biology. B.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1970.
186 Faculty 2003-2004 Catalog
Kevin B. Pry, 199 1-; Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1976;
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1980; Ph.D., 1984.
Barney T. Raffield III, 1990-; Professor of Business Administration. B.B.A., Southern
Methodist University, 1968; M.B.A., 1971; Ph.D., Union Graduate School, 1982.
Sharon Hall Raffield, 1990-; Associate Professor of Sociology. A.B., Wheaton College,
1963; M.S.W., Washington University, 1967.
O. Kent Reed, 1971 -; Associate Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Otterbein College,
1956; M.A., Eastern Kentucky University, 1970.
Jeffrey J. Ritchie, 2002-; Assistant Professor of English and Digital Communications. B.S.
and B.A., Indiana University, 1989; M.A., University of South Carolina, 1993; M.Ed.,
Arizona State University, 1998; Ph.D., 2000.
Jeffrey W. Robbins, 2002- ; Assistant Professor of Religion and Philosophy. B.A., Baylor
University, 1994; M.Div., Texas Christian University, 1997; M.Phil., Syracuse University,
1999; Ph.D., 2001.
Victoria Rose, 2003-; Instructor in Music. B.M., Peabody Consen'atory of the Johns
Hopkins University, 1972; M.M., Towson State University, 1994.
Stacey A. Ruch, 2001 -; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., Seton Hall
University, 1989; M.S., 1993; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University, 2000.
Penelope L. Samuelson, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy. B.S., University
of Pennsylvania, 1975; M.P.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1988.
Gail A. Sanderson, 1983-; Associate Professor of Accounting. B.A., Hobart and William
Smith Colleges, 1970; M.B.A., Boston University, 1977.
Jeffrey R. Savage, 2003-; Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., University of Colorado,
1994; MM., The Juilliard School, 1996; D.M.A., 2002.
James W. Scott, 1976-; Professor of German. Acting Chairperson of the Department of
Foreign Languages. B.A., Juniata College, 1965; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971.
Daniel Simpkins, 1998-; Lecturer in Sociology. B.A., West Georgia College, 1976; M.A.,
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, 1984; Ph.D., 1992.
Jeff Snyder, 1997-; Associate Professor of Music and Assistant Director of Music
Recording Technology. A.A., Pensacola Junior College, 1982; B.A., University of West
Florida, 1984; M.S., Kutztown University, 1998.
Thomas M. Strohman, 1977-1983; 1987-; Associate Professor of Music. B.S.. Acting
Chairperson of the Department of Music. Lebanon Valley College, 1975; M.M., Towson
State University, 1998.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 187
Edward J. Sullivan, 2001 -; Associate Professor of Business Administration and
Economics. B.S., St. Peter's College, 1972; M.A., The Pennsylvania State University,
1975; Ph.D., 1985.
Dale E. Summers, 1990-; Professor of Education. Director of Elementary and Secondary
School Relations. B.S., Ball State University, 1971; M.A., 1973; Ed.D., 1978.
Linda L. Summers, 1991-; Instructor in Education. B.S., Ball State University, 1972;
M.A., 1977.
Dennis W. Sweigart, 1972-; Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1963;
M.M., University of Michigan, 1965; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1977.
Rosa Tezanos-Pinto, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Spanish. B.A., University of Miami,
1979; M.A., 1994; Ph.D., 2002.
Mark A. Townsend, 1983-; Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Bethany Nazarene
College, 1965; M.A., Oklahoma University, 1969; Ed.D., Oklahoma State University, 1983.
Dennis J. Tulli, 2002; Visiting Assistant Professor of Education. B.A., Lebanon Valley
College, 1969; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1976; Ed.D., Temple University, 1991.
Angel T. Tuninetti, 1996- ; Associate Professor of Spanish. Chairperson of the Department
of Foreign Languages. L.L.M., Universidad Nacional de Cordoba, 1986; M.A.,
Washington University, 1991; Ph.D., 1999.
Susan E. Verhoek, 1974-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1964;
M.A., Indiana University, 1966; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1975.
Scott N. Walck, 1999-; Assistant Professor of Physics. B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute, 1988; M.S., Lehigh University, 1992; Ph.D., 1995.
Carl T. Wigal, 1993-; Professor of Chemistry. Chairperson of the Department of
Chemistry. A.S., College of Mount Saint Joseph, 1984; B.S., University of Cincinnati,
1986; Ph.D., Miami University (Ohio), 1990.
Stephen E. Williams, 1973-; Professor of Biology. B.A., Central College, 1964; M.S.,
University of Tennessee, 1966; Ph.D., Washington University, St. Louis, 1971.
Paul L. Wolf, 1966-; Professor of Biology. B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1960; M.S.,
University of Delaware, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.
Allan F. Wolfe, 1968- ; Professor of Biology, Chairperson of the Department of Biology.
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1963; M.A., Drake University, 1965; Ph.D., University of
Vermont, 1968.
Kenneth Yarnall, 1996-; Associate Professor of Mathematical Sciences. B.S., South
Carolina College, 1986; Ph.D., University of South Carolina, 1992. (On leave, Fall 2002)
M. Jane Yingling, 2001-; Assistant Professor of Education. B.S., Lock Haven University,
1972; M.A., Shippensburg University, 1996.
188 Faculty 2003-2004 Catalog
Emeriti
Madelyn J. Albrecht, 1973-1990; Associate Professor Emerita of Education. B.A.,
Northern Baptist College, 1952; M.A., Michigan State University, 1958; Ph.D., 1972.
Howard L. Applegate, 1983-2000; Professor Emeritus of History and American Studies.
B.A., Drew University, 1957; M.A., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D., 1966.
Eloise P. Brown, 1961-1987; Readers' Services Librarian Emerita. B.S.ES. Simmons
College, 1946.
Voorhis C. Cantrell, 1968-1992; Professor Emeritus of Religion and Greek. B.A.,
Oklahoma City University, 1952; B.D., Southern Methodist University, 1956; Ph.D.,
Boston University, 1967.
D. Clark Carmean, 1933-1972; Director Emeritus of Admissions. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan
University, 1926; M.A., Columbia University, 1932.
Richard F. Charles, 1988-1997; Vice President Emeritus for Advancement. A.B., Franklin
& Marshall College, 1953.
Charles T. Cooper, 1965-1979; Associate Professor Emeritus of Spanish. B.S., U.S. Naval
Academy, 1942; M.A., Middlebury College, 1965.
Richard D. Cornelius, 1985-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.A., Carleton
College, 1969; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1974.
Salvatore S. Cullari, 1986-2003; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. B.A., Kean College,
1974; M.A., Western Michigan University, 1976; Ph.D., 1981.
George D. Curfman, 1961-1996; Professor Emeritus of Music Education. B.S., Lebanon
Valley College, 1953; M.M., University of Michigan, 1957; Ed. D., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1971.
Donald B. Dahlberg, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., University of
Washington, 1967; M.S., Cornell University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
Robert S. Davidon, 1970-1984; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., University of
Illinois, 1940; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1946; Ph.D., 1951.
Alice S. Diehl, 1966-1997; Technical Processes Librarian Emerita. A.B., Smith College.
1956; B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957; M.L.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966.
William H. Fairlamb, 1947-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. Mus. B.. cum laude,
Philadelphia Conservatory, 1949.
Arthur L. Ford, 1965-2001; Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley College,
1959; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1960; Ph.D.. 1964.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 1 89
Pierce A. Getz, 1959-1990; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1951; M.S.M., Union Theological Seminary School of Sacred Music, 1953; A.M.D.,
Eastman School of Music, 1967.
Michael A. Grella, 1980-2001; Professor Emeritus of Education. B.A., St. Mary's
Seminary and University, 1958; M.A., West Virginia University, 1970; Ed.D., 1974.
Klement M. Hambourg, 1982-1995; Professor Emeritus of Music. A.T.C.M., Royal
Conservatory of Music, 1946; L.R.A.M., Royal Academy of Music, 1962; A.R.C.M., Royal
College of Music, 1962; L.T.C.L., Trinity College of Music (London), 1965; Fellow, 1966;
D.M.A., University of Oregon, 1977.
June E. Herr, 1959-1980; Associate Professor Emerita of Elementary Education. B.S.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1943, L.H.D., 1997; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University,
1954.
Richard A. Joyce, 1966-1998; Professor Emeritus of History. A.B., Yale University, 1952;
M.A., San Francisco State College, 1963.
Nevelyn J. Knisely, 1963-2003; Lecturer Professor Emerita of Music. B.M., Oberlin
College, 1951; M.F.A., Ohio University, 1953.
Thomas A. Lanese, 1954-1978; Associate Professor Emeritus of Strings, Conducting, and
Theory. B. Mus., Baldwin-Wallace College, 1938; Fellowship, Julliard Graduate School;
M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1952.
David I. Lasky, 1974-1995; Professor Emeritus of Psychology. A.B., Temple University,
1956; M.A., 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Jean O. Love, 1954-1985; Professor Emerita of Psychology. A.B., Erskine College, 1941;
M.A., Winthrop College, 1949; Ph.D., University of North Carolina, 1953.
George R. Marquette, 1951-1990; Vice President Emeritus for Student Affairs. A.B.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1948; M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ed.D., Temple
University, 1967.
Joerg W. P. Mayer, 1970-1997; Professor Emeritus of Mathematical Sciences. Dipl.
Math., University of Giessen, 1953; Ph.D., 1954.
William J. McGill Jr., 1986-1998; Senior Vice President and Dean of the Faculty
Emeritus. A.B., Trinity College, 1957; M.A., Harvard University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
Anna D. Faber McVay, 1954-1976; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Lebanon Valley
College, 1948; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., 1954.
Philip G. Morgan, 1969-2003; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.M.E., Pittsburg State
University (Kansas), 1962; M.S., 1965.
190 Faculty 2003-2004 Catalog
H. Anthony Neidig, 1948-1985; Professor Emeritus of Chemistry. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1943; M.S., University of Delaware, 1946; Ph.D., 1948.
Agnes B. O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Professor Emerita of English. A.B., Immaculata
College, 1948; M.Ed., Temple University, 1952; M.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1967;
Ph.D., 1976.
J. Robert O'Donnell, 1961-1987; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1950; M.S., University of Delaware, 1953.
Gerald J. Petrofes, 1963-1988; Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. B.S.,
Kent State University, 1958; M.Ed., 1962.
Jacob L. Rhodes, 1957-1985; Professor Emeritus of Physics. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1943; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1958.
Ralph S. Shay, 1948-1951; 1953-1984; Professor Emeritus of History and Assistant Dean
of the College Emeritus. A.B., Lebanon Valley College, 1942; A.M., University of
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ph.D., 1962.
Robert W. Smith, 1951-1983; Professor Emeritus of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley College,
1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1950.
Joelle L. Stopkie, 1989-2002-; Professor Emerita of French. Licence, Sorbonne, 1960;
M.A., New York University, 1963; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College, 1979.
Warren K. A. Thompson, 1967-1997; Professor Emeritus of Philosophy. A.B., Trinity
University, 1957; M. A., University of Texas, Austin, 1963.
C. F. Joseph Tom, 1954-1989; Professor Emeritus of Economics. B.A., Hastings College,
1944; M.A., University of Chicago, 1947; Ph.D., 1963.
Perry J. Troutman, 1960-1994; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Houghton College,
1949; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D., Boston University, 1964.
L. Elbert Wethington, 1963-1983; Professor Emeritus of Religion. B.A., Wake Forest,
1944; B.D., Divinity School of Duke University, 1947; Ph.D., Duke University.
Glenn H. Woods, 1965-1990; Associate Professor Emeritus of English. A.B., Lebanon
Valley College, 1951; M.Ed., Temple University, 1962.
Adjunct
P. Terry Baker, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Shippensburg Universin:
Joseph G. Bashore, 1994-1996, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1983; M.F.A., University of Iowa 1986.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 191
Jean-Paul Benowitz, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in History. B.S., Eastern Mennonite
University, 1991; M.A., Millersville University, 1993; additional graduate study at Temple
University.
Kathleen K. Blouch, 2001 -; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.A., Messiah
College, 1983; M.Ed., Millersville University, 1987; Ph.D., Temple University, 2000.
James F. Bohan, 1995-; Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences. B.S., Loyola
University, 1968; M.A., 1971.
G. Kip Bollinger, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Science Education. B.S, Juniata
College, 1967; M.S.Ed., Temple University, 1971; D.Ed., 1979.
Theresa Yohn Bowley, 1993; Adjunct Instructor in French. B.A., Barrington College,
1981; M.A., Middlebury College, 1982.
Marthalee T. Brod, 1992-; Adjunct Instructor in Psychology. B.A., Houghton College,
1967; M.Ed., Temple University, 1968; Ph.D., Fordham University, 1985.
Christine Brooks, 2000-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., The Pennsylvania State
Univevsity, 1993; M.S., 1996.
Beverly Ann K. Butts, 2000-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1978; M.M., Michigan State University, 1980; additional graduate study at New
York University.
Melanie A. M. Demartyn, 2001 -; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., Shepherd College, 1978;
M.A., Indiana University of Pennsylvania, 1983.
James A. Diehm, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in Education. B.A., Albright College, 1961;
M.A., Lehigh University, 1968; Administrative Certification, Temple University, 1972.
Joseph DiSanto, 1992- ; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.S., St. Josephs University, 1967;
Department of Defense Information Officers' School, 1969; M.A., Annenberg School of
Communications, University of Pennsylvania, 1970.
James A. Erdman II, 1983-; Adjunct Instructor in Music.
Timothy M. Erdman, 1988-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.S., Temple University, 1970.
Suzanne D. Fox, 1998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1977; M.M., University of Miami, 1979.
Ming Gao, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Linguistics. B.A., Beijing Second Foreign
Language Institute, 1982; M.A., Canberra College of Advanced Education, 1984; Ph.D.,
Lehigh University, 1999.
Rita M. Gargotta, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Spanish. B.S., West Chester State College,
1972; Diploma, University of Sevilla; M.A., West Chester State College, 1976.
192 Faculty 2003-2004 Catalog
Richard Johnson, 2001 -; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.S., Millersville University, 1996.
Rick Knepp, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education, B.S., Lock Haven
University, 1979; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 1986.
Kristy Krivitsky, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Art. B.A., B.F.A., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1992; M.F.A., The School of the Art Institute of Chicago, 1995.
David W. Layman, 1993-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. A.B., University- of
Chicago, 1977; Ph.D., Temple University, 1994.
Mary E. Long, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., The Pennsylvania State
University, 1999; M.A., 2002.
Marion M. Markowicz, 1996; Adjunct Instructor in Sociology B.A., Mercyhurst College,
1964; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr Graduate School of Social Work and Social Research, 1970.
Mark N. Mazarella, 1998-; Adjunct Professor of Military Science, Lieutenant Colonel,
United States Army. B.A., Wilmington College, 1981; M.S., United States Army Command
and General Staff College, 1994; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University, 2002.
James Miller, 1989-; Adjunct Instructor in Music.
Joseph D. Mixon, 1991-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.A., Moravian College, 1981;
M.M., Combs College of Music, 1990.
Ted Nichols, 2003-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Millersville
University, 1966.
Barbara Nissman-Cohen, 2001 -; Adjunct Instructor in French. Premier Degre, La
Sorbonne, 1975; B.A., Ithaca College, 1976; M.S, Montclair State College, 1984.
Robert A. Nowak, 1988-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., Mansfield State
College, 1973; M.M., University of Miami, 1975.
Philip J. Oles, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry. B.A., University of
Connecticut, 1968; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1974.
Melissa- Ann Pero, 2003- ; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., Lebanon Valley College,
1998; M.Ed., Shippensburg University, 2002.
Jeff Remington, 1 998-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.A., Indiana University
of Pennsylvania, 1986; M.Ed., The Pennsylvania State University: 1992.
Marie Riegle, 1980-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Gettysburg College, 1973,
M.F.A., The Pennsylvania State University, 1979.
Andrew Roberts, 1998-; Adjunct Instructor in Music. B.M.. Berklee College of Music, 1989.
Nan Hanshaw Roberts, 2002- ; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S, Lebanon
Valley College, 1988; D.V.M., North Carolina State University. 1998.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 193
Doris Russ, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in German. B.S., Kutztown University, 1970; M.A.,
University of Maryland, 1975.
Thomas H. Sanagorski, 1997-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A.,
Elizabethtown College, 1971; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 1974.
David M. Setley, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.S., Kutztown
University, 1977; M.B.A., 2000.
Christopher A. Shaak, 2002-: Adjunct Instructor in Sociology. B.A., Indiana University of
Pennsylvania, 1992; M.S., Shippensburg University, 1998.
Robert Siemers, 1995-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.M., Southern Illinois
University, 1979; M.M., Eastman School of Music, 1981; D.M.A., Indiana University, 1997.
Basil E. Smith, 2001-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. B.A., Purchase College, 1991;
M.A., Claremont Graduate University, 1993; Ph.D., Cardiff University, 2002.
Dennis C. Smith, 2001 -; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. B.A., Dakota
Wesleyan University, 1967; M.B.A., University of St. Thomas, 1985.
DeAnna Spurlock, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in English. B.A., University of Wisconsin,
1968; M.A., 1970.
194 Faculty
2003-2004 Catalog
Anna F. Tilberg, 1982-; Adjunct Instructor in Biology. B.A., University of Pennsylvania,
1969.
Geno Torri, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., California State
University, 1973; M.A.T., University of Pittsburgh, 1974; M.S.Ed., Shippensburg
University, 1976; Ph.D., Nova Southeastern University, 1995.
Barbara Tremitiere, 1 994-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Sociology. B.A., Miami University
of Ohio, 1961; M.S.W., University of Pittsburgh, 1963; Ph.D., Union Institute, 1992.
Richard J. Tushup, 1989-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.B., St. Vincent
Seminary; M. A., 1971 ; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1977.
Noelle Vahanian, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Philosophy. Baccalaureat, Lycee
International des Pontonniers, 1988; B.A., Syracuse University; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D.,
1999.
Gene G. Veno, 1997-; Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration. A.S., Lackawanna
Junior College, 1970; B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1972; M.P.A., Marywood College
Graduate School, 1983.
Michael Wojdylak, 2001-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music. B.S., The Pennsylvania
State University, 1977; M.AGR., 1983; D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1987; B.A.,
Lebanon Valley College, 1997.
Deborah Worthen, 2002-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University, 1993; M.S.E., Lebanon Valley College, 2001.
Jeremy Wolf, 2003 '-; Adjunct Instructor in Science Education. B.S., Lebanon Valley
College, 1999; M.S.Ed., St. Josephs University, 2003.
Louis Zivic, 1998-; Adjunct Assistant Professor of Religion. B.A., Roosevelt Uriiversity,
1969, M.A., Jewish Theological Seminary of America, 1975; Rabbi, 1976.
Adjuncts in Medical Technology
Jersey Shore Medical Center: Medical Advisor, Brian Erler, M.D., Ph.D.; Program
Director, Perla L. Simmons, M.P.A., B.S.M.T. (ASCP) S.H.. N.C.A. (CLS); Assistant
Program Director/Education Coordinator, Mary Jane C. Schaefer, M.S., M.P.A.
Lancaster General Hospital: Medical Director, James T. Eastman, M.D.; Acting Program
Director, Anne L. Cusar, M.T. (ASCP) S.H.
Lebanon Valley College Faculty 195
COLLEGE SUPPORT STAFF
Deborah L. Atkins Annual Giving
Susan R. Aungst Library
Phyllis C. Basehore President of the College Office
Marilyn E. Boeshore Alumni Office
Donna L. Brickley Information Technology Services Office
Jo LynnBrummer Development Office
Joel M. Burkholder Library
Wendy L. Carfagno Registrar's Office
Lois Filingeri Financial Aid Office
Mary E. Fisher Administration and Controller Offices
Jennifer R. Fullenlove Physical Therapy
Beverly J. Gamble Student Services Office
Cheryl A. George Media Center
Susan M. Greenawalt Graduate Studies and Continuing Education Office
Nancy J. Hartman : Business Office
PamelaS. Hillegas Athletic Office
Constance W. Kershner Business Office
Melissa S. Klopp Business and Economics
Charlene R. Kreider Advancement Office
Karen M. Kreider Copy Center and Mail Services
Paula Gahres Chaplain's Office
Sharon B. Hurst College Center
Deborah L. Lerchen English, Political Science, Sociology
Deborah L. Lutz Development Office
Karen R. McLucas Admission Office
Anita L. Miller Associate Dean and Academic Services Office
Sharon S. Mock Copy Center and Mail Services
Tami S. Morgan Admission Office
Tracy M. Patteson Registrar's Office
Gwendolyn W. Pierce Administration and Controller Offices
Ann K. Pitt Student Services Office
Cindy L. Progin College Relations Office
Christine M. Reeves Development Office
Carol Sabados Biology and Psychology Departments
Ann Safstrom Music Department
Audrey K. Sanders Humanities Departments and General Education
Denise D. Sanders Library
Lori A. Schreckengast Facilities Services Office
Jacqueline F. Showers Telephone Console Attendant
Barbara A. Smith Vice President for Academic Affairs and Dean of the Faculty Office
Susan Snyder Mathematical Sciences Department
Jay L. Sorrentino Athletic Equipment Manager
Andrea Stone College Center
Pamela J. Stoudt Library
LaRue A. Troutman Major Gifts Office
Nathaniel C. Tulli Information Technology Services Office
Nancy J. Waite Education Department
Barbara E. West Chemistry and Physics Departments
Mark C. Wolfe Information Technology Services Office
Beverly A. Yingst Arnold Sports Center
Susan B. Zearing Admission Office
Sarah Zeiger Arnold Sports Center
196 Support Staff 2003-2004 Catalog
THE THOMAS RHYS VICKROY
DISTINGUISHED TEACHING AWARDS
The Vickroy Award recipient, who must be a full-time member of the college faculty.
is selected by the president of the college after appropriate consultation with alumni,
students, faculty and staff. The Vickroy Award replaces the Lindback Award which was
presented through the 1993 academic year.
Previous Awardees
1985 Leon E. Markowicz, Ph.D., Professor of English
1986 Carolyn R. Hanes, Ph.D., Professor of Sociology and Social Work and
Leadership Studies
1987 Donald E. Byrne, Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
1987 Mark A. Townsend. Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Mathematical Sciences
1988 William H. Fairlamb, Mus.B., Professor of Music
1989 Paul L. Wolf, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
1990 Owen A. Moe Jr., Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
1991 Scott H. Eggert, D.M.A., Associate Professor of Music
1992 Gary Grieve-Carlson, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
1993 Diane M. Iglesias, Ph.D., Professor of Spanish
1994 Sidney Pollack, Ph.D., Professor of Biology and Barbara S. Vlaisavljevic. M.B.A.
Assistant Professor of Accounting
1995 David I. Lasky, Ph.D., Professor of Psychology
1996 James W Scott. Ph.D., Professor of German
1997 Howard L. Applegate. Ph.D., Professor of History and American Studies
1998 Mark L. Mecham, D.M.A., Professor of Music
1999 Michael A. Day, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
2000 Jeanne C. Hey, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics
200 1 Allan F. Wolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
2002 Marie G. Bongiovanni, M.L.A., Associate Professor of English
2003 Carl T. Wigal, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Lebanon Valley College Awards 197
THE NEVELYN J. KNISLEY
AWARD FOR INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING
In 1988, Lebanon Valley College created an award for part-time and adjunct members
of the college faculty similar to the philosophy of the Vickroy Award. The first awardee
was Nevelyn J. Knisley. After the presentation of the first award, the president of the
college named this series of awards for Mrs. Knisley in recognition for her twenty-four
years of inspired teaching in music.
Previous Awardees
1988 Nevelyn J. Knisley, M.F.A., Adjunct Associate Professor of Music
1989 Carolyn B. Scott, B.A., Adjunct Instructor in French
1990 Michael J. Asken, Ph.D., Adjunct Associate Professor of Psychology
1991 Joanne Cole Rosen, B.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Chemistry
1992 Kevin B. Pry, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of English
1993 Thomas M. Strohman, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Music
1994 Timothy M. Dewald, M.Div., Adjunct Instructor in Mathematical Sciences
1995 Leonie Lang-Hambourg, M.A., Adjunct Assistant Professor of German
1996 Cynthia R. Johnston, B.S., Adjunct Instructor in Chemistry
1997 Richard J. Tushup, Ph.D., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology
1998 Arlen J.Greiner, M.S., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Physics
1999 Leslie E. Bowen, M.F.A., Lecturer in Art
2000 Patricia M. Meley, M.A., Adjunct Instructor in American Studies
2001 Robert A. Nowak, M.M., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Music
2002 Gene G. Veno, M.P.A., Adjunct Instructor in Business Administration
2003 Marion M. Markowicz, M.S.S., Adjunct Instructor in Sociology
198 Awards 2003-2004 Catalog
ACCREDITATION
Lebanon Valley College is accredited by the Commission on Higher Education of the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools.
Lebanon Valley College is also accredited by the Pennsylvania Department of Education,
the National Association of Schools of Music and the American Chemical Society.
Lebanon Valley College is on the approved list of the Regents of the State University of
New York and of the American Association of University Women.
Lebanon Valley College is a member of the following: American Association of Colleges;
National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities; Pennsylvania Foundation for
Independent Colleges; College Entrance Examination Board; College Scholarship Service;
Council of Independent Colleges; National Collegiate Athletic Association; Middle Atlantic
States Collegiate Athletic Conference; Penn-Mar Athletic Conference; Central Pennsylvania
Field Hockey Association; Eastern College Athletic Conference.
NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY
Lebanon Valley College does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, national and
ethnic origin, sex, age, religion, sexual orientation, or disability.
STUDENT RETENTION
Lebanon Valley College participates in student financial assistance programs under Title
IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965. According to the requirements of the Student Right-
to-Know legislation the college is required to report annually the graduation rates within
150% of the normal time to complete a degree to students and prospective students.
The cohort of 287 full-time, first-time degree-seeking undergraduates who entered
Lebanon Valley College in the fall of 1996 consisted of 1 15 men and 172 women. At the end
of four years 1 85 had completed a bachelor's degree. At the end of the fifth year another 2 1
had completed a bachelor's degree. By 2002, at the end of the sixth year 1 additional
student had completed a bachelor's degree. The Student Right-to-Know Completion or
Graduation Rate Calculation for the 1996 cohort is 72%. This information has been
submitted to the U.S. Department of Education.
Detailed information on student retention and graduation rates is available in the Office
of the Registrar.
Production of this catalog is under the direction of the Registrar's Office.
Information included is correct as of the date of publication. Unexpected
changes may occur during the course of the academic year; therefore, the listing
of a course or program in this catalog does not constitute a guarantee or contract
that the particular course or program will be offered during a given year.
* All information is correct as of August 1, 2003.
Lebanon Valley College Accreditation 199
200 Map
2003-2004 Catalog
s
■a
-
c
a
3
U9
E
2 U
01 03 B ,8 •=
££
E =
£ % |
» 0\ O ■" N ^ t
»/) I/) SO SO SO s© SO
CO
o
S s
5
a. a;
■a -s <a
c j j j ,3 j j
OS OS O
a •< pq z
s £ £
=8 * "»
feu a
CO
— i:
Jo w
O X
fa -
1 1
o o Q
«~ - -2
§ 03 Q
J J
-° «
.§> "S 5 S
0)
E
II
g
^
E
c
ri
c
1)
u
:2
■a
c
B
6b
p
1
u
c
a.
2
0
p
£
u
as
Q
z
85
5.
■a
8
E
-
<
pq
~-.
XI
0.
u
<
<
a
o<
U
E
E
'3
U
'3
9-
u
H
c
;
a.
y
<
U
fa
X
■a
■-
a
'5b
O
p
-J
r3
fa
E
Ed
U
s
D
r
.E
3
ID
—
fa
<
"d
■a
£
aj
1
I
fa
W
-r.
-5
BS
H
H
u
<
E>
_•
t*5
ro
"S 5? =5
E c B
P, -S3 S
O a >,
. o u
£ -a a
4> OJ ft)
Z 7£X
2 2
2 E ■=
I 2
5 #<d
£ fa
da ■* - fa fa ^
"3 .ii 0-
m j: CO .3 fa
B O « J ?
t> _ - £ 5 as
— S.
— M *T) Jfi
<^l
• 3 u fc
1,1 c* « ~
^ H 2 S
I I
2 £
o P.
fl •■* SO t-~ 00 Ov iH
fO^dfO^ri^t^^Tt
oi t
s N
05 2 u
1 <
S «r < =
3 S -S K
.B
o a
5 w
2 E
a JH
E a.
— *
u 0-
i as M sa
a .= s e
X' as X .>
— E E ~
g 4i K ^
< xl
= = 2 =
.. a ■ 2 —
2 s SP
o i -§
5 i
fe o
. s
£ O
E 75
U E g
*> ^ E
E U §
.a «• a „
.9 -6
o <
X
— so
Q g 3 e a- OS
^ E c — •- <u
H D. >, O. E S
O Q £ Q > J
§ X
^ o a
a as _ X
z
5
-
E
0
i)
u
5
X
ao
c
<
11
E
11
■a
PQ
fa
fa
fa
fa
it
_^
o
=
3
U
Q
u
•J
6
5
0
'a
el
u
>
ftS
E
1-
=
9)
B
2
3
X
B
o
2
<
H
z
fa
p
E
>
r5
=
>
-
-
H
>>
—
■J
■j
3
p
"J
B
B.
y
-
as
it
o
as
u
'o
.A
u
U
-
0
_■
-
fa
es 3J cs —
§X
= X
Xe k .a
S3 K ■£ "S
a o> a -o e j§
S u a 7 u as
as cj
2 sr < sa
5 .£ = sa
>S *S "3 "3
X 2 X X
ti i I
■o = £ ^
E « U U
X fa 2 Q
CC Z 50 GO U X —
a s z
Nffifin\ehKjisp.N
"» «-, >e r^ x sv
— — __ ____,., r, rlrjr,^jr|ri,--1
a
si
<
E
-
2
—i
<
X
-r
fa
y:
v
-
2
ZJL
3
fa
a
5
<
fa
ti.
o
fa
^,
X
—
U 5 a
E g- S
< Q §
S O
u >
E E
°- S
c B
o E
Bj C
y a, b.
•S X K M Oh
- irca
1 Q K
b ga J
]m .O q
§ o S
OS to .i
a as
CO —
ii
1 1
B fa
u
U
E ,a
■a fa T3
X<!<^u.XQQ<0
^ C C/3
* ° ca
C3 2
SN.SS JJ -8
'■= *. -3 .2
u ,» c
!? > -B
S-S 2
a a « ^ ^
e g •=* a U
u W X S «
U " — • . B>
. 5
C £
< o
x -z
■53 O
Q e i =
C to _ "3
3 OJ
fa I
(u u y -a
P U ■£ <
e f -a as ■* ^
- S E g .; C >2
U g S ^ ° a a
» * e « « s 2
IsJ^ls
"3 - ~
ao fa a f j
Lebanon Valley College
Map 201
INDEX
Academic dishonesty policy
undergraduate 15
graduate 155
Academic procedures
undergraduate 7
graduate 153
Accounting program
courses 46
department 45
faculty 53
Accreditation 199
Actuarial science program
courses 105
department 104
faculty 107
Admissions
undergraduate full-time 4
undergraduate part-time 5
continuing education 5
MBA 156
MME 161
MSE 163
Administration 175
Advanced placement 13
Allied health science
cooperative program 23
American studies program
courses 29
department 29
faculty 30
Art and art history program
courses 31
department 31
faculty 37
Associate degrees 7
Attendance policy 11
Auditing policy 11
Baccalaureate degrees 7
Biochemistry program
courses 42
requirements 42
Biology program
courses 38
department 38
faculty 43
Business program
courses 47
department 45
faculty 53
Calendar inside back cover
Certificate programs 5
Challenge examinations 13
Chemistry program
courses 57
department 56
faculty 60
Citizenship Education Program 61
CLEP 13
College support staff 196
Communication program
courses 76
department 75
faculty 79
Computer science program
courses 106
department 105
faculty 107
Concurrent courses 11
Cooperative programs 23
Courses, undergraduate
concurrent ....; 11
external 11
repetition of 11
descriptions 29
Courses, graduate 153
Credit for life experience 14
Criminal justice courses 99
Degrees
undergraduate 7
graduate 153
Dean's list 15
Departmental honors 15
Digital communications 62
courses 62
department 62
faculty 64
Diploma programs 5
DPT program
courses 168
faculty , 170
requirements 168
Earth and space science program 132
Economics program
courses 49
department 45
faculty 53
Education program
courses 66
department 65
faculty 73
Elementary education program
courses 67
department 66
faculty 73
Engineering cooperative
program 24
English program
courses 76
department 75
faculty 79
Environmental studies
cooperative program 24
External summer courses 11
Faculty 182
Finances, student 4
Fine arts courses 31
Foreign languages program
courses 81
department 81
faculty 86
Foreign study opportunities 28
Forestry cooperative program 24
202 Index
2003-2004 Catalog
French program
courses 82
department 81
faculty 86
General education program
courses 19
requirements 19
Geography courses 70
German program
courses 83
department 83
faculty 86
Grade point average 14
Grading system 14
Graduate programs 153
academic policies 153
concurrent courses 154
financial aid 155
grading system 154
privacy of student records 1 55
refund policy 155
review procedure 154
time restriction policy 155
transfer policy 153
withdrawal policy 155
Graduation honors 15
Graduation requirements
undergraduate 8
MBA 156
MME 161
MSE 163
DPT 168
Health care management program
courses 52
requirements 51
Health professions
cooperative programs 23
Health science program
courses 126
requirements 126
faculty 128
History program
courses 90
department 89
faculty 99
Honors
departmental 15
graduation 15
In-Absentia 12
Independent study 27
Individualized major 26
Interdisciplinary courses 22
International baccalaureate 14
Internship policy 27
Knisley teaching awards 198
Leave of absence 12
Limit of hours 9
Map of campus 200
Mathematical science program
courses 102
department 101
faculty 107
MBA program
admission 156
courses 156
faculty 160
requirements 156
MME program
admission 161
courses 161
faculty 162
MSE program
admission 163
courses 164
faculty 166
Medical technology
cooperative program 24
Military science program
courses 109
department 109
faculty 110
requirements 109
Mission statement 3
Music education courses 1 17
Music program
courses 1 12
department 1 11
faculty 120
Music business
courses 1 17
program 117
Music recording technology program
courses 119
department 1 19
faculty 120
Non-traditional credit policy 13
Off-campus programs
study abroad 28
Officers, general College 175
Pass/fail policy 11
Payment plans 5
Phi Alpha Epsilon 15
Philosophy program
courses 144
department 144
faculty 146
Physical education program
courses 124
department 124
faculty 125
Physical therapy
courses 126
department 126
faculty 128
Physics program
courses 129
department 129
faculty 131
Placement examinations
undergraduate 13
Political sciences program
courses 95
department 95
faculty 99
Pre-lavv program 25
Lebanon Valley College
Index 203
Pre-medical, pre-dentistry,
pre- veterinary programs 26
Privacy of student records 7
Probation, undergraduate 16
Profile of the College 2
Psychobiology program
courses 43
department 42
faculty 43
Psychology program
courses 134
department 133
faculty 139
Readmission policy 12
Refund policy
undergraduate 4
graduate 155
Registration, change of policy 10
Religion program
courses 141
department 141
faculty 146
Repetition of courses
undergraduate 11
ROTC 109
Satisfactory academic progress 9
Science
course 59
Second bachelor's degree 12
Secondary education program
courses 71
department 70
faculty 73
Servicemember's opportunity
college (SOC) 18
Sociology program
courses 148
department 148
faculty 152
Spanish program
courses 84
department 84
faculty 86
Special education program
courses 72
program 72
faculty 73
Special topics courses 28
Study abroad 28
Suspension policy
undergraduate 16
Teacher certification for
non-matriculated students 18
Teacher certification for
matriculated students 70
Transfer policy
undergraduate 9
graduate 153
Trustees, Board of 171
Tutorial study courses 28
Veterans' services 18
Vickroy teaching awards 197
Withdrawal procedure
undergraduate 12
graduate 155
PHONE NUMBERS
College Offices*
Academic Offices 6208
Academic Support 6988
Admissions 6181
Business Office 6300
Career Planning and Placement 6235
College Center 6161
College Store 6313
Computer Lab (general) 6067
Computer Science Lab 6067
Continuing Education 6213
Dean of Student Services 6233
Financial Aid 6181
Registrar 6215
Safety and Security 6111
Vice President/Dean of Faculty 6208
Academic Offices*
American Studies 6356
Art 6015
Biology 6175
Business Administration 6101
Chemistry 6140
Economics 6330
Education 6305
English 6240
Foreign Language 6250
History 6355
Mathematical Sciences 6080
Music 6275
Philosophy 6130
Physical Education 6364
Physics 6150
Political Sciences 6330
Psychology 6195
Religion 6130
Sociology 6155
* Area code 717, prefix 867.
204 Index
2003-2004 Catalog
2003-2004 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
FIRST SEMESTER
August 23 Saturday, 9:00 a.m.
Residence halls open for new students
23
Saturday, 2:00 p.m.
Opening Convocation
24
Sunday, Noon
Residence halls open for students
25
Monday, 8:00 a.m. -5:00 p.m.
Advising Day
25
Monday, 6:30 p.m.
Evening classes begin
26
Tuesday, 8:00 a.m.
Add/Drop period begins
26
Tuesday, 12:30 p.m.
Day classes begin
September
2
Tuesday, 5:00 p.m.
Add/Drop period ends
October
3-5
Homecoming/Family Weekend
Delaware Valley College
10
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Fall break begins
14
Tuesday, 6:30 p.m.
Classes resume
15
Wednesday, Noon
Mid-term grades due
17
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Incomplete grades due
31
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Last day to change registration or
withdraw from a course
November
26
Wednesday, Noon
Thanksgiving vacation begins
December
1
Monday, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume
5
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Last day for first-semester freshmen
to withdraw from a course
5
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Day classes end
6
Saturday
Reading Day
7
Sunday
Reading Day
8-13
Monday-Saturday
Final examinations
13
Saturday, 5:00 p.m.
Semester ends
17
Wednesday, Noon
Final grades due
SECOND SEMESTER
January
11
Sunday, Noon
Residence halls open for students
12
Monday, 8:00 a.m
Add/Drop period begins
12
Monday, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
12
Monday, 6:30 p.m.
Evening classes begin
19
Monday
Martin Luther King Holiday
20
Tuesday, 5:00 p.m.
Add/Drop period ends
February
17
Tuesday, 1 1 :00 a.m.
Founders Day
March
3
Wednesday, Noon
Mid-term grades due
5
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Incomplete grades due
5
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Spring vacation begins
15
Monday, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume
26
Friday, 5:00 p.m.
Last day to change registration or
withdraw from a course
April
8
Thursday, 5:00 p.m.
Easter vacation begins
12
Monday, 6:30 p.m.
Classes resume
28
Wednesday, 5:00 p.m.
Last day for first-semester freshmen to
withdraw from a course
28
Wednesday, 5:00 p.m.
Day classes end
29
Thursday
Reading Day
April
30-
May 6
Friday-Thursday
Final examinations
May
2
Sunday
Reading Day
6
Thursday, 9:30 p.m.
Semester ends
7
Friday, Noon
Senior grades due
8
Saturday, 9:00 a.m.
Baccalaureate Service
8
Saturday, 1 1:00 a.m.
135th Commencement
14
Friday, Noon
All final grades due
Lebanon Valley College
ioi North College Avenue
Annville, PA 17003-1400
Non-Profit
Organization
U.S. Postage
PAID
Permit No. 9
Annville, PA
17003
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11